Front cover


IBM System Storage
Productivity Center
Deployment Guide
Understand the function and features
of IBM SSPC

Consolidate management of IBM
subsystems

Integrate SSPC in an existing
TPC environment




                                                     Mary Lovelace
                                                        Martin Jer
                                                         Patrick Ji
                                                     Danijel Paulin




ibm.com/redbooks
International Technical Support Organization

IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment
Guide

July 2008




                                               SG24-7560-00
Note: Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in “Notices” on
 page vii.




First Edition (July 2008)

This edition applies to Version 3, Release 3, Modification 1 of TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition
(product number 5608-B01) and IBM System Storage Productivity Center (product number 2805-MC2).


© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2008. All rights reserved.
Note to U.S. Government Users Restricted Rights -- Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule
Contract with IBM Corp.
Contents

                 Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
                 Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii

                 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   ix
                 The team that wrote this book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               ix
                 Become a published author . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               xi
                 Comments welcome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             xi

                 Chapter 1. System Storage Productivity Center introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                          1
                 1.1 SSPC overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           2
                    1.1.1 SSPC solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            2
                    1.1.2 TPC Basic Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              3
                    1.1.3 SSPC hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                4
                    1.1.4 SSPC deployment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 4
                 1.2 TPC Basic Edition versus Standard Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                           4
                 1.3 When do you need SSPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   5
                    1.3.1 DS8000 management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                    5
                    1.3.2 SVC management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  6
                    1.3.3 Building an SSPC server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                    6
                 1.4 Architecture of SSPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              6
                    1.4.1 TPC Basic Edition components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        7
                 1.5 TPC key concepts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            8

                 Chapter 2. Planning for SSPC install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      13
                 2.1 Collecting configuration information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   14
                 2.2 SSPC and TPC Basic Edition relationship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                          16
                 2.3 SSPC server options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            16
                    2.3.1 Options for SSPC server hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                         16
                    2.3.2 SSPC software options and licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                          18
                 2.4 Planning for the future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          18
                    2.4.1 Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        18
                    2.4.2 Server sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         19
                 2.5 Building a SSPC like server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                19
                 2.6 SVC requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           20
                 2.7 Existing TPC environment and integration of SSPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                               20
                 2.8 DS8000 Element Manager GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       21
                 2.9 Redundant SSPCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              22
                    2.9.1 Single SSPC instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                22
                    2.9.2 Dual SSPC instances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 22

                 Chapter 3. SSPC initial setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                25
                 3.1 Initial SSPC setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         26
                 3.2 Change the host name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               37
                    3.2.1 Change the host name in Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                           37
                    3.2.2 Change host name in DB2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                     40
                    3.2.3 Stop and start services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               41




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved.                                                                                                             iii
3.3 Connect SVC Master Console to SVC Clusters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

               Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                     45
               4.1 SSPC build basics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         46
                  4.1.1 Installation overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           46
               4.2 Install IBM DB2 Enterprise Server Edition V9.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                         47
                  4.2.1 Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   47
               4.3 Installation of TPC V3.3.1 Basic Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   55
               4.4 SVC Console and CIMOM Agent V4.2.1 installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                62
                  4.4.1 PuTTY installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          63
                  4.4.2 SVC Console and CIMOM Agent installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                              66
                  4.4.3 Connect SVC Master Console to SVC Clusters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                73

               Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
               5.1 Securing your SSPC server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
                  5.1.1 Application security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
                  5.1.2 Operating system security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
                  5.1.3 Network security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
               5.2 Upgrading your SSPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
               5.3 Integrating your SSPC with an existing TPC environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
                  5.3.1 Rollup reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
               5.4 Backing up your SSPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

               Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       105
               6.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   106
               6.2 Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   106
                  6.2.1 Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      106
                  6.2.2 Data Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          107
                  6.2.3 Database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       108
                  6.2.4 Graphical user interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              109
                  6.2.5 Command-line interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                109
               6.3 Using TPC BE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       109
                  6.3.1 Starting the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          109
                  6.3.2 Using the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         113
                  6.3.3 Collecting data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         115
                  6.3.4 Adding CIMOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            116
                  6.3.5 DS8000 CIMOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              121
                  6.3.6 Adding in-band Fabric agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  128
                  6.3.7 Adding out of band Fabric agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                    128
                  6.3.8 Probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     136
               6.4 Topology Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        141
                  6.4.1 Topology Viewer overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  141
                  6.4.2 Data Path Explorer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            148
                  6.4.3 Managing storage subsystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                     148
                  6.4.4 Managing fabrics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           158
               6.5 Element Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           163
                  6.5.1 Storage subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             164
                  6.5.2 Switch Element Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  175
                  6.5.3 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        179
                  6.5.4 External tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        182

               Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
               7.1 Upgrading SSPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
                  7.1.1 TPC BE upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188


iv   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
7.1.2 SVC GUI and CIMOM upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        192
7.2 Installing Agent Manager and deploying agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                          192
   7.2.1 Agent Manager installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                192
   7.2.2 Device server and Data server registration with the Agent Manager . . . . . . . . .                                         205
   7.2.3 Deploying Data and Fabric agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      208
7.3 Additional Standard Edition functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  210
   7.3.1 Collecting storage usage and trending information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                              210
   7.3.2 Determining the availability of storage resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                           210
   7.3.3 Storage provisioning using SAN Planner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                          211
   7.3.4 Enterprise rollup reporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              215

Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                227
8.1 Launch DS8000 GUI from SSPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      228
8.2 What is new in the new DS8000 GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      230
   8.2.1 Creating Extent Pools using the Automatic function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                              232
   8.2.2 Delete Extent Pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            245
   8.2.3 Make Extent Pools: manual action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      250
   8.2.4 Add capacity to an Extent Pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  258
   8.2.5 Remove capacity from Extent Pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      265
   8.2.6 Make volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          270
   8.2.7 Assign Parallel Access Volumes (PAV) (alias volumes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                  275
   8.2.8 Dynamic Volume Expansion on System z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                              281
   8.2.9 Dynamic Volume Expansion on Open Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                  284

Related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         289
IBM Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     289
Other publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     289
Online resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     289
How to get Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        289
Help from IBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    290

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291




                                                                                                                       Contents          v
vi   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Notices

This information was developed for products and services offered in the U.S.A.

IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in other countries. Consult
your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area.
Any reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM
product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does
not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to
evaluate and verify the operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service.

IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document. The
furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in
writing, to:
IBM Director of Licensing, IBM Corporation, North Castle Drive, Armonk, NY 10504-1785 U.S.A.

The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country where such
provisions are inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION
PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT,
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of
express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you.

This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made
to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may make
improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at any time
without notice.

Any references in this information to non-IBM Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any
manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the
materials for this IBM product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk.

IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without
incurring any obligation to you.

Information concerning non-IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products, their published
announcements or other publicly available sources. IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm the
accuracy of performance, compatibility or any other claims related to non-IBM products. Questions on the
capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products.

This information contains examples of data and reports used in daily business operations. To illustrate them
as completely as possible, the examples include the names of individuals, companies, brands, and products.
All of these names are fictitious and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an actual business
enterprise is entirely coincidental.

COPYRIGHT LICENSE:

This information contains sample application programs in source language, which illustrate programming
techniques on various operating platforms. You may copy, modify, and distribute these sample programs in
any form without payment to IBM, for the purposes of developing, using, marketing or distributing application
programs conforming to the application programming interface for the operating platform for which the sample
programs are written. These examples have not been thoroughly tested under all conditions. IBM, therefore,
cannot guarantee or imply reliability, serviceability, or function of these programs.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved.                                                               vii
Trademarks
IBM, the IBM logo, and ibm.com are trademarks or registered trademarks of International Business Machines
Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both. These and other IBM trademarked terms are
marked on their first occurrence in this information with the appropriate symbol (® or ™), indicating US
registered or common law trademarks owned by IBM at the time this information was published. Such
trademarks may also be registered or common law trademarks in other countries. A current list of IBM
trademarks is available on the Web at http://www.ibm.com/legal/copytrade.shtml

The following terms are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States,
other countries, or both:
   AIX®                                 Passport Advantage®                   System z™
   Chipkill™                            Redbooks®                             Tivoli®
   DB2®                                 Redbooks (logo)   ®                   TotalStorage®
   DS6000™                              System Storage™                       WebSphere®
   DS8000™                              System Storage DS™                    z/OS®
   IBM®                                 System x™

The following terms are trademarks of other companies:

Novell, SUSE, the Novell logo, and the N logo are registered trademarks of Novell, Inc. in the United States
and other countries.

Oracle, JD Edwards, PeopleSoft, Siebel, and TopLink are registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation and/or
its affiliates.

Java, JRE, JVM, Sun, and all Java-based trademarks are trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United
States, other countries, or both.

Microsoft, SQL Server, Windows Server, Windows, and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both.

Intel Xeon, Intel, Intel logo, Intel Inside logo, and Intel Centrino logo are trademarks or registered trademarks
of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States, other countries, or both.

UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries.

Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both.

Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.




viii   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Preface

                 IBM® System Storage™ Productivity Center (SSPC) is the next step in the IBM storage
                 strategy. This solution comprises hardware and software, combining device configuration
                 capabilities for the IBM System Storage DS8000™ and IBM System Storage SAN Volume
                 Controller (SVC) in an easy-to-use hardware console. SSPC extends the manageability of
                 these devices with the introduction and integration of IBM TotalStorage® Productivity Center
                 Basic Edition V3.3.1. Consolidating several hardware and software components on a single
                 tested system helps support consistent interoperability.

                 This IBM Redbooks® publication will provide an overview of IBM System Storage Productivity
                 Center (SSPC). It contains the information required to set up your SSPC server by taking you
                 through the initial customization of the server and then defining and launching Element
                 Managers through IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center (TPC) Basic Edition. Details on
                 using the functions of TPC BE are provided as well as upgrading your SSPC server (and TPC
                 BE) to a fully functional TPC Standard Edition. Managing IBM TotalStorage DS8000 using
                 TPC V3.3.1 is also covered in this book.



The team that wrote this book
                 This book was produced by a team of specialists from around the world working at the
                 International Technical Support Organization, San Jose Center.




                 Figure 1 The SSPC team: Martin, Mary, Danijel, Patrick




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved.                                                            ix
Mary Lovelace is a Consulting IT specialist at the International Technical Support
              Organization. She has more than 20 years of experience with IBM in large systems, storage
              and Storage Networking product education, system engineering and consultancy, and
              systems support. She has written numerous Redbooks on TotalStorage Productivity Center
              and z/OS® storage products.

              Martin Jer is a Certified IT Storage Specialist in New York, working as a pre-sale advisor for
              enterprise storage topics. He has more than 30 years of experience with IBM large systems,
              storage systems, tape systems, and virtualization systems. His area of expertise is in the
              design of storage solutions for mainframe and open systems.

              Patrick Ji is an IBM Certified IT Architect working in Australia. He is also a Master Certified IT
              Architect by The Open Group. He has over 10 years experience in the IT industry. His
              background includes multiple IT domains, including storage, security, networks, Windows®,
              UNIX®, databases, and programming. He also had three years of trading experience before
              commencing his career in the IT industry. By combining business skills with IT skills, he
              assists medium to large companies optimize IT strategies, delivering innovative solutions and
              maximizing business values through IT investment.

              Danijel Paulin is an IT Specialist in IBM Croatia, providing storage technical support. He has
              nine years of experience in mainframe and storage environments. Before joining IBM Croatia
              in 2003, he worked for a large bank in Croatia and was responsible for z/OS and storage
              administration. His areas of expertise include IBM high-end disk and tape storage
              subsystems and disaster recovery solutions using the capabilities and features of IBM
              storage products.

              Thanks to the following people for their contributions to this project:

              Sangam Racherla
              International Technical Support Organization, San Jose Center

              Bob Haimowitz
              International Technical Support Organization, Raleigh Center

              Rich Conway
              Dave Bennin
              Don Brennan
              International Technical Support Organization, Poughkeepsie Center

              Yan Chu
              Nancy Hobbs
              Bryant Lee
              Miki Walter
              SSPC Team, San Jose

              Jason Turner
              SSPC Product Manager, Austin, Texas

              Ivo Gomilsek
              Infrastructure IT Architect for Storage Solutions in CEMAAS IMT

              Mike Griese
              Worldwide Technical Support Management for IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center




x   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Become a published author
        Join us for a two- to six-week residency program! Help write a book dealing with specific
        products or solutions, while getting hands-on experience with leading-edge technologies. You
        will have the opportunity to team with IBM technical professionals, Business Partners, and
        Clients.

        Your efforts will help increase product acceptance and customer satisfaction. As a bonus, you
        will develop a network of contacts in IBM development labs, and increase your productivity
        and marketability.

        Find out more about the residency program, browse the residency index, and apply online at:
        ibm.com/redbooks/residencies.html



Comments welcome
        Your comments are important to us!

        We want our books to be as helpful as possible. Send us your comments about this book or
        other IBM Redbooks in one of the following ways:
           Use the online Contact us review Redbooks form found at:
           ibm.com/redbooks
           Send your comments in an e-mail to:
           redbooks@us.ibm.com
           Mail your comments to:
           IBM Corporation, International Technical Support Organization
           Dept. HYTD Mail Station P099
           2455 South Road
           Poughkeepsie, NY 12601-5400




                                                                                         Preface   xi
xii   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
1


    Chapter 1.   System Storage Productivity
                 Center introduction
                 The IBM System Storage Productivity Center is an integrated hardware and software solution
                 that provides a single point of entry for managing IBM System Storage DS8000 systems, IBM
                 System Storage SAN Volume Controller clusters, and other components of your data storage
                 infrastructure.

                 In this chapter, the following topics are discussed:
                     SSPC overview
                     TPC Basic Edition versus Standard Edition
                     When do you need SSPC
                     Architecture of SSPC
                     TPC key concepts




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved.                                                          1
1.1 SSPC overview
              IBM System Storage Productivity Center (SSPC) is the next step in the IBM storage strategy.
              This solution comprises hardware and software, combining device configuration capabilities
              for the IBM System Storage DS8000 and IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller (SVC)
              in an easy-to-use hardware console. SSPC extends the manageability of these devices with
              the introduction and integration of IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition V3.3.1.
              Consolidating several hardware and software components on a single tested system helps
              support consistent interoperability.

              SSPC provides extended device configuration capabilities for IBM System Storage Devices
              while at the same time consolidating management to a central platform. TPC Basic Edition
              V3.3.1 allows you to manage the storage network, hosts, and physical disks in context, in
              addition to basic device configuration. The complete SSPC offers the following capabilities:
                  Pre-installed and tested console: IBM has designed and tested SSPC to support
                  interoperability between server, software, and supported storage devices.
                  IBM System Storage DS8000 GUI integration: With TPC V3.3.1, the DS Storage Manager
                  GUI for the DS8000 is integrated with TPC for remote Web access.
                  IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller (console and CIM agent V4.2.1): These
                  management components of SAN Volume Controller (SVC) are pre-installed on the SSPC
                  along with TPC Basic Edition, which together are designed to reduce the number of
                  management servers.
                  Automated device discovery: DS8000 and SVC storage devices can be automatically
                  discovered and configured into TPC environments. These devices are displayed in TPC
                  through a storage topology.
                  Asset and capacity reporting: TPC collects asset and capacity information from storage
                  devices on the SAN, which can be kept for historical reporting, forecasting, and used for
                  other tasks, such as analysis and provisioning.
                  Advanced Topology Viewer: Provides a linked graphical and detailed view of the overall
                  SAN, including device relationships and visual notifications.

              IBM interviewed many DS8000 customers, support organizations, and Business Partners.
              From those interviews came a list of requests for GUI enhancements and new features. Many
              of the GUI enhancements are being implemented in the DS Storage Manager, such as
              configurations involving hosts, extent pools, volume groups, long running tasks, and
              navigation. The new features that were requested include a Topology Viewer, reporting, and
              performance statics. The SSPC with TPC combination is the method by which these new
              functions are offered. Rather than SSPC being labeled a storage management solution, it
              should be thought of as the new management platform for the new DS8000 GUI, which can
              be upgraded to a storage management solution.


1.1.1 SSPC solution
              The IBM SSPC solution includes three components: SSPC hardware, IBM TPC V3.3.1 Basic
              Edition, and SVC V4.2.1 Master Console and CIMOM. SSPC is a new integrated platform.
              This solution includes TPC Basic Edition pre-installed and tested on IBM machine type 2805.

              TPC Basic Edition provides:
                  Storage Topology Viewer
                  The ability to monitor, alert, report, and provision storage



2   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Status dashboard
              IBM System Storage DS8000 GUI integration with TPC Basic Edition

           The IBM System Storage Productivity Center (machine type 2805) includes the following
           pre-installed software:
              Microsoft® Windows 2003 Server Fix Pack 2
              DB2® Enterprise Server Edition V9.1 with Fix Pack 2
              IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition V3.3.1
              IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller (SVC) Console and CIMOM Agent V4.2.1

           In addition, the DS8000 Storage Manager GUI can now be utilized inside the TPC GUI
           environment. This provides the administrator with additional features inherent to TPC. New
           DS8000 systems at the Release 3 level utilize TPC for remote Web access.


1.1.2 TPC Basic Edition
           TPC Basic Edition is a new TPC package. It has TPC for Disk and TPC for Fabric without
           performance functions. TPC Basic Edition V3.3.1 extends the device configuration
           capabilities of IBM storage resources to a central platform. With TPC Basic Edition, you can
           manage the storage network, hosts, and physical disks in context rather than by device. IBM
           TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition offers:
              IBM System Storage DS8000 GUI integration
              Automated device discovery
              Asset and capacity reporting
              Device configuration
              Basic storage provisioning
              Advanced Topology Viewer
              Event management
              Status dashboard

           TPC Basic Edition V3.3.1 centralizes management of networked storage devices that
           implement the SNIA Storage Management Interface Specification (SMI-S), which includes the
           IBM System Storage DS™ family and IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller (SVC). It
           is designed to help reduce storage management complexity and costs and help improve data
           availability through open standards (SMI-S).

           TPC Basic Edition V3.3.1 users can easily upgrade to IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center
           Standard Edition. IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Standard Edition provides advanced
           features, such as performance reporting, file-level capacity utilization, best practices-based
           configuration management, and wizard-driven end-to-end storage provisioning.

           TPC Basic Edition can easily be upgraded to the following:
              IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Data – 5608-VC3
              IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Disk – 5608-VC4
              IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Fabric – 5608-VC1
              IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Standard Edition – 5608-VC0 (includes Disk, Data,
              and Fabric)



                                              Chapter 1. System Storage Productivity Center introduction   3
To use these features, the customer must purchase the appropriate software license. These
              features are pre-installed on SSPC and are activated through license files. TPC for
              Replication is not preloaded, although it can be installed on the SSPC server.


1.1.3 SSPC hardware
              The hardware used by the SSPC solution is IBM System Storage Productivity Center
              2805-MC2. It is a 1U rack-mounted server. It has the following initial configuration:
                  Initial processor: One Quad-Core Intel® Xeon Proc E5310 (1.60 GHz 8 MB L2 1066 MHz
                  80 W)
                  Memory: Four 1 GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill™ FBDIMM 667 MHz sticks
                  Primary array hard disk drives: Two 146 GB 15K 3.5" SAS HDD RAID 1
                  Optical drive: CD-ROM Ultrabay Enhanced Drive
                  Ethernet: Dual integrated 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
                  Microsoft Windows 2003 Enterprise Edition

              This setup is designed to perform basic SSPC functions. If you plan to upgrade SSPC for
              more functions, you can purchase the Performance Upgrade Kit to add more capacity to your
              hardware.


1.1.4 SSPC deployment
              There are three ways to deploy SSPC in your environment, which are:
                  Deploying the IBM SSPC solution.
                  Building your own SSPC server by installing TPC V3.3.1 and SVC V4.2.1 on your selected
                  hardware platform from the supported hardware list.
                  If you have already deployed TPC in your environment, you may upgrade your TPC to
                  V3.3.1 for SSPC equivalent functions.



1.2 TPC Basic Edition versus Standard Edition
              TPC Basic Edition offers the same functions provided in TPC Limited Edition. However, TPC
              Basic Edition is not restricted to 2 TB and there is a license charge for TPC Basic Edition.
              There is no data size restriction with Basic Edition. TPC Limited has been withdrawn from
              marketing.

              TPC Basic Edition provides value in addition to the DS Storage Manager or SVC Console.
              However, TPC Basic Edition is not a Storage Management solution. TPC Standard Edition
              provides many more features. TPC Standard Edition provides greater reporting, disk
              performance analysis, provisioning, predictive analysis, and SAN planning. TPC Standard
              Edition is the industry leading Storage Resource Management and SAN Management
              product in the industry.

              Figure 1-1 on page 5 gives a detailed comparison between TPC Standard Edition and TPC
              Basic Edition.




4   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
DS Storage SVC Admin TPC Basic       TPC Standard
          Function                                                              Manager    Console   Edition         Edition
          Storage Infrastructure Configuration/Status Reporting

          Device Discovery/Configuration
          Manage multiple DS8000s / SVCs from 1 User Interface
          Topology Viewer and Storage Health Management
          Provisioning, including Fabric zoning and Disk LUN
          assignment
          Configuration Management – Highlight configuration changes
          over time periods, Best Practice recommendations, Storage
          configuration planning and recommendations, Security
          planner

          Storage Reporting
          Basic Asset & Capacity Reporting
          Storage reporting on the relationships of computers, file
          systems and DS8000 LUNs/volumes
          Capacity Analysis/Predictive Growth
          Customized and Detailed Capacity Reporting – including
          Chargeback and Database Reporting
          Performance Management
          Performance Reporting/Thresholds
          Volume Performance Advisor – Recommend DS8000
          configuration based on performance workloads
          Fabric performance reporting and monitor

         Figure 1-1 Comparison between TPC Standard Edition and Basic Edition



1.3 When do you need SSPC
         In this section, we discuss the options for deploying SSPC in your environment, when SSPC
         is optional, and when it is required based on your configuration.


1.3.1 DS8000 management
         New DS8000 series systems purchased after October 23, 2007 will need TPC V3.3.1 in order
         to access the DS8000 GUI from any system other than the HMC. Existing DS8000
         subsystems upgrading to R3 (DS8000 Licensed Machine Code [LMC] 5.3.0xx.xx, or later) do
         not require SSPC. Customers will still see the enhancement made to the DS Storage
         Manager but will not have the new features/GUI offered with SSPC.

         Any TPC product at the V3.3.1 level (excluding TPC for Replication) will integrate the DS8000
         Storage Manager GUI with TPC. With this new release of DS8000, several configuration
         operations have been greatly improved. Additionally, TPC will provide tools requested by
         many in the DS8000 community, such as Topology Viewer and asset and capacity reporting.

         TPC Basic Edition V3.3.1 comes pre-installed on the new SSPC offering. SSPC was
         specifically designed and tested with DS8000 and SVC customers in mind. In order to avoid
         possible installation delays and potential technical issues, we recommend that if you do not
         have TPC that you order SSPC.

         If you already have TPC installed and configured in your environment (excluding TPC Limited
         Edition users), you can use your existing TPC server and TPC software license to perform the
         remote configuration of new DS8000s using the GUI. Of course, your TPC installation must
         have IP connectivity to the new DS8000 in question. To do so, you need to upgrade your TPC
         to V3.3.1. TPC V3.3.1 is the first release able to access the integrated DS8000 GUI remotely.
         Without TPC V3.3.1, the new DS8000 GUI can only be accessed directly from the HMC.



                                                                      Chapter 1. System Storage Productivity Center introduction    5
Note: Keep in mind that TPC software is licensed by capacity. If an existing TPC customer
                adds a new DS8000, they will likely need to purchase additional TPC capacity if they do
                not have enough spare capacity.

              If you are an existing TPC customer and not able to upgrade to V3.3.1 in time for your new
              DS8000 installation, you have the following options:
                  Assuming you cannot upgrade TPC in time, you can temporary install TPC V3.3.1 on a
                  minimally sized server solely to access the new DS8000 GUI. Once you upgrade your
                  production TPC server to V3.3.1, the temporary TPC server can be decommissioned.
                  You can configure the DS8000 using the GUI directly from the HMC.
                  You can use the DS8000 CLI.
                  If the new DS8000 is going into a location without TPC, you may consider purchasing
                  SSPC for that new location.


1.3.2 SVC management
              At this time, SSPC is an alternative to the current SVC master console. SSPC includes the
              SVC V4.2.1 Master Console and CIMOM agent. It can manage up to two 8-node clusters.

              If you have an existing SVC Master console, CIMOM, and clusters at a level prior to V4.2.1
              you can upgrade to V4.2.1 to manage your SVC clusters. You do not need to purchase SSPC.

              In the first half of 2008, SSPC will become compulsory for any new orders of SVC clusters.


1.3.3 Building an SSPC server
              Apart from deploying the IBM SSPC solution, you can also build your own SSPC server by
              installing SSPC software on your selected hardware platform from the SSPC supported
              hardware list.

              To build your own SSPC server, you need to install the following software in your server:
                  Microsoft Windows 2003 Release 2 Server Enterprise Edition
                  IBM DB2 Enterprise Server Edition V9.1 with Fix Pack 2
                  IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center V3.3.1 Basic Edition
                  IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller Console and CIMOM agent V4.2.1



1.4 Architecture of SSPC
              SSPC is built on SSPC 2805-MC2 and is running on Windows 2003 Release 2 Server
              Enterprise Edition. SSPC has two main software components. One is SVC Console and
              CIMOM V4.2.1. The other is TPC Basic Edition V3.3.1. TPC Basic Edition uses DB2
              Enterprise Server Edition V9.1 as its database repository.




6   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
1.4.1 TPC Basic Edition components
          TPC Basic Edition is the core component of SSPC. Figure 1-2 shows the high level
          components of TPC Basic Edition, which includes the DB2 V9.1 database repository, TPC
          GUI, Data server, Device server, and Element Manager for DS8000.

          An Agent Manager can also be installed as an optional component. The Agent Manager can
          be installed on either the SSPC server or a separate server.


                    O ptional C om ponent
                                                                                E lem ent
                      DB
                                                        TP C                   M anager
                            A gent                      GUI                   for D S 8000
                           M anager




                        A gents                         D ata
                                                       S erver
                                                                                  C entral
                       C IM O M
                                                                                  TP C D B
                       A gents
                                                       D evice
                                                       S erver
                     O ut of B and
                    Fabric A gents
                                                                   TP C B asic E dition

          Figure 1-2 Components of TPC Basic Edition

          Unlike TPC Standard Edition, TPC Basic Edition does not include TPC for Data. Therefore,
          you cannot deploy Data agents with TPC Basic Edition.

          Like TPC Standard Edition, TPC Basic Edition uses CIMOM agents and Out of Band Fabric
          agents to gather information and provide configuration changes in your storage and fabric
          devices.

          TPC database
          TPC database runs on IBM DB2 Enterprise Server Edition V9.1. It provides a central
          repository for all TPC collected data.

          TPC GUI
          In the TPC environment, you have the following three ways to invoke the TPC GUI:
             Invoking the TPC GUI installed on SSPC
             Using the Java™ Webstart GUI by pointing your Internet browser to SSPC
             Installing the TPC GUI on your own workstation.

          Data server
          The Data server hosts the control points for product scheduling functions, configuration, event
          information, reporting, and graphical user interface support. It coordinates the communication
          with agents and the data collection from agents that scan file systems and databases to
          gather storage demographics and populate the TPC database with results.




                                             Chapter 1. System Storage Productivity Center introduction   7
Automated actions can be defined to drive functions, such as file system extension, data
              deletion, TSM backup or archiving, or event reporting when defined thresholds are
              encountered. The Data server is the primary contact point for all user interface functions.

              The Data server also includes functions that schedule data collection and discovery for the
              Device server.

              Device server
              The Device server discovers storage subsystems and SAN fabrics, and then it gathers
              information about storage subsystems and SAN fabrics and analyzes their performance.

              The Device server controls the communication with agents and the data collection from
              agents that scan SAN fabrics. It is also responsible for the creation and monitoring of
              replication relationships between storage devices.

              Element Manager for DS8000
              Element Manager for DS8000 is a new function for TPC. It communicates with the DS8000
              R3 HMC and provides you an interface to manage your DS8000 at the device level. To use
              Element Manager for DS8000, you need to switch to the DS8000 Element Manager
              Perspective within the TPC GUI, add Element Manger, and launch DS the GUI by clicking the
              provided link.

              Agent Manager
              The TPC Data agents and Fabric agents gather host, application, and SAN fabric information
              and send it to the Data server and the Device server. Agent Manager is used to manage Data
              agents and Fabric agents. The architecture of Agent Manager is based on Tivoli® Common
              Agent Services (CAS). The Common Agent Services provides a way to deploy agent code
              across multiple user machines or application servers throughout the enterprise. The deployed
              agent code collects data from and performs operations on managed resources on behalf of
              TPC.

              In TPC Standard Edition, Agent Manager is used to deploy and manage both Data Agents
              and Fabric agents to the managed servers. Because TPC for Data is not included in the TPC
              Basic Edition, only Fabric agents can be deployed and managed by Agent Manager in TPC
              Basic Edition.



1.5 TPC key concepts
              In this section, we review some of the key concepts in TPC.

              CIMOM agent
              CIMOM agent uses Web-Based Enterprise Management (WBEM) and Storage Management
              Initiative - Specification (SMI-S) architecture.

              Web-Based Enterprise Management is a initiative of the Distributed Management Task Force
              (DMTF) with the objective to enable the management of complex IT environments. It defines
              a set of management and Internet standard technologies to unify the management of
              complex IT environments.




8   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
The three main conceptual elements of the WBEM initiative are:
   Common Information Model (CIM): CIM is a formal object-oriented modeling language
   that is used to describe the management aspects of systems.
   xmlCIM: This is a grammar to describe CIM declarations and messages used by the CIM
   protocol.
   HTTP and HTTPS: These specification are used as a way to enable communication
   between a management application and a device that both use CIM.

Storage Management Initiative - Specification (SMI-S) was launched by the Storage
Networking Industry Association (SNIA) in mid-2002 to create and develop a universal, open
interface for managing storage devices, including storage networks. In the SMI-S model, the
CIM for storage management is fully adopted and enhanced to standardize the management
interfaces so that management applications can provide cross device management.

The TPC design follows the SMI-S architecture. Figure 1-3 shows how the CIMOM agent
works in a TPC environment.


           CIM Client
            ( TPC )
                                             CIM message is transferred between the CIM
                                             client and the CIMOM by http/https encoded
                                             with XML

            CIMOM                            CIMOM uses the Provider to translate CIM
                                             message into proprietary message to
            Provider                         communicate with the Storage Devices

                                            Proprietary message to communicate between
                                            the Provider and the Storage Devices

        Storage Devices

Figure 1-3 SMI-S architecture for TPC

In the SSPC environment, the CIMOM agent or the SVC clusters is integrated into SSPC. The
CIMOM agents of DS8000 are embedded into DS8000 HMC consoles. Therefore, in the
SSPC environment, there is no extra CIMOM hardware required for SVC and DS8000.

Out of Band Fabric agents
The function of Out of Band Fabric agent is to collect storage fabric information through a
TCP/IP channel. It relies on SNMP to collect and send the information required.

The SNMP architecture consists of both an SNMP agent and SNMP manager. An SNMP
agent is a piece of software running on an SNMP-capable network component. It responds to
the SNMP requests from an SNMP manager and provides the management functionality
defined in the subsystem. An SNMP manager manages the SNMP agents on behalf of an
administrator.

In the Out of Band Fibre Agents implementation, TPC functions as an SNMP manager and
manages the SNMP agent in each Fabric device.




                                    Chapter 1. System Storage Productivity Center introduction   9
Discovery function
              TPC also implemented a discovery function. It can help administrators to automatically
              discover the storage devices running in the same environment.

              Based on the SMI-S architecture, the TPC discovery function is implemented using the
              Service Location Protocol (SLP). Figure 1-4 shows a typical SLP deployment in the TPC
              environment.

              SLP User Agent (UA) is a process working on the behalf of the users to establish contact with
              network services. The UA queries and retrieves service information from Service Agents
              (SAs). In the TPC environment, the SLP UA runs within the TPC process.

              SLP SA is a component working on behalf of one or more network services to broadcast the
              availability of services. SA replies to the service requests of UA and provides requested
              information about the services registered with the SA.


                                                    TPC Discovery Procedure:
                                TPC
                                                    1. UA embedded within TPC sending out multicast
                              SLP UA                   messages to the network and targeting all SLP
                                                       SAs within the multicast range with a single User
                                                       Datagram Protocol (UDP) message
                              1      2
                                                    2. SA embedded within the CIMOM receives a
                                                       service request, compares its own registered
                              SLP SA                   services with the requested service, and returns
                                                       matches to the UA using a unicast reply
                              CIMOM                    message.

              Figure 1-4 Discovery architecture

              To locate a service in the TPC environment, you define a service type you want in the TPC
              GUI. Based on the general description of the services you have specified, TPC invokes SLP
              UA to send out multicast messages to the whole network and targeting all SLP SAs within the
              multicast range.

              When an SLP SA receives a service request, it compares its own registered services with the
              services requested and returns matches to the UA using a unicast reply message.

              The SLP UA follows the same procedure and sends repeated multicast messages until no
              new replies are received. The resulting set of discovered services, including their service URL
              and any service attributes, are returned to TPC.

              Tivoli Agent Manager
              SSPC uses Tivoli Agent Manager to deploy and manage agents in selected servers to gather
              server information. Tivoli Agent Manager has three components: Agent Manager, Common
              Agent, and Subagent. Figure 1-5 on page 11 shows how SSPC, Agent Manager, and Agents
              communicate with each other.




10   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Agent
             M anager                      Registration,
                          Agent            Registry DB              SSPC
                                                                                SSPC
                         M anager            Q uery                              DB
                            DB




                                                             SSPC
              Registration,                                  Native
              Configuration                                 Protocol
                updates
                                      Subagent     Subagent
                                        Data        Fabric

                                    Tivoli Com m on Agent

                                           Server
Figure 1-5 Agent Manager overview

Agent Manager is the central component managing agents deployed in the environment. It
maintains its own database to keep the information about the managed agents.

Common Agent is installed on the systems to be managed. It is responsible for managing
Subagent on the system at the request of a managing system.

Subagent is used to provide system level function; this can be a Data agent or a Fabric agent.
By default, SSPC allows you to deploy Fabric agents on managed servers. If you upgrade
your SSPC to TPC Standard Edition, you can also deploy Data agents on managed servers.

The Fabric agents are installed on computer systems that have fiber optic connectivities
through HBAs into the SAN fabrics that you want to manage and monitor. The Fabric agents
collect fabric topology information, port state information, and zoning information. The Fabric
agents can also identify other SAN-attached devices if they are in the same zone. Using
operating system calls, the agents also collect information about the machine on which they
are installed. We recommend having a minimum of one Fabric agent installed per fabric zone.

The Data agents collect information from the machines or hosts on which they are installed.
The agents collect asset information, file and file system attributes, and any other information
needed from computer systems. Data agents can also gather information about database
managers installed on the servers, Novell® NDS tree information, and NAS device
information. Data agents are typically installed on all servers in the SAN that you want to
collect information from. This is because each server has a unique set of files and file
systems that TPC cannot track without an agent.




                                    Chapter 1. System Storage Productivity Center introduction   11
12   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
2


    Chapter 2.   Planning for SSPC install
                 The IBM System Storage Productivity Center is a platform for managing IBM storage devices.
                 The 2805 is an x86 server that is preloaded with IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic
                 Edition. Through the integration and testing of software and hardware on a single platform,
                 you can begin to consolidate your storage management infrastructure.

                 SSPC V1.1 may seem like a simple server solution initially, but the environments it will go into
                 are not simple. They can be quite complex and need to be reviewed by people who are
                 knowledgeable about the DS8000, SVC, and TPC.

                 This chapter describes the information you will need before deploying your SSPC. It provides
                 considerations for ordering IBM System Storage Productivity Center Version 1.1. It also
                 provides considerations for future growth and building an SSPC-like server with your own
                 Windows server.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved.                                                              13
2.1 Collecting configuration information
              Before installation, you must ensure that you have all the required hardware and software
              configuration information. You also need to plan for power, environmental needs, and server
              placement.
              1. If you need a keyboard, mouse, and display, order this package with 2805-MC2 server.
              2. Ensure there is space in your rack with adequate airflow. Refer to “Environment
                 requirements” in IBM System Storage Productivity Center Introduction and Planning
                 Guide, SC23-8824.
              3. Order the correct power cord to connect to the rack power.
              4. Note the EIA Location of the IBM System Storage Productivity Center server, and optional
                 keyboard, video, and mouse (Table 2-1).

              Table 2-1 EIA Location of the SSPC and keyboard, video, and mouse
               Item                             Slot                             Floor grid

               SSPC hardware location within    EIA Slot:_________________       Floor Grid:_______________
               the frame

               Keyboard, Video, Mouse           EIA Slot:_________________       Floor Grid:_______________
               switch location

              5. When registering your Windows software running on the SSPC server, you will be asked
                 the name of the person who the software will be registered to and the name of the
                 organization that owns the SSPC server.
                 During initial power-on of the SSPC server, you will be prompted to enter the Windows
                 Server® 2003 Product Key. The key is listed on a sticker labeled “Windows SVR Ent 2003”
                 and is located on the outside of the top cover of the SSPC server. Record this value before
                 the server is installed in the rack. Record the information in Table 2-2.

              Table 2-2 Windows 2003 software registration information
               Field                            Entry                             Notes

               Administrator’s name                                               This is the name of the person
                                                ________________________          who will be registered for the
                                                                                  Windows Server 2003 software.

               Organization                     ________________________          This is your company name.

               Windows Server 2003 product                                        Needed during initial
               key                                                                configuration of the SSPC
                                                                                  server.


              6. You will need information about the network configuration of the SSPC server, such as the
                 host name (MANNODE is the default and may not have to be changed) and the IP
                 address. Gather the required information listed in Table 2-3.

              Table 2-3 IP address and host name
               Field                                   IP address or host name

               SSPC                                    Host Name:________________

               SSPC IP address                         IP address: ____.____.____.____

               Subnet Mask                             IP address: ____.____.____.____


14   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Field                               IP address or host name

 Default Gateway                     IP address: ____.____.____.____

 Preferred DNS                       IP address: ____.____.____.____

 Preferred DNS name suffix
 Example: sspc.ibm.com

 Alternate DNS                       IP address: ____.____.____.____

 Alternate DNS name suffix
 Example: ibm.com

7. SSPC provides an improved DS8000 and SVC configuration. Using TPC installed on your
   SSPC server, you can add, manage, and launch the element managers for administering
   storage subsystems. From a planning perspective, you should record the IP addresses of
   the element managers to be launched in Table 2-4.

Table 2-4 DS8000 and SVC device information
 Device type                    Attached device                 IP address

    DS8000                      System Name/ Host Name          IP address:
    SVC
                                __________________              ____.____.____.____
    Other

    DS8000                      System Name/ Host Name          IP address:
    SVC
                                __________________              ____.____.____.____
    Other

    DS8000                      System Name/ Host Name          IP address:
    SVC
                                __________________              ____.____.____.____
    Other

    DS8000                      System Name/ Host Name          IP address:
    SVC
                                __________________              ___.____.____.____
    Other

    DS8000                      System Name/ Host Name          IP address:
    SVC
                                __________________              ____.____.____.____
    Other

    DS8000                      System Name/ Host Name          IP address:
    SVC
                                __________________              ____.____.____.____
    Other

8. There is no antivirus installed in the SSPC. You can install antivirus packages like Norton
   or McAfee to meet your company’s security policy. You should also consider backup and
   recovery procedures for the SSPC, as described in Chapter 5, “Managing your SSPC
   appliance” on page 83.
9. There is no HBA installed in the SSPC because the TPC Server does not require an HBA.
   When upgrading to TPC Standard Edition or TPC for Data customers, you need HBAs in
   the computers being monitored, but there is not a requirement for one in the SSPC.




                                                       Chapter 2. Planning for SSPC install   15
2.2 SSPC and TPC Basic Edition relationship
              IBM 2805 System Storage Productivity Center Model MC2 is a combination of hardware and
              software that initially will support device configuration of the IBM System Storage DS8000
              series, and the IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller (SVC) 4.2.1. Aside from basic
              device configuration, the integration of TPC provides SAN management capabilities for
              numerous heterogeneous storage elements.

              License considerations
              IBM System Storage Productivity Center Version 1.1 consists of one IBM System Storage
              Productivity Center server (machine type 2805) and one license of IBM TotalStorage
              Productivity Center Basic Edition V3.3.1 software, which comes pre-installed on the 2805
              server. IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition is licensed per management
              server and is not based on capacity.

              If you order one license of TPC Basic Edition, you are then entitled to install and use the TPC
              Basic Edition code on one system only. There is no limit as to the number of DS8000 clients
              you are entitled to. The SVC Master Console client is recommended to two clients due to this
              CIMOM limitation.

              If you want two SSPC servers, you need to order two licenses of TPC Basic Edition. You are
              then entitled to install and use the TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition server code
              on two systems.

              Existing TPC installations can use their existing TPC server and TPC software license to
              perform the remote configuration of new DS8000s using the GUI once TPC is upgraded to
              V3.3.1. The TPC installation must have IP connectivity to the new DS8000. Keep in mind that
              TPC software is licensed by capacity. If an existing TPC customer adds a new DS8000, they
              will likely need to purchase additional TPC capacity if they do not have enough spare
              capacity.



2.3 SSPC server options
              In this section, we describe the options available for SSPC hardware and software.


2.3.1 Options for SSPC server hardware
              The 2805 IBM System Storage Productivity Center is a platform for managing IBM storage
              devices. The 2805 is an IBM System x™ x3550 server that is preloaded with IBM
              TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition.

              Figure 2-1 on page 17 shows the SSPC server as shipped. An IBM System Service
              Representative (SSR) will install this in your rack and connect the power cord to it. You should
              also run the Ethernet cable to the server and allow the SSR to plug in the cable.




16   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 2-1 SSPC server, 2805-MC2

The hardware of the SSPC server is a Machine Type 2805-MC2. It is an IBM System x x3550
1U high rack-mounted server. It has one Quad-Core Intel Xeon® Processor E5310 (1.60 GHz
8 MB L2 1066 MHz 80 W), 4 GB of memory, two 3.5" hard disk drives of 146 GB 15K rpm
SAS HDD in a RAID 1, optical drive CD-ROM, and dual integrated 10/100/1000 Mbps
Ethernet.

This hardware configuration is sized for the TPC Basic Edition. TPC Basic Edition is TPC for
Disk without the Disk performance function and TPC for Fabric. TPC Basic Edition does not
include TPC Data and there is no Agent Manager.

Performance Upgrade Kit
There is a Performance Upgrade Kit (Feature Code 1800) for the 2805-MC2. This
Performance Upgrade Kit doubles the CPU and RAM of the server. The SSPC server with
feature code 1800 will have two Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processors and 8 GB of memory. You
need to purchase the Performance Upgrade Feature if you plan to upgrade your SSPC to
TPC Standard Edition or install TPC for Replication on the SSPC server. TPC Standard
Edition consists of TPC for Disk, TPC for Fabric, TPC for Data, and Agent Manager. TPC for
Replication helps you manage the advanced copy services provided by IBM ESS model 800,
IBM DS8000, IBM DS6000™, and IBM SVC. The Performance Upgrade Feature provides
more system resources for the additional workload.

Optional console and keyboard
There is also a Console Keyboard/Display/Drawer (feature code 9100) for the SSPC. You
need this feature if you install the SSPC server in a rack without a display and a keyboard.

Figure 2-2 shows a listing of the SSPC server options.


 Description                                               Machine      Model      Feature
 --------------------------------------                    -------      -----      -------
 System Storage Productivity Center                         2805         MC2

 Performance Upgrade Kit                                                            1800

 Console/Keyboard/Display/Drawer                                                    9100

Figure 2-2 2805-MC2 hardware features




                                                         Chapter 2. Planning for SSPC install   17
2.3.2 SSPC software options and licenses
              The IBM System Storage Productivity Center (server) includes the following pre-installed
              software:
                 Microsoft Windows 2003 Server Fix Pack 2
                 DB2 Enterprise Server Edition V9.1 with Fix Pack 2
                 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition V3.3.1
                 IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller (Console and CIM Agent V4.2.1)

              TPC Basic Edition is TPC for Disk without the disk performance feature and TPC for Fabric.
              TPC for Data is not installed. Agent Manager is on a CD but not installed.

              TPC Basic Edition does not restrict the customer on the amount of managed storage; it is
              unlimited. Keep in mind that if an existing TPC customer upgrades to TPC V3.3.1 and adds a
              new DS8000, they will likely need to purchase additional TPC capacity if they do not have
              enough spare capacity.

              If the SSPC integrated TPC Basic Edition is upgraded to TPC for Disk, TPC for Fabric, TPC
              for Data, or TPC Standard Edition, the license changes to a per TB model. The pricing
              depends on what product is selected and the amount of managed storage. To upgrade the
              TPC Basic Edition, a license for the additional function needs to be purchased and installed.

              TPC for Data requires Agent Manager to be installed and Data agents deployed to hosts
              where file information is to be collected.

              The TPC for Fabric (in-band fabric) function will require the installation of Agent Manager and
              at least one Fabric agent deployed per zone on hosts where in-band fabric information
              collection is desired.



2.4 Planning for the future
              TPC Basic Edition includes the following high level features:
                 IBM System Storage DS8000 series GUI integration
                 SAN Volume Controller Master Console and CIMOM
                 Storage topology viewer
                 Monitor, alert, report, and provision storage
                 Status dashboard


2.4.1 Licenses
              All distributed software licenses include Software Maintenance (Software Subscription and
              Technical Support) for a period of 12 months from the date of acquisition, providing a
              streamlined way to acquire IBM software and ensure technical support coverage for all
              licenses. Extending coverage, for a total of three years from date of acquisition, may be
              elected.

              TPC Basic Edition is licensed per management server and is not based on capacity. IBM
              TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition can be configured to access any number of
              DS8000 GUIs. In most environments, a single SSPC can manage all the DS8000s within the
              enterprise. Even in large enterprise environments, the SSPC is sized to handle the Topology
              Viewer, along with asset and capacity reporting.




18   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
You order one IBM System Storage Productivity Center (machine type 2805) and one license
           of TPC Basic Edition software, which comes pre-installed on the 2805 server. The 2805
           server license does not include the software license. The separate purchase of the TPC Basic
           Edition software license is required. You are entitled to use the software on the 2805 server
           and no other system. If you want to run TPC Basic Edition server code on any other server,
           you are required to first disable the code on the 2805 server.

           Using an existing TPC license
           Consider the scenario where you order one SSPC (machine type 2805). You have previously
           purchased TPC for Disk and want to use your existing software entitlement on the 2805
           server. Since the TPC for Disk software license is based on capacity, assuming you have not
           reached the software entitlement limit, the remaining software entitlement can be utilized on
           the 2805 server. If you have utilized your previously purchased software entitlement, then you
           will need to make an additional purchase of the desired TPC package.

           Supported platforms
           IBM System Storage Productivity Center (machine type 2805) is only offered with the
           Microsoft Windows 2003 Enterprise Edition operating system. Consequently, only the
           Microsoft Windows version of IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center server is supported on
           that server.

           IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center code is supported on Windows, AIX®, and Linux®. The
           purchase of the TPC Basic Edition license does entitle the customer to install the server code
           on any of the supported operating systems. However, the SSPC (2805) server is only
           supported when running Microsoft Windows 2003 Enterprise Edition.


2.4.2 Server sizing
           The purchase and use of an additional TotalStorage Productivity Center Standard Edition will
           necessitate a solution assurance review (SAR). TotalStorage Productivity Center Standard
           Edition includes TPC for Disk, TPC for Data, and TPC for Fabric. TPC for Replication is a
           separate software product for Advanced Copy Services. To size your server to handle your
           workload, go to the TPC Web site at:
           http://www-304.ibm.com/jct01004c/systems/support/storage/software/tpc/

           Select a product, then click the Install/use tab. Click Best Practices and look for the
           document titled “Server Sizing Charts.” You can also contact your IBM Tivoli Storage team.



2.5 Building a SSPC like server
           You have the option to build your own SSPC like server. You can order the TPC Basic Edition
           without the 2805-MC2. If you plan to order only the TPC Basic Edition software, you should
           order through IBM Passport Advantage® using the order number listed in Figure 2-3.


            Product           Description
            5608-B01 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition V3.3.1 1 Year
            5608-B04 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition V3.3.1 3 Years
           Figure 2-3 SSPC software product code




                                                                  Chapter 2. Planning for SSPC install   19
You can install TPC Basic Edition on your OEM Windows 2003 Enterprise Edition server. You
              can choose a server with CPU, memory, and hard drive compatible with the IBM SSPC
              server. IBM SSPC server hardware is listed in 2.3.1, “Options for SSPC server hardware” on
              page 16.

              The procedure to install the SSPC software is described in Chapter 4, “Building an SSPC
              server” on page 45.

              Java versions
              The TPC Basic Edition has the IBM V1.4.2 JRE™ in the source code. Your OEM server may
              not support the IBM V1.4.2 JRE. During install, you may encounter the error message shown
              in Figure 2-4. To fix this Java error, you have to download and install the Version 1.4.2 Java
              from the SUN Microsystem Web site.




              Figure 2-4 Java error message



2.6 SVC requirements
              At this time, SSPC is an alternative to the current SVC Master Console. SSPC includes SVC
              V4.2.1 Master Console and CIMOM agent. It can manage up to two 8-node clusters.

              If you have an existing SVC Master console and CIMOM and clusters at a level prior to
              V4.2.1, you can upgrade to V4.2.1 to manage your SVC clusters. You do not need to
              purchase SSPC.

              In the first half of 2008, SSPC will become compulsory for any new orders of SVC clusters.

              SSPC can manage up to two 8-node clusters. If you have more than two clusters, you need to
              purchase an additional SSPC or install an additional SVC Master Console and CIMOM.



2.7 Existing TPC environment and integration of SSPC
              Installations that have an existing TPC installation, with the exception of TPC Limited Edition,
              will likely not need to order SSPC. TPC customers should upgrade to TPC V3.3.1 and use the
              Element Manager in V3.3.1 to access the DS8000 GUI.

              TPC V3.3.1 supports the following DB2 versions for the repository database:
                 DB2 Enterprise Server Edition Version 8.1 with Fix Pack 14 or
                 DB2 Enterprise Server Edition Version 9.1 with Fix Pack 2

              If you have a server with TPC Limited Edition and want to upgrade to TPC Basic Edition or
              another TPC package (TPC for Data, TPC for Disk, TPC for Fabric, or TPC Standard Edition),
              you need to un-install TPC Limited Edition and DB2 and then install DB2 and TPC Basic
              Edition or Standard Edition on this server.




20   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Existing TPC installations can use their existing TPC server and upgrade to TPC V3.3.1 and
        use the existing TPC software license to perform the management of new DS8000s using the
        GUI and TPC functions. TPC software is licensed by capacity. If you add a new DS8000, you
        may need to purchase additional TPC capacity.

        If you have TPC running on an AIX or Linux server and want the Element Manager for the
        new DS8000, you can upgrade to TPC V3.3.1 and use the Element Manager in TPC V3.3.1
        on the AIX or Linux server. Only the SVC Master Console needs to run on a Windows server.



2.8 DS8000 Element Manager GUI
        You can launch the Element Manager as described in Chapter 6, “TPC Basic Edition
        functions” on page 105. The Element Manager allows you to access the DS8000s in your
        enterprise. Each entry is one DS8000 with one login user ID and its password. The DS8000
        user ID and password is also stored in the Element Manager.

        In the Element Manager main window, select Select → Create Element Manger. The
        window shown in Figure 2-5 will appear. Fill in the IP address, user ID, and password fields
        and click OK. The Element Manager tests the connection, the login ID, and password, and
        then keeps them. You need the password when you want to sign in next time. All you have to
        do is click the Element Manager entry shown in Figure 2-5. For DS8000 Element Manager
        security considerations, refer to “DS8000 Element Manager access” on page 91.




        Figure 2-5 Create Element Manager




                                                              Chapter 2. Planning for SSPC install   21
2.9 Redundant SSPCs
              SSPC is a management server. If SSPC stops working, the storage subsystems it manages
              are not impacted. The only impact is you cannot manage your storage subsystems from
              SSPC. You have to use alternative management methods until your SSPC server is restored.
              For example, you may have to go to your HMC to manage your DS8000. This may cause a
              temporary inconvenience for storage administrators.

              You can deploy two SSPC severs in your environment. You need to set up identical entries in
              the Element Manager and for SVC Master Consoles. If one SSPC fails, you can switch to the
              other SSPC using the URL of the second SSPC.

              There is no heartbeat between the two SSPCs and there is no high availability for the two
              SSPCs. There is no clustering of the two SSPCs.


2.9.1 Single SSPC instance
              If the temporary SSPC outage is acceptable in your environment, you should choose a single
              SSPC configuration. The advantage of this configuration is there is no duplication of SSPC in
              the environment and initial setup cost is lower. A single SSPC configuration is outlined in
              Figure 2-6. In this configuration, SSPC and the management interface of SVC and DS8000
              are all connected to the same LAN. SSPC communicates with SVC and DS8000 through
              Ethernet.

                                                         SSPC




                                                                                        LAN

                                        SVC Cluster


                                                                  DS8000


                                                                             Internal
                                                                              HMC

              Figure 2-6 Single SSPC configuration

              If the temporary outage is not acceptable in your environment, you may need dual SSPC
              configuration. By introducing the second SSPC, the single point of failure can be removed. In
              the situation where the first SSPC instance is not working, you can use the second SSPC to
              manage your storage subsystems.


2.9.2 Dual SSPC instances
              Dual SSPC configuration is outlined in Figure 2-7 on page 23. In this configuration, both
              SSPC instances communicate with the SVC and DS8000 independently. There is no
              communication between the two SSPCs by default. You must update any configuration
              information (for example, adding additional DS8000 Element Managers, SVC Master
              Consoles, or CIMOMs) on each SSPC.




22   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
If one SSPC stops working, you can go to the second SSPC and manage your systems from
there. This is equivalent to having have two remote controllers for your television. If one
remote controller stops working, you may simply use the other remote controller.


                                 SSPC           SSPC




                                                                        LAN

                             SVC Cluster



                                                   DS8000

                                                             Internal
                                                              HMC

Figure 2-7 Dual SSPC configuration




                                                     Chapter 2. Planning for SSPC install   23
24   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
3


    Chapter 3.   SSPC initial setup
                 This chapter takes you through the process of setting up the SSPC server when it is powered
                 up. We will go through the steps to set up the Windows environment, change the host name
                 of the server, and change the IP address.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved.                                                          25
3.1 Initial SSPC setup
              Your CE will install the SSPC in the rack, connect the power to the SSPC server, and plug in
              the Ethernet cable. The CE will also install the optional keyboard, video, and mouse to the
              SSPC if ordered. After the system is installed, you must configure it before you can use it.

              You will need the planning information described in Chapter 2, “Planning for SSPC install” on
              page 13. You need to gather the information and fill in the forms. We will walk you through the
              steps to set up the Windows Operating System with SSPC.

              Push the power on switch and wait for Windows to boot up. The first window you will see is
              Figure 3-1. Click Next to continue.




              Figure 3-1 Windows setup window

              In Figure 3-2 on page 27, check the I accept the agreement button and click Next to
              continue.




26   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 3-2 License Agreement

The next window is the Regional and Language options, as shown in Figure 3-3. Check
Customize to update the Regional and Language Options.




Figure 3-3 Regional and Language Options




                                                         Chapter 3. SSPC initial setup   27
The next window is the Regional and Language Options, as shown in Figure 3-4. In the
              Regional Options tab, you can specify the format of numbers, currencies, dates, and time.

              After you have updated the Custom and Details, click Next to go to Figure 3-8 on page 30.
              Update the Regional and Language Options for your installation environment.




              Figure 3-4 Regional Options

              Figure 3-5 on page 29 shows the Languages tab. Click Details to take you to the Text
              Services and Input Languages window, as shown in Figure 3-6 on page 29.




28   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 3-5 Language tab

In the Text Services and Input Languages window, select the language for the SSPC from the
drop-down menu. In the Installed services window, select the keyboard languages for the
SSPC, as shown in Figure 3-6.




Figure 3-6 Text Services and Input Languages



                                                           Chapter 3. SSPC initial setup   29
Figure 3-7 shows the options of the Advanced tab. After you have made all the necessary
              language changes, click Apply to continue.




              Figure 3-7 Advanced tab

              In Figure 3-8, enter the name of this SSPC server and your organization. The default host
              name is MANNODE. In our installation, we chose SSPC for the server name.




              Figure 3-8 Personalize Your Software window

              Figure 3-9 on page 31 is where you enter the product license key information, as mentioned
              in 2.1, “Collecting configuration information” on page 14.




30   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
The Windows Server 2003 Product Key is listed on a sticker labeled Windows SVR Ent 2003
located on the outside of the top cover of the SSPC. It was recorded in 2.1, “Collecting
configuration information” on page 14. Enter this value now and click Next to continue.




Figure 3-9 Product License Key window

The next window is the Licensing Modes window, as shown in Figure 3-10. We accepted the
defaults and click Next to continue. For detailed information, refer to the Microsoft Web site on
Licensing Overview for Windows Server 2003:
http://www.microsoft.com/windowsserver2003/howtobuy/licensing/overview.mspx




Figure 3-10 Licensing Modes




                                                               Chapter 3. SSPC initial setup   31
The next window is the Computer Name and Administrator window shown in Figure 3-11.
              Here is where you enter the SSPC host name and Administrator password. Install this
              Windows Operating System for SSPC using MANNODE as the host name, as this is the
              name used when building the SSPC image. Change the server name after the initial
              customization. Fill in the space to the left of Computer name as MANNODE. Note that the
              Administrator password is passw0rd by default. You must use the default of passw0rd when
              you first log in to the SSPC even if you specify another password here.




              Figure 3-11 Computer Name and Administrator Password

              Figure 3-12 shows the Computer Name and Administrator Password fields filled in. Enter
              MANNODE in the Computer name field. This is the host name for the SSPC. Click Next to
              continue.




              Figure 3-12 Computer Name and Administrator Password


32   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
The next window is the Date and Time Settings window. Update the Time Zone and Date &
Time fields to reflect your SSPC server environment. Click Next to continue.




Figure 3-13 Date and Time Settings

The next steps are to set up the network. You need the information in Table 2-3 on page 14 to
set up the IP address, net mask, default gateway, and DNS of the SSPC server. In the
Networking Settings window shown in Figure 3-14, select the Custom settings button and
click Next to continue.




Figure 3-14 Network Settings




                                                             Chapter 3. SSPC initial setup   33
The next window is Networking Components, as shown in Figure 3-15. Click Internet
              Protocol (TCP/IP) and then click Properties to continue.




              Figure 3-15 Update IP information

              In Figure 3-16, check the Use the following IP address and Use the following DNS server
              address buttons. Enter the IP address, Subnet mask, Default Gateway, Preferred DNS
              server, and Alternate DNS server information that you noted in Table 2-3 on page 14. Click
              Advanced to continue.




              Figure 3-16 IP and DNS information

              Clicking the DNS tab provides the option to enter the DNS server addresses, in order of use
              and Append these DNS suffixes (in order): information, as shown in Figure 3-17 on page 35.
              You can list the DNS servers by IP address that the server will query to resolve the DNS



34   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
domain names. You can also specify the DNS suffixes that will be searched, in the order they
are listed. When all the information is entered, click OK to continue.




Figure 3-17 DNS Suffix information

The next window is the Workgroup or Computer Domain, as shown in Figure 3-18. We
selected the default of a workgroup named WORKGROUP and click Next to continue.




Figure 3-18 Workgroup or Computer Domain

The next window shows that you have successfully completed the Windows Setup, as shown
in Figure 3-19. Click Finish to restart the SSPC in order for the options you specified to take
effect.


                                                              Chapter 3. SSPC initial setup   35
Figure 3-19 Windows Setup complete

              When the SSPC reboot is complete, you will see the main IBM System Storage Productivity
              Center window, as shown in Figure 3-20.




              Figure 3-20 SSPC after Windows setup configurations




36   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
3.2 Change the host name
          When you received your SSPC server, the default host name is MANNODE. In this section,
          we describe the steps to change the host name of the SSPC server from the default of
          MANNODE to SSPCSRV. Note that the SVC Master Console has the name MANNODE by
          default. If you have an existing SVC Master console in your environment, this will cause a
          conflict.

          The steps we described here are to change the Windows operating system to the new host
          name. Then change DB2 to the new host name. The screen captures show the steps to
          change the host name from MANNODE to SSPCSRV.

          If you decided to use a host name other than MANNODE, you may get an error message from
          DB2 after reboot. The error message is SQL1042C, as shown in Figure 3-27 on page 40.
          With the latest level of SSPC, this error message does not appear.


3.2.1 Change the host name in Windows
          On your Windows desk top, point your mouse to the My Computer icon, right-click it, and
          select Properties, as shown in Figure 3-21.




          Figure 3-21 Select Properties on My Computer




                                                                      Chapter 3. SSPC initial setup   37
The System Properties window appears. Click the Computer Name tab, as shown in
              Figure 3-22.




              Figure 3-22 Node name change

              In the Computer Name window, click the Change button, as shown in Figure 3-23 on
              page 39.




38   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 3-23 System Properties window Computer Name tab

Enter the new host name in the Computer name field, as shown in Figure 3-24. In our
environment, we want to change the name to SSPCSRV. Update the Workgroup information
for your installation if necessary and click OK to continue.




Figure 3-24 Computer Name Changes




                                                         Chapter 3. SSPC initial setup   39
A pop-up window informs you that you must reboot the system for the computer host name
              change to take effect, as shown in Figure 3-25. Click OK to continue.




              Figure 3-25 Computer Name Changes

              In addition, you will receive a pop-up menu asking you to restart the system. Click Yes to start
              the reboot of the computer.




              Figure 3-26 System Settings Change


3.2.2 Change host name in DB2
              After the system reboot, the Windows operating system has the new computer host name of
              SSPCSRV, but DB2 still has the old host name. DB2 will issue error message SQL1012C, as
              shown in Figure 3-27. Click OK to continue and then we will change the host name in DB2.




              Figure 3-27 DB2 error message

              The steps to change the host name in DB2 are:
              1. Update the DB2 command.
              2. Stop and then restart stop the IBM WebSphere® Application Server V6 - Device server
                 and IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center - Data server services.

              Update DB2
              Changing the host name in DB2 involves entering several DB2 commands.

              To open a command prompt window, select Start → Run and enter cmd in the Run window.
              Click OK to continue, as shown in Figure 3-28 on page 41.




40   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 3-28 Command prompt window

           Change to the directory where your DB2 is installed. By default this is C:Program
           FilesIBMSQLLIB. Enter the following commands, as shown in Figure 3-29:
           db2extsec /u db2users /a db2admns
           db2start

            Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]

            (C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.



            C:Documents and SettingsAdministrator>cd Program FilesIBMSQLLIB

            C:Program FilesIBMSQLLIB>db2extsec /u db2users /a db2admns

            DB2EXTSEC: processing completed successfully.

            C:Documents and SettingsAdministrator>db2start

            SQL1063N DB2START processing was successful.


           Figure 3-29 Issue DOS commands and response


3.2.3 Stop and start services
           You have to stop and then restart two Windows services for the DB2 host name change to
           take effect. First, we have to stop the IBM WebSphere Application Server V6 - Device server
           and IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center - Data server.

           Select Start → Settings → Control Panel → Administrative Tools → Services to locate
           the Services window.




                                                                        Chapter 3. SSPC initial setup   41
In the Services window, scroll down to locate the services, as shown in Figure 3-30.




              Figure 3-30 Locate IBM WebSphere Application Server V6 - DeviceServer and IBM TotalStorage
              Productivity Center - Data server

              Point your mouse to the IBM WebSphere Application Server V6 entry, right-click it, and click
              Stop to stop the WebSphere services, as shown in Figure 3-31 on page 43.




42   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 3-31 Stop IBM WebSphere Application Server V6 - Device server

Repeat this process for the IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center - Data server service, as
shown in Figure 3-32.




Figure 3-32 Stop IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center - Data server service



                                                                 Chapter 3. SSPC initial setup   43
You need to restart the IBM WebSphere Application Server V6 - Device server and IBM
              TotalStorage Productivity Center - Data server services. Again, locate the services, highlight
              the service you want to start with your mouse, right-click it, and select Restart.

              Once the services successfully restart, you have changed the host name and can log in to the
              TotalStorage Productivity Center console.



3.3 Connect SVC Master Console to SVC Clusters
              Before you can manage your SVC clusters, you need to add your SVC clusters to your SVC
              Master Console. The SVC Console and CIMOM are preinstalled on the SSPC server. Unlike
              the DS8000 Storage Manager interface, the SVC Console is not accessed through TPC
              Productivity Center. Instead, the SVC Console is launched separately from the SSPC server
              desktop.

              SSH keys are generated by the SSH client software. This includes a public key, which is
              uploaded and maintained by the cluster, and a private key that is kept private from the server
              that is running the SSH client; in our case, this is the SSPC. These keys authorize specific
              users to access the administration and service functions on the cluster. Each key pair is
              associated with a user-defined ID string that can consist of up to 40 characters. Up to 100
              keys can be stored on the cluster. New IDs and keys can be added and unwanted IDs and
              keys can be deleted.

              To use the CLI or SVC graphical user interface (GUI), an SSH client must be installed on that
              system, the SSH key pair must be generated on the client system, and the client’s SSH public
              key must be stored on the SVC cluster or clusters. The SVC Master Console (and therefore
              the SSPC server) has the freeware implementation of SSH-2 for Windows called PuTTY
              pre-installed. This software provides the SSH client function for users logged into the master
              console who want to invoke the CLI or GUI to manage the SVC cluster.

              As part of the installation of the SVC Master Console code, an SSH key pair is generated
              using PuTTYgen. You can use this key pair or you can generate a new key pair. We
              recommend you generate a new key pair.

              For details on creating a new SSH key pair using PuTTY, refer to Figure 4-37 on page 69. For
              details on loading the public key to the SVC cluster, refer to 4.4.3, “Connect SVC Master
              Console to SVC Clusters” on page 73.




44   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
4


    Chapter 4.   Building an SSPC server
                 If you choose not to order the SSPC 2805-MC2, it is possible to build an SSPC like server.
                 You can also use the information in this chapter to rebuild your SSPC from the product CDs.
                 This chapter provides the detailed procedure on how to accomplish these tasks.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved.                                                          45
4.1 SSPC build basics
              If you decide to build your own SSPC Server, you need to install the following software on
              your server:
                 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center V3.3.1 Basic Edition
                 IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller Console and CIMOM agent Version 4.2.1
                 DB2 V9.1

              Before starting to build your own SSPC Server, you need to verify that your server meets the
              following requirements:
                 The server has been physically installed and connected to the network properly.
                 Microsoft Windows 2003 Release 2 Server Enterprise Edition has been installed and
                 configured properly on your server.


4.1.1 Installation overview
              In TPC, you have the following installable components:
                 Database schema
                 Data server and Device server
                 Graphical user interface (GUI)
                 Command-line interface (CLI)
                 Data agent
                 Fabric agent

              You need to install most of these components in order to get TPC to work. The CLI is
              considered optional. If you are using a remote database for TPC, you must install the
              database schema on that remote database after you have installed DB2 on that remote
              machine.

              You need to install Agent Manager before deploying Data agents or Fabric agents. With TPC
              V3.3.1, Agent Manger is an optional component and is installed separately from TPC.

              The GUI is installed wherever a user might wish to invoke TPC. TPC also supports a Java
              Web based GUI, which gives you the option of not having to install the GUI when you want to
              remotely use TPC.

              The DB schema, Data server, Device server, agents, GUI, and CLI are all components of
              TPC. They can be installed all at once or individually. If you install the components at different
              times, you must install the components in this order:
              1. DB2 (DB2 is required for Agent Manager and IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center.)
              2. DB schema (This is installed using the IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center installation
                 program.)
              3. Data server and Device server (This is installed using the IBM TotalStorage Productivity
                 Center installation program.)
              4. Agent Manager (This is an optional component.)
              5. Data agent, Fabric agent, GUI, or CLI (Data agent and Fabric agent can only be installed
                 if Agent Manager is installed.)



46   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
In this chapter, we install TPC without Agent Manger. As a result, the Data agent and Fabric
              agent cannot be deployed. If deploying agents is required in your environment, refer to
              Chapter 7, “Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions” on page 187.



4.2 Install IBM DB2 Enterprise Server Edition V9.1
              When you install DB2, two groups are created:
                 DB2ADMNS: This group will have all the required user rights assigned for administrative
                 authority.
                 DB2USERS: This group will have user rights assigned for DB2 users.

              For the DB2 users that need administrative authority, add them to the DB2ADMNS group. For
              normal DB2 users, add them to the DB2USERS group. When you add a user ID to either
              group, this user ID will have all the user rights required for that group; you do not have to
              assign individual user rights to each user ID.

              During DB2 installation, DB2 automatically creates a DB2 user ID with administrative
              authority. The default user ID is db2admin. This user ID and password will be the default user
              ID and password used to install TPC.

              If you do not want to use the default user ID to install TPC, you can create a new
              administrative user ID, for example, tpcadmin. If DB2 creates this user ID, this user ID will be
              added to the DB2ADMNS group and the Windows Administrators group.


4.2.1 Steps
              DB2 is installed using a setup wizard. The setup wizard leads you through the entire
              installation process. To install DB2, follow these steps:

              Log on with a user ID with Administrator authority on Windows. Insert the DB2 product CD
              into the CD-ROM drive or use the unzipped DB2 installation image. AutoRun starts the
              LaunchPad. The DB2 installation program (see Figure 4-1 on page 48) should start within 15
              - 30 seconds if you have AutoRun mode set on your system. If the installation program does
              not start, do one of the following steps:
                 Use a command prompt to change to the root of the DB2 install CD and enter
                 db2setup.exe.
                 Use Windows Explorer, open the root of the CD, and double-click db2setup.exe.




                                                                      Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server    47
Figure 4-1 DB2 setup window

              Select Install a Product and click Install Now under DB2 Enterprise Server Edition, as
              shown in Figure 4-2.




              Figure 4-2 DB2 production selection

              The DB2 Setup wizard window is presented (see Figure 4-3 on page 49). Click Next to
              continue.

48   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 4-3 DB2 welcome window

The next window is the License Agreement, as shown in Figure 4-4. Select I accept the
terms in the license agreement and click Next.




Figure 4-4 DB2 License Agreement




                                                    Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server   49
The next window allows you to select the installation type, as shown in Figure 4-5. Select
              Typical as the installation type and click Next to continue.




              Figure 4-5 DB2 installation type

              In the next window, shown in Figure 4-6, select Install DB2 Enterprise Server Edition on
              this computer and click Next to continue.




              Figure 4-6 DB2 installation options

              By default, DB2 setup wizard installs DB2 Enterprise Server Edition in the folder C:Program
              FilesIBMSQLLIB. If you do not want the default folder, you can type in the directory of your


50   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
choice, as shown in Figure 4-7. In our installation, we accept the default. Click Next to
continue.




Figure 4-7 DB2 installation folder

By default, DB2 uses db2admin as the DB2 administrator user ID. If you do not want to use
db2admin, you can type the user ID of your choice. In our installation, we accepted the
default.

By default, Use the same user name and password for the remaining DB2 services is
checked. We accept the default. In Figure 4-8, type the password for db2admin and record it.
Click Next to continue.




Figure 4-8 DB2 user window


                                                        Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server   51
In the Configure DB2 instances window, the default instance is DB2. Leave the default
              instance unchanged and click Next (see Figure 4-9).




              Figure 4-9 DB2 instance window

              By default, Prepare the DB2 tools catalog is unchecked. TPC does not require DB2 tools,
              so we accept the default. If you later need DB2 tools for other applications, you can install
              DB2 tools separately.

              In Figure 4-10, make sure that Prepare the DB2 tools catalog is unchecked and click Next.




              Figure 4-10 DB2 tools




52   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
By default, Set up your DB2 server to send notifications is checked. In our installation, we
uncheck it. If notification is required in your environment, you can enable it.

In Figure 4-11, uncheck Set up your DB2 server to send notifications and click Next.




Figure 4-11 E-mail notification window

By default, Enable operating system security is checked. It creates two user groups: one is
the DB2 administrators group and one is the DB2 users group, as shown in Figure 4-12.
DB2ADMNS is the default group name for the DB2 administrators group. DB2USERS is the
default group name for the DB2 users group. In our installation, we accept the default. If you
do not want the default group name, you can type the group name of your choice.

Click Next to continue.




Figure 4-12 DB2 Administrators and Users group


                                                       Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server   53
In Figure 4-13, verify the DB2 installation information and click Install to continue.




              Figure 4-13 DB2 installation information

              Clicking the Install button starts the DB2 installation. Wait until the installation is finished
              (Figure 4-14).




              Figure 4-14 DB2 installation process

              When installation process is finished, click Finish, as shown in Figure 4-15 on page 55.
              Reboot your server to complete the DB2 installation.


54   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 4-15 Setup process completed



4.3 Installation of TPC V3.3.1 Basic Edition
         TPC provides an installation program that guides you through the installation process. If you
         are installing TPC using the electronic images, there are three installation images:
            disk1: Contains all the TotalStorage Productivity Center components, except for the
            remote Data agent bundles.
            disk2: Contains the files to perform remote Data agent installations. These files are
            automatically installed when you install the servers for TotalStorage Productivity Center.
            Disk2 also contains the JVM™ for the Java Web Start application for the Device server.
            disk3: Contains the files to perform local agent installations.

         If you are installing TPC using DVD and CD, the DVD Contains disk1 and disk2 and the CD
         contains disk3.

         To start the TPC installation program with DVD, go to <DVD_drive>disk1 and double-click
         setup.exe.

         To start the TPC installation program with Windows electronic image, download the electronic
         image into a directory, unzip the file, and run setup.exe from the source installation directory.




                                                                  Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server   55
Once the installer is invoked, the Select a language window is displayed, as shown in
              Figure 4-16. Select a language from the drop-down list and click OK to continue. This is the
              language that is used for installing this product.




              Figure 4-16 Language selection window

              The next window is the Software License Agreement window, as shown in Figure 4-17. Read
              the terms of the license agreement. If you agree with the terms of the license agreement,
              select I accept the terms of the license agreement and click Next.




              Figure 4-17 License Agreement window

              The next window is the Select the type of installation window, as shown in Figure 4-18 on
              page 58. You can install the IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center components using Typical
              installation or Custom installation.

              The Typical installation requires a minimum amount of input from the user who installs
              TotalStorage Productivity Center. You install the components in groups on the local computer
              by selecting Servers, Agents, Clients and Register with the agent manager. The following
              list gives the components installed by each group:
                 Servers installs the database schema, Data server, and Device server.
                 Agents installs the Data agent and Fabric agent. (You can only select it when you have
                 previously installed Agent Manager.)
                 Clients installs the TotalStorage Productivity Center GUI and CLI.



56   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Register with the agent manager registers the Device server and Data server with the
   Agent Manager. (You can only select it when you have previously installed Agent
   Manager.)

In the Custom installation, you can select the components required in your environment from
the following list:
   Create database schema
   Data server
   GUI
   Data Agent (if you have Agent Manager installed)
   Device server
   CLI
   Fabric agent (if you have Agent Manager installed)
   Agent Manager Registration (if you have Agent Manager installed)

You can only select Data Agent, Fabric agent, and Agent Manager Registration if you have
installed Agent Manager previously. If you select Data Agent or Fabric agent, the Agent
Manager Registration box is checked automatically.

The two installation modes also handle passwords differently. The following list gives the
passwords required for TPC installation:
   Database administrator user ID and password for Data server and Device server to
   connect to the database.
   Database user ID and password to create database schema.
   Host authentication password for Fabric agents to communicate with Device server. Host
   authentication password is also used for TPC rollup reporting.
   Data server Account Password for the Data server service. When you supply this
   password, the TPC installation program uses the password you supplied to create the
   Data server service account on Windows. Date server service runs under this service
   account.
   The WebSphere Application Server admin ID and Password is the user ID and password
   required by the Device server to communicate with embedded WebSphere. This is only
   used at installation time.

In the Custom installation, you are allowed to specify passwords for each password request
listed above. In the Typical installation, you can only specify one user ID and password. The
installation program uses the same password for each password request listed above.

In general, we recommend that for a production environment you use Custom installation for
installing IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center. Custom installation allows you to see what
components are being installed as well as set different passwords for user IDs.




                                                        Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server   57
In our installation, we select Custom installation, as shown In Figure 4-18, and click Next.




              Figure 4-18 Installation type

              Select Create database schema, Data Server, Device server, GUI, and CLI, and click Next
              (Figure 4-19). In the default SSPC installation, there is no Agent Manager installed.
              Therefore, Data Agent and Fabric agent cannot be installed.




              Figure 4-19 Components to install




58   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
During the DB2 installation, you created the DB2 administrator name and password
(Figure 4-8 on page 51). In Figure 4-20, type the DB2 administrator name and password you
created and click Next.




Figure 4-20 DB2 administrator information

In Figure 4-21, type the same DB2 administrator name and password and click Next. Note
that the Create local database is checked and has a database name of TPCDB.




Figure 4-21 Database schema information




                                                    Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server   59
As shown in Figure 4-22, the installation program can pick up the Data server name and
              Device server name itself. Verify that the server names are correct. The default server port is
              9549. This is assigned to the Data server and port 9550 is assigned to the Device server.
              Verify the ports are available on your server. If the ports are not available, you can specify a
              different server port, for example, 9569, which means the Device server is assigned the next
              higher port number, which is 9570 in this case.

              You need to enter an operating system group name to associate with the TPC superuser. This
              group must exist on your operating system before you install TPC. This group provides full
              access to the TPC product. You can assign a user ID to this group on your operating system
              and log in the TPC GUI using this user ID. By default, the Administrators group is
              automatically assigned to the TPC superuser. In our installation, we accept the default.

              Enter the password of your choice in Host authentication password and keep your password
              in a safe place. You will need this password when you deploy Fabric agents. This password is
              used by Fabric agents to communicate with the Device server. You will also need this
              password if you configure rollup reporting. The master TPC server uses this password to
              collect information from this server to generate rollup reports.

              Data server Account Password is used when the TPC installation program creates a user ID
              for Data server service account on Windows. During installation, TPC installation program
              creates a user account called TSRMsrv1. The password you supplied will be the password for
              TSRMsrv1. After the installation is finished, the Data server runs under the user account
              TSRMsrv1. Type a password of your choice.

              The WebSphere Application Server admin ID and password is the user ID and password
              required by the Device server to communicate with embedded WebSphere. This is only used
              at installation time. Type a user ID and password of your choice.

              Click Next to continue.




              Figure 4-22 TPC information


60   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
The next window is a summary of the parameters you have specified in the wizard. In
Figure 4-23, verify the installation information and click Install.




Figure 4-23 Installation information

In Figure 4-24, installation starts. Wait until the next window appears.




Figure 4-24 Installation started



                                                         Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server   61
When TPC disk2 is required (Figure 4-25), provide the directory of TPC disk 2 and click OK.




              Figure 4-25 TPC disk 2 required

              When the TPC installation is finished (Figure 4-26), click Finish and reboot your server.




              Figure 4-26 TPC installation finished



4.4 SVC Console and CIMOM Agent V4.2.1 installation
              This topic covers the tasks of installing SVC console and CIMOM.

              Before you install SVC console, you need to install PuTTY. SVC console uses PuTTY to
              communicate with the SVC clusters. PuTTY has to be installed before the SVC console can
              be installed.

              The SVC console and CIMOM agent are installed by an installation program. You need to log
              in as an administrator to run the installation program.




62   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
4.4.1 PuTTY installation
           In our installation, we downloaded the SVC V4.2.1 code software from the IBM site. We put
           the software in the directory D:IBM-SVC-SMIS-Agent-4.2.1.736.

           To install PuTTY, go to the directory D:IBM-SVC-SMIS-Agent-4.2.1.736SSHClientPuTTY,
           and run putty-0.58-installer.exe, as shown in Figure 4-27.
           .




           Figure 4-27 PuTTY directory for install

           The Putty Setup Wizard Welcome window appears, as shown in Figure 4-28. Click Next.




           Figure 4-28 Welcome window




                                                                Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server   63
By default, PuTTY is installed in the directory C:Program FilesIBMPuTTY. To choose a
              different directory, click Browse and select a different directory. After selecting the
              destination directory, click Next (Figure 4-29).




              Figure 4-29 Destination directory

              The PuTTY installation program creates shortcuts in the Start Menu folder. PuTTY is the
              default folder for the shortcuts. To choose a different folder, click Browse and select a
              different folder.

              In our installation, we accept the default. Click Next to continue, as shown in Figure 4-30.




              Figure 4-30 Start Menu Folder




64   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
In Figure 4-31, you can select additional tasks you want to perform. By default, only
Associate .PPL files (PuTTY Private Key) with Pageant and PuTTYgen is selected.

In our installation, we accept the default. Click Next to continue, as shown in Figure 4-31.




Figure 4-31 Additional Tasks

Verify the installation information and click Install, as shown in Figure 4-32.




Figure 4-32 Installation information

In Figure 4-33 on page 66, click Finish button and the installation is finished.




                                                         Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server    65
Figure 4-33 Installation finished


4.4.2 SVC Console and CIMOM Agent installation
              To set up the SVC Console and CIMOM Agent, go to the folder where the SVC code is stored
              (we stored it in the directory D:IBM-SVC-SMIS-Agent-4.2.1.736W2k) and click setup.exe. It
              brings up the Welcome window shown in Figure 4-34. Click Next in the License Agreement
              window.




              Figure 4-34 Welcome window


66   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
The next window is the License Agreement, as shown in Figure 4-35. Select I accept the
terms of the license agreement and click Next.




Figure 4-35 License Agreement

By default, SVC Console is installed in c:Program FilesIBMsvcconsole. To choose a
different directory, click Browse and select a directory.




                                                     Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server   67
After selecting the destination directory, click Next, as shown in Figure 4-36.




              Figure 4-36 Destination directory

              In Figure 4-37 on page 69, you are prompted for a PuTTY private key. The generation of the
              PuTTY private key is not part of the installation program. You can leave the installation
              program in its current state, go to PuTTY key generation program to generate PuTTY keys,
              and then go back to the installation program.

              To generate PuTTY keys, you need to perform the following steps on your server:
              1. Start the PuTTY Key Generator by selecting Start → Programs → PuTTY → PuTTYgen.
              2. Click SSH2 RSA as the type of key to be generated. The default value for Number of bits
                 in a generated key is 1024. Accept the default value.
              3. Click Generate.
              4. Move the cursor around the blank area of the Key section to generate a random number.
              5. Click Save public key to save the public key.
              6. Click Save private key to save the private key. When prompted to confirm that you want to
                 create the key without a passphrase, click Yes.
              7. Close the PuTTY Key Generator.

              After you generate the PuTTY keys, go back to the installation program. Click Browse to
              locate the PuTTY private key and click Next to continue.




68   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 4-37 PuTTY private key file name

In Figure 4-38 on page 70, you are prompted for the CIMOM communication protocols. The
default configuration is to use both HTTP and HTTPS. The default port number for HTTP is
5988 and the default port number for HTTPS is 5989. Verify that the ports are available in
your server. If the ports are not available, you can specify different ports.




                                                     Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server   69
In our installation, we accept the default. Click Next to continue, as shown in Figure 4-38.




              Figure 4-38 CIMOM port number

              Figure 4-39 lists the default port number for the embedded WebSphere Application Server.
              Verify the listed ports are available in your server. If the ports are not available, you can
              specify different ports. In our installation, we accept the default. Click Next in Figure 4-39.




              Figure 4-39 Port number for WebSphere Application Server



70   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 4-40 shows the installation progress. Wait until it finishes.




Figure 4-40 Installation started

Figure 4-41, shows that the installation is successful. Click Next, as shown in Figure 4-41.




Figure 4-41 Successful installation



                                                         Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server    71
After you click the Next button in Figure 4-41 on page 71, the postinstall.txt document is
              displayed, as shown in Figure 4-42. This document provides you the information about what
              to do next. Go through the document and close the window when you are finished reading it.




              Figure 4-42 Post installation tasks

              In Figure 4-43, click Finish and reboot your computer.




              Figure 4-43 Installation finished




72   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
The installation tasks are finished. Your server has the same software installation as the IBM
          SSPC solution.


4.4.3 Connect SVC Master Console to SVC Clusters
          Before you can manage your SVC clusters, you need to add your SVC clusters to your SVC
          Master Console. This topic gives you the details on how to add an SVC cluster to your SVC
          Master Console.

          After you install the SVC Master Console, start your Web browser and point to your SVC
          Master Console IP address using port number 9080:
          http://<ip>:9080/ica/login

          A Web page is displayed asking you for a login name and password. The default is superuser
          as the login name and passw0rd as the password (Figure 4-44). These are the default login
          name and password after your initial installation.

          After you type in the login name and password, click OK to continue.




          Figure 4-44 Login window




                                                                 Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server   73
After you successfully log in, you have a navigation tree on the left side of your Web browser.
              Click Users, which shows that you only have one default user after your initial installation,
              which is superuser (see Figure 4-45). If you are serious about security and do not want to use
              the default login name and password, you can use the Add a User function to add users of
              your choice.




              Figure 4-45 User management




74   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
After you finish your user account setup, click Clusters. It shows you the clusters managed by
this SVC Master Console (see Figure 4-46). At this moment, there are no SVC clusters
because you have not added any SVC clusters into your SVC Master Console. Click the GO
button next to the Add a Cluster function.




Figure 4-46 Cluster management




                                                       Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server   75
In Figure 4-47, type the IP address of your SVC cluster. It is important that you do not check
              Create (Initialize) Cluster function unless you really need to initialize your clusters. It will
              erase all your current cluster configuration.

              After you type the IP address, click OK to continue.




              Figure 4-47 Add a cluster

              When the security alert in Figure 4-48 pops up, click Yes to accept it




              Figure 4-48 Security Alert

              In Figure 4-49 on page 77. type the login name and password of your SVC cluster and click
              OK.



76   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 4-49 Login window

In Figure 4-50, click Browse in the Add Key section to load the public key you created during
the SVC Master Console installation. The details about public key generation is shown in
Figure 4-37 on page 69.




Figure 4-50 Add key




                                                      Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server   77
After you locate the public key, type a unique ID of your choice (see Figure 4-51). This ID is
              going to be used in the SVC clusters to identify your SVC Master Console.

              In the Access Level, select administrator. Then click the Add Key button.




              Figure 4-51 Upload public key




78   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
In Figure 4-52, it shows that the SVC cluster is successfully added to the SVC Master
Console.




Figure 4-52 Cluster managed




                                                      Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server   79
In Figure 4-53, select the SVC cluster you added and click the GO button next to the Launch
              the SAN Volume Controller Console function.




              Figure 4-53 Viewing clusters added

              The SVC cluster management console appears, as shown in Figure 4-54 on page 81. It
              provides you with a navigation tree. You can navigate to the functions you want and change
              configurations based on your requirements.




80   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 4-54 SVC cluster management console

Figure 4-55 shows an error message we received during our installation. By default, the
installation wizard configures all the required Windows command paths.




Figure 4-55 SVC CMMUI8300E error message




                                                      Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server   81
SVC CIMOM is using the plink.exe program to send commands to SVC over the SSH
              protocol. As plink.exe is used without full path specification in the command, it has to be
              located in the system path.

              You have two options:
              1. Add a path where plink.exe is installed to the system PATH variable.
              2. Copy plink.exe to the directory that is already included in the system PATH variable, for
                 example, C:WINDOWS.

              For some reason in our installation, the path of PuTTY was not configured properly. If you run
              into the same error message, you may need to check your Windows command path and
              make sure the PuTTY directory is in your Windows command path. We copied plink.exe to
              C:WINDOWS and the error was resolved.




82   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
5


    Chapter 5.   Managing your SSPC appliance
                 This chapter provides considerations on using SSPC in your environment. It includes the
                 following:
                     SSPC redundancy
                     Securing your SSPC
                     Upgrading your SSPC
                     Integrating your SSPC with an existing TPC environment
                     Backing up your SSPC




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved.                                                           83
5.1 Securing your SSPC server
              In a production environment, SSPC is normally the control point of the storage systems that
              stores large amount of data. The security of the SSPC server is very important.

              SSPC is designed to provide you with the maximum flexibility in implementing security
              controls of your choice. In general, the security of SSPC should be implemented at multiple
              layers. It should include but is not limited to the following components:
                 Application security
                 Operating system security
                 Network security


5.1.1 Application security
              TPC supports application level security by using role-based authorization. TPC allows you to
              assign different users with different roles. Each user can only perform the functions they are
              allowed to perform based on their roles. This provides you the capability to segregate duties
              between users.

              TPC supports ten different roles. The details of roles and the permission associated with each
              role is summarized in Table 5-1.

              Table 5-1 TPC roles
               Role                                Authorization level

               Superuser                           This role has full access to all TPC functions.

               Productivity center administrator   The role has full access to operations in the administration
                                                   section of the GUI.

               Tape Operator                       This role has access to reports only for TPC tape functions.

               Tape Administrator                  This role has full access to TPC tape functions.

               Fabric Operator                     This role has access to reports only for TPC fabric functions.

               Fabric Administrator                This role has full access to TPC fabric functions.

               Disk Operator                       This role has access to reports only for TPC disk functions.

               Disk Administrator                  This role has full access to TPC disk functions.

               Data Operator                       This role has access to reports only for TPC data functions.

               Data Administrator                  This role has full access to TPC data functions.


              Log in to TPC with a user ID that belongs to the Windows Administrators group, and in the
              Navigation Tree, select Administrative Services → Configuration → Role-to-Group
              Mappings. You can see the roles available in Figure 5-1 on page 85.




84   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 5-1 Roles available in TPC

Operating system groups are used in role-based authorization. If you need to create a role,
you just pick an operating system group and map it to a role listed in Table 5-1 on page 84.
When a user logs into TPC, TPC verifies the group membership of the user. Based on the
operating system group membership, TPC assign the user permissions.

Figure 5-1 shows the configuration of Role-to-Group Mapping after the initial setup. The only
group assigned is the Administrators group, which is assigned to the Superuser role in TPC.
This is because we specified the Administrators group to have the Superuser role during TPC
installation (see Figure 4-22 on page 60).This configuration gives every user in the
Administrators group the Superuser role.

One of the first tasks you should perform after installing IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center
is to assign roles to individuals who will use the product. Because the Administrators group
has already mapped to the Superuser role, what you need to create a TPC superuser ID is to
create an OS user ID and add this user to the Administrators group. When the user
authenticates with TPC, the user’s membership in Administrators group gives the user the
TPC Superuser privilege.

Based on the requirement of your environment, you may also need to create users with
different permissions, such as Fabric Operator or Disk Administrator. You need to perform the
following steps to create an user ID with a specific TPC role:
1. Create an operating system user ID.
2. Create an operating system group.
3. Add the user ID to the operating system group.
4. Map the group to a TPC role.




                                                 Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance     85
Create a user to manage TPC and Element Manager
              To provide more details about role based authorization, we show you an example in this
              section. In our example, we create a user called diskadmin and assign diskadmin the disk
              administrator role.

              Right-click My Computer and select Manage (Figure 5-2).




              Figure 5-2 Create new user ID (step one)

              In the next window, right-click Users, and select New Users (Figure 5-3).




              Figure 5-3 Create new user ID (step two)

              In Figure 5-4 on page 87, enter the required information (user ID, password, and description)
              and click Create to create a new Windows user account called diskadmin.




86   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 5-4 Create new user ID (step three)

After you create a new user, the next step is to create a new group. In the Computer
Management window, right-click Groups and select New Group (Figure 5-5).




Figure 5-5 Create new group (step one)




                                                Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance   87
In Figure 5-6, type Disk Administrators as the group name and add diskadmin to this group,
              and then click Create.




              Figure 5-6 New group (step two)


              Assign the TPC role to a user ID
              Log in to TPC using the TPC Superuser ID, go to Role-to-Group Mappings, and click Edit
              next to the Disk Administrator (see Figure 5-7).




              Figure 5-7 Role-to-Group Mappings

              Type Disk Administrators as the group name for the Disk Administrator role and click OK to
              continue (Figure 5-8 on page 89).




88   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 5-8 Group name

In the TPC Role-to-Group Mappings window, you can see the Disk Administrators group is
added to the Disk Administrator role. Click the disk icon in the menu bar to save the change
(Figure 5-9), and then close the TPC GUI.




Figure 5-9 Save the change in TPC




                                                Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance    89
Log in to TPC using the newly defined user ID diskadmin. Now you see the TPC window
              shown in Figure 5-10.

              Compare this TPC window with the TPC window you have when you log in with the TPC
              Superuser role (Figure 5-1 on page 85). You can see Fabric Manager and Tape Manager
              functions are not available in the new window. This is because you are now a disk
              administrator and you are not allowed to manage Fabric or Tape. Also, you have fewer
              Configuration functions because you are now only a disk administrator instead of a TPC
              superuser. In summary, only disk administrator related functions are available in TPC when
              you log in using diskadmin.




              Figure 5-10 TPC navigation tree for disk administrator




90   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
DS8000 Element Manager access
If a new user signs in for the first time with an expired password, the DS8000 Element
Manager prompts the user for a new password, as shown in Figure 5-11.




Figure 5-11 First time login prompt password change




                                                  Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance   91
Figure 5-12 shows the DS8000 Element Manager Welcome window.




              Figure 5-12 Element Management

              If you enter an incorrect password, the user ID is locked, or the password in the DS8000 has
              expired, you will get the login error message HWNEM0104E, as shown in Figure 5-13 on
              page 93.

              You can set up the user IDs and the password in the DS8000. You can also setup the
              authority of each user in the DS8000. You will need one user and password to set up the
              Element Manager. The user ID and password for the Element Manager is stored in the TPC
              database. Any subsequent login from the Element Manager within TPC uses that one stored
              user ID and the privileges associated with it.

              For the duration of a TPC session, if you log in to the DS8000 through the Element Manager,
              and then close out the DS8000 GUI and log back in to the Element Manager with a different
              account on the DS8000, the privileges of the first account to log in are retained. You must
              close out the TPC session to disassociate the first account to log in from the DS8000 GUI.

              If your entry in the Element Manager is using an ID with administrator privileges in the
              DS8000, anyone logging in through the Element Manager will have administrator privileges
              for the duration of the TPC session. If you do not want anyone to log in with administrator
              rights, you have two options: You can remove the entry in the Element Manager, as shown in
              Figure 5-15 on page 95, or you can change the entry in the Element Manager to an user ID
              with only Monitor rights, as shown in Figure 5-16 on page 96.




92   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 5-13 Login error

If your user ID has only Monitor authority and you try to change the configuration, you will get
an error message, as shown in Figure 5-14 on page 94.




                                                  Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance     93
Figure 5-14 User with Monitor authority tried to make changes in the DS8000 Element Manager

              Figure 5-15 on page 95 shows the option to Remove Element Manager through the Select
              action drop-down menu.




94   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 5-15 Selection to remove the entry in Element Manager

Figure 5-16 on page 96 shows the option to Modify Element Manager through the Select
action drop-down menu.




                                                  Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance   95
Figure 5-16 Selection to modify the entry in the Element Manager

              After selecting to Modify Element Manager, you are presented the window where you can
              modify the DS8000 Element Manager specifics (see Figure 5-17 on page 97).




96   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 5-17 Pop-up window to modify the Element Manager user entry


5.1.2 Operating system security
           SSPC is built on top of a standard Windows 2003 installation. There is no customization at
           the operating system level. This gives you the maximum flexibility in implementing operating
           system security based on the security requirements in your environment.

           SSPC has the following software running on top of Windows 2003 at the time of the writing of
           this book:
              DB2 Enterprise Server Edition V9.1 with Fix Pack 2
              IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition V3.3.1
              PuTTY 0.58
              IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller (SVC) Console and CIMOM Agent V4.2.1.

           When you design operating system security, basically you can do whatever your security
           policy requires you to do as long you give adequate permission for the installed software to
           run properly on your server.

           If your security policy requires you to install antivirus software, you can simply consider SSPC
           as a standard Windows server and deploy the antivirus solution of your choice.




                                                             Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance    97
5.1.3 Network security
              Securing the management interface of your storage devices is very important to your overall
              security. If a malicious user obtains full control of your SSPC or DS8000, you may end up with
              service interruptions or loss of data.

              It is a good practice to put your SSPC and the management interfaces of your storage
              devices in a secured network. We also recommend having a periodical security audit of your
              storage network. This can keep you informed about any potential security issues and allow
              you to mitigate any security exposure before a security incident happens.

              If you have a large internal network, and there are uncertainties outside of your control, you
              may consider using a firewall to segregate your storage network from your internal network.
              This allows you to have a smaller storage network to mange, which is easier for you to secure.

              Figure 5-18 shows a high level network diagram of using a firewall to create a smaller,
              secured storage network. You connect all the management interfaces of your storage devices
              in the secured storage network. Because the firewall does not allow normal users or
              computers in the corporate network to access the storage devices, the storage devices are
              isolated from any potential security issues on the corporate network.

              When administrators or servers on the corporate internal network need to connect to your
              secured storage network for valid reasons, you need to configure the firewall to allow the
              connections required for them to do their work. However, when you configure the firewall to
              allow new communications, you need to carefully design the firewall rules. Improperly
              designed firewall rules may adversely impact the firewall’s ability to secure your storage
              network.




                                                                                                      Secured Storage Management LAN
                                                                                 DDS8 800 00
                                                                                 DSS80 000 0



                                                                                   SSPC
                       C o rp o ra te
                                                                      Firewall




                                        A dd min i ss r r a oo r s
                                         A m minn its t rta tr sr s
                                                       ta
                        In te rn a l      A d S ei riv e r s t o
                                            / / S e rv e rs
                                               / S e rv e rs
                        N e tw o r k
                                                                                    SSVCC
                                                                                     SVVC



                                                                                 D tSe8 0 t0 0a g e
                                                                                 O h r S o r0
                                                                                 D S800
                                                                                     D e v ic e s




              Figure 5-18 Recommended network connection



5.2 Upgrading your SSPC
              TPC Basic Edition provides basic storage management functions. However, TPC Basic
              Edition is not a fully functioning storage management solution. TPC Standard Edition
              provides more features, including greater reporting, disk performance analysis, provisioning,
              predictive analysis, and SAN planning. TPC Standard Edition is the industry leading Storage
              Resource Management and SAN Management product in the industry.

              As an entry point for a storage management solution, TPC Basic Edition is designed to allow
              you to have an easy road map, from adding partial TPC Standard Edition functions all the way
              to full TPC Standard Edition functions. Table 5-2 on page 99 provides the details on what kind
              of upgrade options you can have and what is the best situation to use them.


98   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Table 5-2 Best solution for you requirements
 Best solution                                 When you need

 TPC for Disk                                  Disk performance management

 TPC for Data                                     A way to measure and forecast storage growth
                                                  A way to rationalize/classify storage data for ILM

 TPC for Fabric                                A tool to manage SAN configuration, availability, and
                                               performance

 TPC Standard Edition                             Managing provisioning, zoning, configuration,
                                                  monitoring, and problem determination
                                                  A consolidated view of storage infrastructure,
                                                  including Disk, SAN, and capacity
                                                  A way to manage IBM and heterogeneous storage
                                                  from a single tool

 TPC Standard Edition or TPC with              Provisioning of storage (both IBM and heterogeneous)
 Advanced Provisioning


License installation
TPC Basic Edition uses the same software package as the TPC Standard Edition. Because
the software package has already installed on your system after the TPC Basic Edition is
installed, when you upgrade your TPC Basic Edition, all you need is to order and install the
required license to unlock the functions in the software.

The license is installed using the same installation program you used to install the software.
When you install TPC Basic Edition, the license for TPC Basic Edition is automatically
installed. If you decide to upgrade later, you can use the following procedure to install the
license key. The following procedure upgrades your SSPC to TPC for Disk. It is the same
procedure if you upgrade to other TPC products, except you use the CD for other TPC
products.
1. Run the installation program setup.exe using the CD of TPC for Disk.
2. When the Select a language window is displayed, select a language from the drop-down
   list and click OK (see Figure 4-16 on page 56).
3. When the Software License Agreement window is displayed. Read the terms of the
   license agreement. If you agree with the terms of the license agreement, select I accept
   the terms of the license agreement. Click Next (Figure 4-17 on page 56).
4. In Figure 5-19 on page 100, select Installation licenses. This option will allow you to
   install the license from the CD that has the TPC for Disk license. You do not have to install
   the TPC for Disk software since you already have the software packages installed on the
   SSPC or during the install of TPC Basic Edition.




                                                      Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance          99
Figure 5-19 TPC installer

              5. In Figure 5-20, the message tells you that you have successfully installed the license.
                 Click Next to continue. When the window disappears, reboot your computer.




              Figure 5-20 License installation successful

              When your server comes back from reboot, you have TPC for Disk functions available on your
              server. Figure 5-21 on page 101 shows the TPC Navigation Tree before TPC for Disk is
              installed. Figure 5-22 on page 101 shows the TPC Navigation Tree after TPC for Disk is
              installed. In Figure 5-22 on page 101, under IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → Disk
              Manager → Reporting, you can see a new function, Storage Subsystem Performance, that
              has been added. TPC Basic Edition does not provide performance reporting.



100   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 5-21 Before TPC for Disk is installed




Figure 5-22 After TPC for Disk is installed




                                               Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance   101
We have shown the scenario of upgrading from TPC Basic Edition to TPC for Disk. For
              detailed information about the upgrade procedure, refer to 7.1, “Upgrading SSPC” on
              page 188.



5.3 Integrating your SSPC with an existing TPC environment
              The ability to consolidate asset and health information collected from multiple TPC instances
              was introduced with TotalStorage Productivity Center V3.3. You can create a rollup report to
              have a network-wide perspective of storage usage in your environment where multiple TPC
              servers are deployed and collecting storage metrics.


5.3.1 Rollup reports
              To integrate your SSPC into your existing TPC environment, an existing TPC server should
              function as a Master TPC server. The Master TPC server collects data from subordinate TPC
              servers, and from the Master Server, you can create rollup reports. Your SSPC server should
              function as a subordinate TPC server, providing data to the Master TPC server.

               Note: The ability to act as a Master Server and generate rollup reports is a function of TPC
               Standard Edition. The Master TPC server is required to be TPC Standard Edition.

              Rollup Reports are generated through the TPC Navigation Tree. You can generate four
              categories of rollup reports:
                 Asset: To view detailed statistics about agents, computers, storage subsystems, disk and
                 volume groups, disks, file systems, logical volumes, LUNs, and fabrics that are monitored
                 by subordinate servers.
                 Database Asset: To view detailed statistics that have been collected by subordinate
                 servers about the RDBMSs in your environment, including Oracle®, SQL Server®,
                 Sybase, and UDB/DB2.
                 Capacity: To view storage metrics related to the disk capacity, file system capacity, file
                 system used space, and file system free space gathered by the subordinate servers in
                 your environment.
                 Database Capacity: To view storage capacity, used space, and free space at the
                 computer, computer group, database, instance, and TPC server level for RDBMSs that are
                 monitored by subordinate servers.

               Note: To generate a full report of your environment, you need to deploy a Data agent and
               a Fabric agent on each server (that is, fibre attached) that you want to manage. If a server
               does not have agents installed, the information for that server will be omitted from the
               rollup report you generate.


              Asset reports
              In the Asset category, the following reports can be generated:
                 Agents: To view information about Data agents and Device agents that are associated with
                 subordinate servers in your environment.
                 Computers: To view information about the hosts and computers that are monitored by
                 subordinate servers in your environment.




102   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Storage Subsystems: To view information about the storage subsystems that are
   monitored by subordinate servers in your environment.
   Disk/Volume Groups: To view information about the disk and volume groups that are
   monitored by subordinate servers in your environment.
   Disks: To view information about the disks that are monitored by subordinate servers in
   your environment.
   File Systems or Logical Volumes: To view information about the file systems or logical
   volumes that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment.
   LUNs: To view information about the LUNs that are monitored by subordinate servers in
   your environment.
   Fabrics: To view information about the fabrics that are monitored by subordinate servers in
   your environment.

Database Asset reports
In the Database Asset category, the following reports can be generated:
   All DBMSs: To view information about the RDBMSs that are monitored by subordinate
   servers in your environment.
   Oracle: To view information about Oracle instances that are monitored by subordinate
   servers in your environment.
   Sybase: To view information about Sybase instances that are monitored by subordinate
   servers in your environment.
   SQL Server: To view information about SQL Server instances that are monitored by
   subordinate servers in your environment.
   UDB: To view information about UDB/DB2 instances that are monitored by subordinate
   servers in your environment.

Capacity reports
In the Capacity category, the following reports can be generated:
   Disk Capacity: To view disk capacity information about the computers and storage
   subsystems that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment.
   Filesystem Capacity: To view file system capacity information about the file systems that
   are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment.
   Filesystem Free Space: To view information about the available storage space on file
   systems that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment.
   Filesystem Used Space: To view information about the used storage space on file systems
   that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment.

Database Capacity reports
In the Database Capacity category, the following reports can be generated:
   All DBMSs: To view storage capacity information for the DBMSs that are monitored by
   subordinate servers in your environment.
   Oracle: To view storage capacity information for the Oracle databases that are monitored
   by subordinate servers in your environment.
   Sybase: To view storage capacity information for the Sybase databases that are monitored
   by subordinate servers in your environment.




                                               Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance      103
SQL Server: To view storage capacity information for the SQL Server databases that are
                 monitored by subordinate servers in your environment.
                 UDB: To view storage capacity information for the UDB/DB2 databases that are monitored
                 by subordinate servers in your environment.

              Refer to 7.3.4, “Enterprise rollup reporting” on page 215 for detailed information about
              creating rollup reports.



5.4 Backing up your SSPC
              SSPC is built on a standard Windows platform. You need to consider the same backup and
              recovery policy as for your other Windows servers.

              Depending on how you use your SSPC, you may have two ways to recovery your SSPC
              server:
              1. Rebuild your SSPC based on the procedure discussed in Chapter 4, “Building an SSPC
                 server” on page 45.
              2. Recover your SSPC from backup tape or disk.

              If you use your SSPC only as a management console, all the information in the TPC database
              on the SSPC can be easily recreated from your storage subsystems managed by the SSPC.

              On the other hand, if you use SSPC as a storage management solution, your SSPC may hold
              a considerable amount of information that is not easily recreated. For example, if you have
              upgraded your SSPC to TPC Standard Edition or TPC for Replication, you may have
              historical performance data and copy services policies in the database that will need to be
              restored.

              To recover your SSPC instance, you need to install proper backup software and regularly
              back up your SSPC. Since SSPC in built on top of a standard Windows platform, you have the
              flexibility to choose your preferred Windows backup solution to meet your installation
              requirements.

              TPC stores all information in DB2. When you design your TPC backup solution, you need to
              carefully plan your database backup procedure. All general considerations about database
              backup applies to TPC backup.




104   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
6


    Chapter 6.   TPC Basic Edition functions
                 In this chapter, we describe the IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition functions
                 that help you to manage and configure your IBM System Storage DS8000 systems, IBM
                 System Storage SAN Volume Controller clusters, selected IBM Tape Libraries, and other
                 storage infrastructure components.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved.                                                          105
6.1 Overview
              IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition (TPC BE) is a new edition of the TPC
              family that comes preinstalled on the System Storage Productivity Center (SSPC) server. The
              TPC family consists of different infrastructure management components that helps you
              manage, configure, and tune your data storage infrastructure. The new edition TPC BE
              provides most of the features that are available in TPC for Disk and TPC for Fabric
              components except from performance management and reporting. TPC BE provides the
              following functions:
                 Device discovery
                 Disk subsystem management
                 – Discovery
                 – Monitoring
                 – Provisioning (for example, volume creation and configuration)
                 Fabric management
                 – Discovery
                 – Monitoring
                 – Provisioning (for example, zone control and planning)
                 Tape management
                 – Discovery
                 – Monitoring
                 Topology viewer and Storage Health Management
                 Reporting

              TPC BE provides a basic storage resource management solution. It extends existing
              management of a single storage system, providing capabilities such as storage reporting,
              monitoring, policy-based management, and storage provisioning.

              TPC BE centralizes management of network storage devices that implement the SNIA
              Storage Management Interface Specification (SMI-S), which includes the IBM System
              Storage DS family and IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller (SVC). It is designed to
              help reduce storage management complexity and cost and help improve data availability
              through open standards (SMI-S).

              TPC BE can be easily upgraded to TPC Standard Edition, which provides advanced features,
              such as performance reporting, file-level capacity utilization, best practices-based
              configuration management, and wizard driven end-to-end storage provisioning.



6.2 Architecture
              The TPC BE consist of several key components. In this topic, we describe each of these
              components and show how they are related.


6.2.1 Services
              The Data server and Device server run as services on the server they are installed on.


106   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Data server
           The Data server component is the control point for product scheduling functions,
           configuration, event information, reporting, and GUI support. It coordinates communication
           with agents and data collection from different agents that scan and gather information and
           populate the database with the results. The Data server is the primary contact point for GUI
           user interface functions. It also includes functions that schedule data collection and discovery
           for Device server. Data server has the following services:
              Server: The component that directs all the operations of Data Manager
              Scheduler: The process on the server that receives requests from the scheduler
              GUI: The process within the GUI that enables you to generate report requests and to
              create and run jobs
              Agent: The process on the server that receives requests from agents

           Device server
           The Device server component discovers storage subsystems and SAN fabrics, and gathers
           information about storage subsystems and SAN fabrics. The Device server controls the
           communication with agents and the data collection from agents that scan SAN fabrics. It is
           also responsible for the creation and monitoring of replication relationships between storage
           devices. Device server has the following main services:
              SAN planner: The component that provides SAN planning functions
              Fabric manager: A service that provides fabric management functions
              Disk manager: A service that provides storage subsystem management functions
              Disk monitor: A service that monitors the storage subsystems
              Element manager: A service that provides the ability to manage element managers
              Discovery: A service that provides discovery and probe functions
              Tape manager: A service that provides tape management functions


6.2.2 Data Sources
           Data Sources (Data and Fabric agents) are used to gather data about the storage
           subsystems, fabric, and servers that will be monitored and managed. It sends this information
           to a Data server or Device server. TPC BE uses the following agents as Data Sources:
              CIMOM
              In-band Fabric agent (if Agent Manager is installed)
              Out of Band Fabric agent

            Note: Agent Manager, the central network element, together with the distributed Common
            Agents, builds an infrastructure that is used by other applications to deploy and manage an
            agent environment is an optional program that can be installed on the SSPC server. TPC
            BE does not require Agent Manager, so Data agents and In-band Fabric agents cannot be
            deployed.




                                                               Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   107
CIMOM
              The Common Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) provides a means by which a
              device can be managed by common building blocks rather than proprietary software. If a
              device is a CIMOM compliant, TPC can manage it, because TPC is also CIMOM compliant.
              Actually, the CIMOM is an interpreter between TPC and the device. There is an SNIA SMI-S
              interface using an XML transport for data and command interchange from TPC to the
              CIMOM. From the CIMOM to the device layer, there are proprietary interfaces provided by
              the device vendor to convert those commands and answers from the SNIA XML language to
              a language that device can understand:
                 For storage, CIMOMs are needed for storage asset information, provisioning, alerting, and
                 performance monitoring.
                 For fabric, CIMOMs are only used for performance monitoring.
                 For tape libraries, CIMOMs are used for asset and inventory information.

              The CIMOM can be a separate installation or can be imbedded in the device itself. After the
              CIMOM is installed and configured, TPC can communicate with a device.

              In-band Fabric agent
              In-band Fabric agents collect information about SAN fabrics. The In-band Fabric agents must
              be installed on systems with host bus adapters (HBAs) that are connected to the SAN fabrics
              that you want to manage.

              The In-band Fabric agents communicate in-band through the HBA and collect the following
              informations from the SAN fabrics:
                 Attribute and topology information
                 Host level information (LUN mapping)
                 HBA information (model and driver version)
                 Port state information
                 Zoning information

              In-band Fabric agents are discovered during the installation process. The in-band Fabric
              agents can be installed locally or can be also installed remotely from TPC. It must be installed
              on at least one system that has an HBA that is connected to SAN fabrics.

              Out of band Fabric agent
              Out of band Fabric agents are used by the Fabric Manager. Out of band Fabric agents issue
              SNMP queries to the fabric switches and collect topology information. The Fabric agent must
              point to each switch in the SAN fabrics that you want to manage.

              The out of band Fabric agents collect the following information from the SAN fabrics:
                 Zoning information (Brocade only)
                 Virtual storage area network (VSAN) information (Cisco only)


6.2.3 Database
              A single database instance serves as the repository for all TPC components. It is a single
              DB2 database instance.




108   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
6.2.4 Graphical user interface
           The graphical user interface (GUI) provides an integrated user interface for all TPC
           interactions. It lets you enter or receive information for all TPC components.

           TPC provides two methods for running a GUI: as a downloadable Java GUI application or as
           an application. If running the downloadable Java GUI application, it is not necessary to install
           the GUI component on every workstation. You can simply access it from any Web enabled
           workstation and the Java GUI application is automatically downloaded on an as-needed
           basis.


6.2.5 Command-line interface
           The command-line interface (CLI) lets you issue commands for major TPC functions. Generic
           commands are available regardless of which components have been licensed and
           configured. The only requirements are an active Device server and a valid login.



6.3 Using TPC BE
           This topic will cover initial configuration tasks that are needed to get started using TPC BE
           functions and managing your storage infrastructure. This topic will also help you to get an
           overview of the TPC BE capabilities, the structure of the user interface, and the relationship of
           the product components.

           TPC BE offers two user interfaces: a graphical user interface (GUI) and a command-line
           interface (CLI). We only cover the use of GUI.


6.3.1 Starting the GUI
           TPC BE provides you two methods to start the GUI:
              Application
              Java Web Start

           Application
           You can start the GUI:
              As an application on the SSPC server
              As an TPC Client on any workstation




                                                                Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   109
To start the TPC BE GUI on the SSPC server, open the TPC BE GUI by selecting Start →
              Programs → IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → Productivity Center. You can also
              double-click the Productivity Center icon from desktop. After you start the GUI, you must enter
              the TPC user ID and password see (Figure 6-1).

              To start the TPC BE GUI from any workstation in your environment, you must install the TPC
              Client from TPC installation CDs, which are shipped with SSPC. To install it, run the TPC
              installer and choose to install GUI.




              Figure 6-1 TPC Basic Edition logon

              After entering a valid TPC user ID and password, the main TPC BE window is opened, as
              shown in Figure 6-2 on page 111.




110   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 6-2 TPC Basic Edition welcome window


Java Web Start
You can start the TPC BE GUI using Java Web Start from any Web-enabled workstation that
has an IP connection to the SSPC server. The benefit of running the user interface as a Java
Web Start is that you are not required to install the GUI component on every workstation. To
start and run the TPC BE GUI Java Web Start, you must do the following:
1. Start a Web browser session.
2. Point your Web browser to the following URL where you specify your SSPC server IP
   address and the appropriate port:
   http://<SSPC IP address>:9550/ITSRM/app/welcome.html
3. It opens a Web page where you start the TPC BE GUI using Java Web Start. If you do not
   have the appropriate Java, you can install it from the Web page. Figure 6-3 shows the TPC
   BE Java applet Web page.




Figure 6-3 TPC GUI Java Web Start


                                                  Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   111
TPC Basic Edition has the IBM V1.4.2 JRE in the source code. Your OEM server may not
                 support the IBM V1.4.2 JRE. During install, you may encounter the error message shown
                 in Figure 6-4. To fix this Java error, you have to download and install Java Version 1.4.2
                 from the Sun™ Microsystems Web site.




              Figure 6-4 Java error message

              4. Click the link TPC GUI (Java Web Start). It starts downloading the TPC BE GUI
                 (Figure 6-5).




              Figure 6-5 Downloading TPC BE GUI Java Web Start

              5. After the TPC BE GUI is downloaded, you will be asked if you would like to have TPC GUI
                 integrated into your desktop environment. You can double-click the TotalStorage
                 Productivity Center GUI icon on your desktop and start it.
                 You can start Java Web Start by selecting Start → Programs → IBM Java Web Start
                 V1.4.2. It open Java Web Start Application Manager, where you can manage Java
                 applications (Figure 6-6 on page 113).




112   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 6-6 Java Web Start


6.3.2 Using the GUI
           TPC BE GUI offers two perspectives that act as containers for organizing related features and
           functions that are integrated within the TPC user interface. Each perspective provides a
           complete set of tools for performing a specific set of enterprise management tasks.




                                                             Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   113
The ability to switch between perspectives provides you with a single interface for quickly
              accessing different tools to monitor and manage your storage devices. You can switch
              perspectives using the Enterprise Management or Element Management button that appears
              in the TPC BE toolbar (Figure 6-7).




              Figure 6-7 Element Management button

              The following perspectives are currently available:
                 Enterprise Management
                 Element Management

              Enterprise Management
              This perspective contains the TPC BE user interface and all its related functions. You can use
              this perspective to perform such tasks as configuration, data collection, policy management,
              alerting, and reporting.

              The tree-based navigation system lets you see a hierarchical organization of the product
              features in the left pane while viewing detailed reports and informations in the right pane. The
              left pane is called the Navigation Tree, and the right pane is called the Content Pane.

              When you start TPC BE, the Enterprise Management perspective is opened and the
              Navigation Tree is expanded to show all the high level functions. You can drill down on an
              element in the tree by clicking it or by clicking the expand icon. When you right-click a node, a
              pop-up (context) menu displays, which lets you perform additional actions for the node. If the
              Navigation Tree gets too large, or if you want to return it to its original state, right-click the
              major nodes of the tree and select Collapse Branch or Expand Branch. If you right-click the
              IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center node and select Collapse Branch, the entire
              Navigation Tree collapses. Then, right-click the main IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center


114   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
node and select Expand Branch to return the Navigation Tree to its original state, expanded
           only to show the main functions.

           The Content Pane opens on the right side of the main window. When you select a node in the
           Navigation Tree, the corresponding function window opens in the Content Pane. You can use
           the windows that open in the Content Pane to define and run the different functions (for
           example, monitoring jobs, alerts, and reports) available within TPC BE. The information
           shown on the pages in the Content Pane will vary, depending on the function you are working
           with.

           Element Management
           This perspective enables you to add, manage, and launch the Element Managers that are
           visible to TPC BE. For example, use DS8000 Element Managers to access the DS8000
           Storage Manager for configuring and administering the associated DS8000 storage
           subsystems. Figure 6-8 shows the Element Management perspective.




           Figure 6-8 Element Management perspective


6.3.3 Collecting data
           There are basically two ways to collect the information from your environment:
              CIMOM and SNMP traps
              Data collections

           TPC BE uses only CIMOM and SNMP traps to collect the data. Data collections require that
           Agent Manager is installed and that Data agents are deployed.



                                                             Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   115
There are different collection jobs for the type of information collected and from which types of
              elements the information is retrieved. TPC BE uses the following collection jobs:
                 Discovery jobs locate data sources and collects basic information about these data
                 sources. TPC BE discovery jobs run against CIMOMs and out of band Fabric agents.
                 When a discovery job is run against a storage subsystem CIMOM, the job locates all
                 storage subsystems behind this CIMOM and retrieves all information the CIMOM holds for
                 these systems. The discovery job, however, does not cause the CIMOM to log in to the
                 storage subsystems and retrieve more detailed information. When a discovery job is run
                 against a fabric, the job retrieves all available information for the fabric if it is supported by
                 the switches.
                 Probe jobs collect detailed statistics on all the assets of the managed infrastructure, such
                 as computers, disk controllers, fabrics, storage subsystems, and LUNs. Probe jobs can
                 also discover information about new or removed disks. Probe jobs can be directed against
                 any element in the managed infrastructure.

               Note: TPC BE probe jobs do not collect all the information of the managed infrastructure,
               such as file systems, because TPC BE does not require Agent Manager, and therefore
               Fabric agents and Data agents are not deployed.


6.3.4 Adding CIMOM
              Before you start using TPC BE, you must add the related CIMOM agents, which provide a
              standard interface to storage devices for storage management applications. There are two
              ways of adding CIMOM agents to TPC BE:
                 Run automatic CIMOM discovery.
                 Add CIMOM agents manually.

              CIMOM discovery
              To run the CIMOM Discovery job, go to Navigation Tree pane and expand Administrative
              Services → Discovery. Right click CIMOM and click Run now (Figure 6-9 on page 117).




116   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 6-9 Run CIMOM discovery

In the Notice window, click OK, and the CIMOM Discovery job is started (Figure 6-10).




Figure 6-10 Notice window




                                                 Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   117
To monitor the CIMOM Discovery job, expand Administrative Services → Discovery →
              CIMOM, right-click CIMOM, and select Refresh Job List from the drop-down menu
              (Figure 6-11). Then expand the CIMOM node of the Navigation Tree.




              Figure 6-11 Update CIMOM discovery job status

              The entry for CIMOM discovery job is named with the time stamp of its starting time. While it
              is running, it has a blue circle outline to the left of the job name (Figure 6-12). If the job has
              completed successfully, a green square is shown in front of the job name.




              Figure 6-12 CIMOM discovery job status




118   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
A red circle indicates that the job has competed with errors (Figure 6-13). TPC uses also a
yellow triangle to indicate that a job has completed with warnings.




Figure 6-13 Completed CIMOM discovery job

After the job completes, the discovered CIMOMs are listed in the CIMOM table in the Content
pane. You can check it if you expand Administrative Services → Data Sources and click
CIMOM Agents (Figure 6-14).




Figure 6-14 Discovered CIMOMs

The CIMOM connection status can have different values. If the status is different than
Success, you can check the CIMOM details by clicking the magnifying glass to the left of the
listing. The information is shown in the Content pane. You can enter additional CIMOM
information, such as the user name and password used for logging into the CIMOM, and you
can also test CIMOM connectivity by checking Test CIMOM connectivity before updating
(Figure 6-15 on page 120).

If you select a specific CIMOM in the table, you can perform the following administrative
actions by clicking the buttons in the toolbar above the CIMOM list:
   Test CIMOM connection: Check to ensure that communication to the CIMOM is working
   properly.
   Remove CIMOM: Remove the CIMOM from the function tree and repository database.
   The data discovered by the CIMOM will not be removed from the repository.
   Show managed devices: Show devices that are managed by the CIMOM.


                                                   Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   119
Figure 6-15 Adding CIMOM details


              Adding CIMOM manually
              You can manually add CIMOMs if they are not discovered during automatic CIMOM
              discovery. To add CIMOM manually, go to the Navigation Tree pane, expand Administrative
              Services → Data Sources, and click CIMOM Agents. In the Content pane, click the Add
              CIMOM button and the Add CIMOM windows opens (Figure 6-16).




              Figure 6-16 Adding CIMOM manually




120   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
To add the CIMOM, you must specify the CIMOM IP address and the port on which the
         CIMOM is listening. It also requires a valid user name and password for authentication. The
         Interoperability Namespace within the CIMOM allows you to access the CIM Interop Schema
         and determines how TPC interacts with the CIMOM when retrieving information. You can also
         check the box to test CIMOM connectivity before adding it and to ensure that communication
         is working properly. After you click Save, the information you have input about the CIMOM is
         added to TPC so that TPC can communicate with the CIMOM.


6.3.5 DS8000 CIMOM
         DS8000 CIMOM is embedded on the HMC of the DS8000 storage subsystem. The CIMOM is
         initially disabled on the HMC and must be enabled through the WebSM management console
         before it can be used. The HMC CIMOM can only support DS8000 devices that are managed
         by that HMC. This CIMOM is not able to manage any ESS 800 or DS6000 devices, or any
         DS8000 devices that are managed by a different HMC.

         The first step to set up the CIMOM is enabling it on the HMC. The SSR would log in to the
         HMC as for a normal service action, and from the Service Focal Point dialog start CIMOM.
         Figure 6-17 shows the window from the HMC that CIMOM is running.




         Figure 6-17 MC CIM Agent enable

         The next step is to define a user ID and password that will be used by the CIMOM for
         managing the storage devices. You can use the default admin user or create a new user. This
         would be done either by using the DS8000 element manager or the DSCLI mkuser command.
         You need to create a user with at least operator authority, which allows the creation and
         removal of arrays and ranks and, of course, includes the ability to create, delete, and manage
         logical volumes.

         DSCIMCLI
         The last step is configure CIMOM using the DSCIMCLI utility. The DSCIMCLI utility, which
         configures the CIMOM, is available from the DS CIM agent Web site as part of the DS CIM
         agent installation bundle, and also as a separate installation bundle. The DSCIMCLI can be
         installed on the SSPC server.

         Perform these steps to install DSCIMCLI utility:
         1. Download and extract the dscimcli.zip file onto your hard drive.
         2. The top-level directories of the extracted contents represent the different operating
            systems (AIX, LINUX_RHEL3, LINUX_SLES9, or W2003). Set your DSAGENT_HOME
            environment variable to one of those directories depending on your platform.
         3. Add the bin directory of the DSAGENT_HOME to your PATH environment variable.




                                                            Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   121
Use the DSCIMCLI mkdev command to define an internal connection to the HMC. The key
              function of this command is to feed the DS8000 user ID and password to the CIMOM Agent,
              which it will need to manage the DS8000 (very similar to a DSCLI user connecting to the
              HMC for DS8000 management). You can optionally specify the address of the redundant
              HMC. Example 6-1 contains the command syntax.

              Example 6-1 Defining HMC to CIMOM
              C:Documents and SettingsAdministrator>dscimcli -s https://9.12.6.17:6989 mkdev
              9.12.6.17 -type ds -user admin -password st0rage
              Device succesfully added.

              After you defined the internal connection to the HMC, you can check its status as well as the
              CIMOM configuration and CIMOM users. Example 6-2 contains the command syntax.

              Example 6-2 Checking CIMOM status
              C:Documents and SettingsAdministrator>dscimcli lsdev -l -s 9.12.6.17:6989
              Type IP               IP2             Username Storage Image     Status     Code Level     Min Codelevel
              ===== =============== =============== ========= ================ ========== ============== ==============
              DS    9.12.6.17       -               mary      IBM.2107-75BALB1 successful 5.3.0.991      5.1.0.309

              C:Documents and SettingsAdministrator>dscimcli lsuser
              Username
              =========
              superuser

              C:Documents and SettingsAdministrator>dscimcli lsconfig
              Property       Current Value                   After Restart
              ============== =============================== ===============================
              insecureport   5988                            5988
              secureport     5989                            5989
              certificate    certname                        certname
              enablesecure   true                            true
              enableinsecure true                            true



               Note: Use of DSCIMCLI utility is described in the book DS Open Application Programming
               Interface Reference, GC35-0516

              After the CIMOM is configured, you can add it manually or it will be discovered automatically
              as long as it is in the same subnet as the TPC BE server. Figure 6-18 on page 123 shows the
              discovered DS8000 CIMOM and managed DS8000 storage subsystem.




122   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 6-18 DS8000 CIMOM



 Note: The DS8000 CIMOM default user ID is superuser and password is passw0rd.


IBM TS3500 Tape Library CIMOM
To communicate with the Tape Library, TPC uses the CIMOM agent for tape. The CIMOM
agent for tape must be installed on a separate Intel machine that runs the SUSE® Linux
Enterprise Server 9 operating system or Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0. The CIMOM agent for
tape communicates by using the Web-Based Enterprise Management (WBEM) protocol,
which allows TPC to communicate with the IBM TS3500 Tape Library.




                                                Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   123
To configure the IBM TS3500 Tape Library to work with the CIMOM agent for tape, you must
              connect to the Tape Library Specialist Web interface, enable the CIMOM interface, and set up
              SNMP traps. To start the Tape Library Web interface, open a Web browser and enter the IP
              address of the Tape Library Specialist. It opens the login Web page, as shown in Figure 6-19.




              Figure 6-19 Tape Library Specialist




124   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Enter the user ID and password. Under The Work Items in the left pane, expand Access and
click SMI-S Agent (see Figure 6-20).




Figure 6-20 SMI-S Agent option




                                                Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   125
In the right pane, click the Enable SMI-S Agent button to enable it (Figure 6-21).




              Figure 6-21 Enable SMI-S agent

              The window in Figure 6-22 shows you successfully enabled the agent.




              Figure 6-22 SMI-S agent successful enabled




126   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
To set up the IP address of CIMOM agent for Tape, expand Access and click SNMP
destination. Enter the IP address of CIMOM agent and click Apply (see Figure 6-23).




Figure 6-23 CIMOM agent IP address




                                                Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   127
To set up the SNMP traps, expand Access and click SNMP Settings. This action opens the
              SNMP Settings in the right pane, where you enable and set up SNMP traps (see Figure 6-24).




              Figure 6-24 SNMP settings



               Note: For information about the version of SNMP traps, the Trap Community Name, and
               the Request Community Name, refer to the IBM TotalStorage SMI-S Agent for Tape on
               Linux Systems Installation Guide, GC35-0512. For the details how to set up IBM TS3500
               Tape Library, refer to the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library Operator Guide,
               GA32-0560.


6.3.6 Adding in-band Fabric agents
              If you are planning to install Agent Manager, which is an optional and not required application
              for TPC BE, you also deploy in-band Fabric agents on servers in your SAN environment.
              In-band Fabric agents will register with TPC BE by themselves and should be readily
              available. Therefore, the in-band Fabric agent does not need to perform a discovery process.


6.3.7 Adding out of band Fabric agents
              Out of band Fabric agents issue SNMP queries to the fabric switches and collect topology
              information. You must add out of band Fabric agents in order to get this data. The steps for
              adding out of band Fabric agents are very similar to adding CIMOMs. We can either run an
              automatic Discovery job, or add the out of band Fabric agents manually. This must be done
              for each switch in the fabric.



128   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Out of band Fabric agent discovery
To run the out of band Discovery job, do the following steps:
1. Navigate to the tree pane, expand Administrative Services → Discovery, and click Out
   of Band Fabric.
2. In the Content Pane, you can see several tabs for the definition of the job. For the
   out-of-band Discovery job, enter the IP addresses of the subnets you want to scan in the
   Options tab (Figure 6-25).




Figure 6-25 Out of band discovery




                                                   Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   129
3. Submit the job by selecting File → Save in the menu bar. You can monitor the job by
                 expanding Administrative Services → Discovery → Out of Band Fabric and clicking
                 the job run entry (Figure 6-26).




              Figure 6-26 Monitoring Discovery job status




130   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
In the Content Pane, you can examine the log by clicking the magnifying glass next to the job
status (Figure 6-27). While the job is running, you can check its status by selecting
Administrative Services → Discovery → Out of Band Fabric. Select the job run entry and
right-click Out of Band Fabric. From the menu, you can choose Refresh Job List to refresh
the status of the Discovery job, or Update Job Status to check and see if the job has
finished.




Figure 6-27 Discovery job log




                                                  Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   131
4. To check discovered out of band agents, select Administrative Services → Data
                 Sources and click Out of Band Fabric. The Content Pane shows all discovered out of
                 band agents (see Figure 6-28).




              Figure 6-28 Discovered out of band agents

              5. By clicking the magnifying glass to the left of the listing, you see general information for the
                 selected switch (Figure 6-29 on page 133).




132   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 6-29 General switch information



 Note: If you have a Brocade Fabric, make sure you have enabled Advanced Brocade
 Discovery in the Out of Band Fabric agents definition and provide the user name and
 password, so that TPC can discover zoning information from the fabric.




                                                 Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   133
Adding an Out Of Band Fabric agent manually
              As an alternative to an automatic Discovery job, you can manually add an Out Of Band Fabric
              agent to TPC BE. To add an Out Of Band Fabric agent, follow these steps:
              1. Expand Administrative Services → Data Sources and click Out of Band Fabric
                 agents. This brings up a context menu in the Content pane where you select Add
                 (Figure 6-30).




              Figure 6-30 Adding out of band Fabric agent

              2. Clicking the Add button opens a dialog box (Figure 6-31 on page 135) where you enter
                 the host name or IP address of the switch to add. If you are adding a Brocade switch, you
                 can enable the Advanced Brocade Discovery and enter the user name and password for
                 the switch so that TPC can discover zoning information from the fabric.




134   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 6-31 Adding out of band Fabric agent

3. Click OK and you see the Out Of Band Fabric agents (Figure 6-32).




Figure 6-32 Out of band Fabric agents

4. You can check the Out Of Band Fabric agent details by clicking the magnifying glass to the
   left of the listing.




                                                  Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   135
6.3.8 Probe
              Probe jobs collect detailed information about the managed infrastructure in your environment,
              such as storage subsystems, tape libraries, and fabrics. Probe jobs can be directed against
              any of these components:
                 Storage subsystem probes collect detailed information about the configuration of storage
                 subsystems. It collects the data about storage pools, storage volumes, FC ports, disks,
                 and host to volume assignments. A probe job needs to be run before volumes can be
                 created on a storage subsystem.
                 Library probes collect detailed information about the configuration of the tape library. They
                 collect the data about the tape library drives, changers, cartridges slots, and I/O ports. A
                 probe job need to be run before a tape library can be monitored.
                 Fabric probe jobs collect fabric topology and zoning information and basic identification
                 information about the device attached to the fabric.

              Creating probes
              You can create any number of probes to gather information about different storage resources
              at different times. To create a probe, expand IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center →
              Monitoring, right-click Probes, and click Create Probe (Figure 6-33).




              Figure 6-33 Creating probe job




136   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
In the right Content pane, select the What to PROBE tab (Figure 6-34).




Figure 6-34 Select elements to probe




                                                 Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   137
In this tab, select an available infrastructure element against which the probe job will run and
              click the >> button to add it to your selection. We define a Probe job for each of the elements
              (fabric, tape libraries, and storage) in the infrastructure. It is also possible to define one Probe
              job for all of the elements in your infrastructure. First, we define a Probe for Storage
              Subsystems. Expand Storage Subsystems and select All Storage Subsystems, because
              we want to include all Storage Subsystems in our Probe job. This also includes all Storage
              Subsystems added in the future (Figure 6-35).




              Figure 6-35 Adding elements to probe

              In the When to Run and Alert tabs, we set the schedule and alert options (Figure 6-36 on
              page 139).




138   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 6-36 Setting probe schedule

In the upper right corner of the Content pane, select Enabled. Select File → Save and in
Save as window, specify a name for the Probe job (Figure 6-37).




Figure 6-37 Specifying probe name

We named our probe job “Storage Subsystems”. Click OK and the Probe job is submitted
(Figure 6-38).




Figure 6-38 Submitting probe job




                                                  Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   139
We repeat the steps for other infrastructure elements (fabrics and tape libraries). You can see
              all the created Probe jobs under the IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center →
              Monitoring → Probes (Figure 6-39).




              Figure 6-39 Created probe jobs

              Their names are built from the user ID that we used to log in to TotalStorage Productivity
              Center and the name we specified when saving the job definition. By expanding the name of
              the probe job, you see its status (Figure 6-40).




              Figure 6-40 Probe jobs status

              The blue circles next to the entries for the job runs indicate that the jobs are still running. The
              red circles indicates that the job run has completed with errors and if there is a yellow triangle,
              it indicates that a job run has completed with warnings. We can examine the logs in the
              Content Pane to find the reasons for the errors or warnings.




140   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
6.4 Topology Viewer
          The Topology Viewer is designed to provide an extended graphical topology view, that is, a
          graphical representation of the physical and logical resources (for example, computers,
          fabrics, and storage subsystems) that have been discovered in your storage environment. In
          addition, the Topology Viewer depicts the relationships among resources (for example, the
          disks comprising a particular storage subsystem). Detailed, tabular information (for example,
          attributes of a disk) is also provided.

          With all the information that Topology Viewer provides, you can easily and more quickly
          monitor and troubleshoot your storage environment. The overall goal of the Topology Viewer
          is to provide a central location to view a storage environment, quickly monitor and
          troubleshoot problems, and gain access to additional tasks and functions within the TPC GUI
          without users losing their orientation to the environment. This kind of flexibility through the
          Topology Viewer user interface displays better cognitive mapping between the entities within
          the environment, and provides data about entities and access to additional tasks and
          functionality associated with the current environmental view and the user's role.

          The Topology Viewer uses the TPC database as the central repository for all data it displays.
          It actually reads the data in user-defined intervals from the database and updates, if
          necessary, the displayed information automatically. The Topology Viewer is an easy-to-use
          and powerful tool within TPC. It will make a storage manager’s life easier. But as is true for
          every tool, you first have to understand the basics, the concept, and also the do’s and don’ts,
          to get the most out of it.

           Note: Detailed information about Topology viewer are described in IBM TotalStorage
           Productivity Center User’s Guide Version 3 Release 3, GC32-1775.


6.4.1 Topology Viewer overview
          The information displayed by the Topology Viewer is collected by discovery, probing,
          performance data collection (TPC SE only), and alerting. The Topology Viewer consists of two
          views, a graphical view and a table view, organized vertically with the graphical view on top of
          the table view. The table view shows the same information as the graphical view, but in a
          tabular format. The Topology Viewer supports four levels of detail, from a high-level overview
          of the entire storage environment to detailed information about individual entities. This allows
          you to view as much or as little detail as you need.




                                                              Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   141
To start Topology Viewer, expand, in the Navigation Tree, IBM TotalStorage Productivity
              Center and click Topology. It opens Overview level, which is the default view (Figure 6-41).
              Overview level shows a global, highly aggregated view of the entire storage environment.




              Figure 6-41 Topology Viewer overview level

              Groups level L0 focuses on groups of a particular type. You can select each group by
              expanding IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → Topology. The default groups are:
                 Computers: All discovered computer groups in your storage environment.
                 Fabrics: All fabric groups in your storage environment. A fabric is a network of entities that
                 are attached through one or more switches. The Topology Viewer also displays Virtual
                 SANs (VSANs) and Logical SANs (LSANs).
                 Switches: All switches in your environment.
                 Storage: All storage subsystems and tape libraries in your environment.
                 Other: All entities that are discovered in your environment but that do not fit in either the
                 computer, fabric, or storage classes.




142   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
The groups level is the default level upon launching the Topology Viewer by clicking either
Computers, Fabrics, Switches, Storage, or Other under the Topology node. The groups
level shows one or more groups of entities that correspond to the topology class that you
selected. Figure 6-42 shows the Storage group level.




Figure 6-42 Storage group level L0




                                                   Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   143
Group level L1 focuses on one selected group and its related entities (for example, a group of
              storage). To open group level L1, select the group of entities that you want to open and double
              click it. It opens group level L1 (Figure 6-43).




              Figure 6-43 Group level L1




144   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Individual entities can be shown by expanding the group box (Figure 6-44). It also displays
lines representing connections between entities or between entities and groups.




Figure 6-44 Group level L1 - individual entities




                                                   Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   145
Detail level L2 level focuses on individual entities (for example, a single computer, switch,
              subsystem, or tape library) and the paths to the associated logical and physical entities. This
              level shows details all the way to the port level (Figure 6-45).




              Figure 6-45 Detail level L2

              The Topology Viewer depicts the relationships among resources (for example, the disks
              comprising a particular storage subsystem). Detailed, tabular information (for example,
              attributes of a disk) is also provided (Figure 6-46 on page 147). With all the information that
              the Topology Viewer provides, you can more quickly and easily monitor and troubleshoot your
              storage environment and perform critical storage-management tasks.




146   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 6-46 Topology viewer - tabular view

As more of your resources are discovered and displayed in the Topology Viewer, it is not
possible to see all the discovered resources in a single topology window. To make it easier
for you to find the resources you want to view, TPC provides a tool called the minimap. The
minimap allows you to shift the focus of the Topology Viewer to different areas within a
particular view. The minimap is a small window that is initially located in the upper-right corner
of any topology view (Figure 6-47).




Figure 6-47 Minimap

The minimap provides a miniature representation of the current topology view. Clicking the
minimap displays a multidirectional cursor that allows you to move the focus of the current
topology view in any direction. As you drag the cursor around the minimap, the topology view
will move accordingly. This makes navigating around complex topologies much easier. The
minimap uses the following colors to indicate the aggregated health status of groups:
   Green (normal): All entities in the group are operating normally.
   Yellow (warning): At least one entity is operating normally, and one or more entities have a
   health status of warning, critical, unknown, or missing.



                                                     Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   147
Red (critical): The status of all entities is either critical or warning.
                 Gray (unknown): None of the entities in the group has a known health status.
                 Black (missing): All of the entities of the group are missing.


6.4.2 Data Path Explorer
              Included at the bottom of the minimap are shortcuts that you can click to launch the Data
              Path Explorer or to view or change the topology settings:
                 To launch the Data Path Explorer, select one or more hosts, subsystems, disks, volumes,
                 or Mdisks and click the Data Path Explorer shortcut.
                 To view or change the topology settings, click the Topology Settings shortcut. The Settings
                 window displays, where you can specify the type of overlays to display, the type of filtering
                 to perform, whether connections between topology objects should display, and whether
                 the Zone tab should display in the table view (Figure 6-48).

               Note: In order to view the Data Path Explorer for a host, you must either have an inband
               Fabric agent installed or both a Data Agent and an Out of Band Fabric agent on the SAN
               on which the host is connected.




              Figure 6-48 Topology settings


6.4.3 Managing storage subsystems
              The Topology Viewer provides a clear view of your environment where you can start to
              perform storage subsystem management tasks. With TPC BE you can:
                 Create volumes on your storage subsystems and Virtual Disks on your SAN Volume
                 Controllers and assign them to host ports.
                 Add Managed Disk Candidates to Managed Disk Groups on your SAN Volume Controller.
                 Delete Volumes and Virtual Disks.




148   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
To start with volume/virtual disk creation, expand IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center →
Topology and select Storage. It opens storage groups in the Topology Viewer pane in the
right. Expand the subsystems group with the storage subsystem that you want to manage
(Figure 6-49).




Figure 6-49 Storage subsystems group




                                                Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   149
Right-clicking the selected storage subsystem opens a pop-up menu, as shown in
              Figure 6-50.




              Figure 6-50 Manage storage subsystems - pop-up menu




150   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Select Manage Storage Subsystems, which opens the Storage Subsystems pane
(Figure 6-51).




Figure 6-51 Storage subsystems window




                                            Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   151
You can also open the pane by selecting the storage subsystem in the Topology Viewer table
              and, from the drop-down menu, select Manage Storage Subsystems (Figure 6-52).




              Figure 6-52 Manage storage subsystems - drop-down menu

              From the Storage Subsystems pane, you can create volumes or virtual volumes for the
              selected storage subsystem. We show you how to create a DS8000 volume. To create the
              volume, select a DS8000 storage subsystem in the table and click the Create Volume button.
              It opens the create volume wizard (Figure 6-53 on page 153), where you define the volume
              characteristics, such as RAID level, volume size, and volume name.




152   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 6-53 Create volume wizard

Click Next to continue. The next window, shown in Figure 6-54, shows a list with all the
available ports that TPC has located. The information about the ports come from various
sources (from the switches and from the host definitions in the subsystems) and they are not
ordered by fabrics or any other criteria. Select the ports you want to assign the volumes to
and then click Next to continue.




Figure 6-54 Available host ports



                                                  Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   153
Figure 6-55 shows the available DS8000 ports to assign to host ports. Select the ports you
              want to assign and click Next.




              Figure 6-55 Available DS8000 ports

              If there is no zoning or no active zone set for the selected ports, TPC will recognize that fact
              (Figure 6-56). You can perform the zoning function later.




              Figure 6-56 Zoning information



154   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
The next window is a summary of the information you have entered (Figure 6-57). Click
Finish.




Figure 6-57 Summary

TPC now creates the volume creation job, as shown in Figure 6-58.




Figure 6-58 Volume creation job is finished




                                                 Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   155
You can monitor the job and examine the logs by clicking the entries and drilling into the job
              logs (see Figure 6-59 and Figure 6-60). To view the job, select Disk Manager →
              Monitoring → Jobs in the Navigation Tree pane.




              Figure 6-59 Volume creation job




              Figure 6-60 Volume creation job log


156   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
The green squares and the entries in the job logs indicate that the job has completed
successfully (Figure 6-61).




Figure 6-61 Volume creation job successfully completed




                                                     Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   157
6.4.4 Managing fabrics
              From the Topology Viewer, you can perform zone control management tasks. Expand IBM
              TotalStorage Productivity Center → Topology and select Fabrics. This task opens the
              fabric groups in the Topology Viewer pane to the right (Figure 6-62).




              Figure 6-62 Fabric groups in Topology Viewer




158   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Right-click the selected fabric and, in the pop-up menu, select Manage Zone Control
(Figure 6-63).




Figure 6-63 Manage Zone Control in pop-up menu




                                                 Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   159
The Fabrics pane opens, where you manage your zone configuration (Figure 6-64).




              Figure 6-64 Fabrics window




160   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
You can also open the pane by selecting the fabric in the Topology Viewer table and, from the
drop-down menu, select Manage Zone Control (Figure 6-65).




Figure 6-65 Manage Zone Control in drop-down menu




                                                    Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   161
In the Fabrics pane, pressing the Zone configuration button opens the zoning page where
              you can change the active zone configuration or inactive zone definitions (Figure 6-66).




              Figure 6-66 Zoning page

              Click the Change button to open the zone definition page (Figure 6-67 on page 163).




162   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 6-67 Zone definition page

        The zone definition page lists the zones and zone sets for the fabric in the tables and
        provides management tasks such as add, remove, edit zones, and zone set. Make the
        changes and activate the zone set by clicking the Update and Activate button. Clicking the
        Update only button commits the changes to the zoning configuration definition and updates
        the database.



6.5 Element Managers
        With TPC BE, you can launch Element Managers, which are provided with storage devices.
        Element Managers are programs that help you to maintain and configure your storage
        devices. This topic describes different ways to launch the Element Managers to access
        management tools.




                                                         Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   163
6.5.1 Storage subsystem
              By expanding Disk Manager → Storage Subsystems, all managed and discovered storage
              subsystems and SVCs are listed in the Content pane to the right. If Element Managers have
              been defined for the storage subsystems and SVCs, you can launch the associated Element
              Manager by selecting the Storage Subsystem from the list and clicking the Launch Element
              Manager button (Figure 6-68).




              Figure 6-68 Launch Element Manager button

              If the Element Managers have not been defined, the Launch Element Manager button is
              inactive in the menu (see Figure 6-69) and you have to provide the Element Manager
              information.




              Figure 6-69 Inactive Launch Element Manager button


              Define Element Managers
              To define an Element Manager, in the Navigation Tree, expand Disk Manager and click
              Storage Subsystems. In the right Content pane, select the subsystem that you want to add
              the associated Element Manager to and double click it. You can also select the Storage
              Subsystem and click the magnifying glass icon to the left of the subsystem. It opens the
              Storage Subsystems details page. Click the Set button and in the Edit Element Manager
              window enter the URL of the Element Manager or the fully qualified name of the executable
              file (Figure 6-70 on page 165).




164   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 6-70 Edit element manager window


Define DS8000 Element Manager
To be able to use DS8000 Storage manager for configuring and administering DS8000
storage subsystems, you must add the DS8000 Element Manager to TPC BE. We add the
DS8000 Element Manager from the Element Management perspective. To open the Element
Management perspective, expand Element Manager and click IBM DS8000 (Figure 6-71). In
the right pane, click the Element Management button to switch to the Element Management
perspective. You can also switch to it by clicking the Element Management button that
appears in the TPC BE toolbar.




Figure 6-71 Element Management buttons




                                               Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   165
This opens the Element Management perspective (see Figure 6-72).




              Figure 6-72 Element Management perspective

              To add the DS8000 Element Manager, click Select action and, in the drop-down menu,
              select Add Element Manager (Figure 6-73).




              Figure 6-73 Adding Element Manager

              This will bring up a window where you enter the user name and password for the DS8000
              Element Manager that you want to manage, the IP address of the DS8000, port used for
              communication and the protocol. You also enter the name you want to associated with the
              DS8000 in the main DS8000 Element Manager window in the Display Name field (see
              Figure 6-74 on page 167). Click OK to continue.


166   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 6-74 Configure DS8000 Element Manager

The next window contains a message that the Element Manager has been successfully
added (see Figure 6-75).




Figure 6-75 Successfully added DS8000 Element Manager

Click OK to see the DS8000 Element Manager you just defined in the table (Figure 6-76).




Figure 6-76 Defined DS8000 Element Manager


                                                 Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   167
From the Select action drop-down menu, you can add another DS8000 Element Manager and
              modify, remove, or test existing ones (see Figure 6-77).




              Figure 6-77 Select action drop-down menu

              Selecting the Modify Element Manager option opens the Configure Element Manager
              window (Figure 6-74 on page 167), where you can change the user name, password, or IP
              address of the DS8000 Element Manager.

              The Add CIMOM Connection option allows you to manually associate a CIMOM with an
              Element Manager. The CIMOM that you associate with an Element Manager manages the
              same storage subsystem as that Element Manager. Use the Add CIMOM Connection window
              to define information about the CIMOM (Figure 6-78).

               Note: The DS8000 CIMOM can be also added manually or by a Discovery job within TPC
               when the CIMOM is in the same subnet as the TPC server.




              Figure 6-78 Adding DS8000 CIMOM using the Configure Agent window


168   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Launch Element Managers
There are different ways of launching storage subsystems Element Managers in TPC BE. In
this section, we show you how to launch it from Disk Manager, the Element Manager options
in the Navigation Tree, or through the Topology Viewer.

Disk Manager option
To launch Element Managers from the Disk Manager option, expand Disk Manager in the
Navigation Tree and click Storage Subsystems. In the right pane, select the subsystem that
you want to launch Element Manager and click the Launch Element Manager button
(Figure 6-79).




Figure 6-79 Launch Element Manager

The ESS and SVC storage subsystems Element Managers open in a Web browser
(Figure 6-80 and Figure 6-81 on page 170).




Figure 6-80 ESS Element Manager




                                                 Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   169
Figure 6-81 SVC Element Manager

              The DS8000 storage subsystems Element Manager open in the Element Management
              perspective (Figure 6-82).




              Figure 6-82 DS8000 Element Manager


              Navigation Tree option
              The DS8000 Element Manager can also be launched from the Navigation Tree. Expand
              Element Manager in the Navigation Tree, click IBM DS8000, and in the right pane, click the
              Element Management button. You can also click the Element Management button in the
              TPC toolbar (see Figure 6-83 on page 171).




170   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 6-83 Launch Element Management

The Element Management perspective is opened (see Figure 6-84). You can start the
DS8000 Element Manager by clicking the link in the Name column, or selecting the name of
the DS8000 Element Manager from the Select a view drop-down menu.




Figure 6-84 Launch DS8000 Element Manager




                                                Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   171
Topology Viewer option
              To launch Element Managers from the Topology Viewer, expand IBM TotalStorage
              Productivity Center → Topology → Storage (Figure 6-85).




              Figure 6-85 Topology Viewer - Storage




172   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
In the Topology Viewer pane, expand the Subsystems group and select the storage
subsystem whose Element Manager you want to launch. Right-click it to open a pop-up menu
and select Launch Element Manager (Figure 6-86).




Figure 6-86 Launch Element Manager from Topology Viewer




                                                  Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   173
Another way of launching Element Managers from the Topology Viewer is from the
              Subsystem table. Expand IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → Topology → Storage
              and select the storage subsystem in the table whose Element Manager you want to launch,
              and from the Action drop-down menu, select Launch Element Manager (Figure 6-87).




              Figure 6-87 Launch Element Manager from Topology Viewer




174   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
6.5.2 Switch Element Manager
          In this section, we describe how to define and launch the Switch Element Manager.

          Define element managers
          After expanding IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → Topology → Switches, the
          Topology Viewer in the right pane shows groups of discovered switches (Figure 6-88).




          Figure 6-88 Topology viewer - Switches




                                                           Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   175
Expand the Switches group in the Topology Viewer and select the switch (Figure 6-89).




              Figure 6-89 Expanded switch group

              To set the Element Manager for the switch, right-click the switch in the Topology Viewer and
              click Launch Detail Panel (Figure 6-90 on page 177).




176   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 6-90 Launch Detail window in a pop-up menu

In the panel, click the Set button, and in the Edit Element Manager window, enter the URL of
the Element Manager or the fully qualified name of the executable file (see Figure 6-91).




Figure 6-91 Switch Element Manager information




                                                    Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   177
Launch element managers
              To launch Switch Element Managers from the Topology viewer, expand IBM TotalStorage
              Productivity Center → Topology → Switches (Figure 6-88 on page 175). In the Topology
              Viewer pane, expand the Switches group, select the switch whose element manager you
              want to launch, right-click it, and select Launch Element Manager (Figure 6-92).




              Figure 6-92 Launch Element Manager pop-up menu

              Another way of launching Element Managers from the Topology Viewer is from the
              Subsystem table. Select the switch in the table that you want to launch the Element Manager
              from and, from the Action drop-down menu, select Launch Element Manager (Figure 6-93
              on page 179).




178   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 6-93 Launch Element manager drop-down menu


6.5.3 Tape Library
           Here we discuss using Element Mangers in tape libraries.

           Define Element Managers
           The CIMOM Discovery job discovers and identifies tape libraries in the managed environment
           and collects tape library information. Element Manager information is also discovered through
           the Discovery job.

           Launch Element Managers
           To launch the Tape Library Element Managers, expand Tape Manager in the Navigation Tree
           and click Tape Libraries. In the right pane, select the tape library that you want to launch the
           Element Manager for and click the Launch Element Manager button (Figure 6-94).




           Figure 6-94 Launch Element Manager button


                                                               Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   179
The Tape Library Element Manager opens in a Web browser (Figure 6-95).




              Figure 6-95 Tape Library Element Manager




180   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
To launch Element Managers from the Topology Viewer, expand IBM TotalStorage
Productivity Center → Topology → Storage (Figure 6-96).




Figure 6-96 Topology Viewer - Tape Libraries




                                               Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   181
In the Topology Viewer pane, expand the Tape Libraries group and select the tape library
              whose Element Manager you want to launch. Right-click it to open the pop-up menu and
              select Launch Element Manager (Figure 6-97).




              Figure 6-97 Launch Element Manager pop-up menu


6.5.4 External tools
              The external tools in the TPC BE Navigation Tree provide a simple way to configure and
              launch different Web GUIs or local executables and TPC for Replication GUI from within TPC
              BE. TPC for Replication GUI is auto-configured during Data server startup if the TPC for
              Replication is running on the SSPC with TPC SE. It can also be configured manually. Other
              external tools, like URLs or scripts, must be added manually.

              With external tools you can do the following, depending on your TPC authorization:
                 Add TPC for Replication GUI manually.
                 Add external tools manually.
                 Launch external tools.
                 View external tools.
                 Edit external tools.
                 Remove external tools.

              All external tools have the URL/Command, Label, and Description attributes. You can change
              the attributes by expanding Administrative Services → Configuration, right-clicking
              Manage Element Manager, and selecting Configure (Figure 6-98 on page 183), which
              opens the Configure Element Launcher window (Figure 6-99 on page 183).


182   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 6-98 Configure Element Managers




Figure 6-99 Element Manager configuration window

As the external tools make use of the Element Manager code to launch external tools, and as
they use the same configuration facility used for Element Managers, you can also add
different Element Managers to the external tools, such as storage subsystems, tape library, or
switches.

Adding external tools
External tools must be added manually to TPC BE manually, except for a TPC for Replication
GUI if it is running on the SSPC server. Possibilities for external tools include the following:
   External programs
   URLs (for example, search engines and Web encyclopedias)
   Shell scripts or batch files (These scripts must exist on the system where the TPC GUI is
   being run.)

                                                    Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   183
To add an external tool manually, go to the TPC Navigation Tree and expand IBM
              TotalStorage Productivity Center. Right-click External Tools and select Add Tool
              (Figure 6-100).




              Figure 6-100 Add External Tools

              The Add External Tool window opens. Enter the external tool definitions (Figure 6-101).




              Figure 6-101 Add External Tool window

              You can add different Element Managers (Figure 6-102 on page 185) and start it by
              expanding IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → External Tools.




184   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 6-102 External Tools

Right click the tool you want to launch and click Launch Tool to open the tool in Web browser
(Figure 6-103).




Figure 6-103 Launch External Tools




                                                  Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions   185
186   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
7


    Chapter 7.   Upgrading SSPC and using
                 additional functions
                 In this chapter, we detail the additional features and functions when your TPC BE is upgraded
                 to a TPC SE, the Agent Manager is installed, and agents are deployed.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved.                                                          187
7.1 Upgrading SSPC
              Upgrading SSPC and using the additional functions requires that you upgrade your TPC BE
              (pre-installed on the SSPC) to TPC SE, install Agent Manager, and deploy agents. Upgrading
              SSPC gives you additional storage reporting and performance management functions. The
              additional functions that you get after upgrading TPC BE to TPC SE on your SSPC are:
                 Capacity Analysis / Predictive Growth
                 Customized and detailed capacity reporting, including chargeback and database reporting
                 Performance reporting (IBM and SMI-S storage arrays)
                 Threshold reporting (IBM and SMI-S storage arrays)
                 Fabric performance reporting and monitoring
                 SAN Volume Controller performance management
                 Full Provisioning (including Fabric zoning and Disk LUN assignment)

               Note: Upgrading SSPC includes the TPC BE upgrade to TPC SE. Additionally, it can
               include the SVC GUI and CIMOM upgrade if necessary.


7.1.1 TPC BE upgrade
              If you want to upgrade TPC BE with new components, all you have to do is purchase the
              additional licenses, and then activate the license files on your system. The additional
              components in TPC SE are pre-installed and require a license key to be activated. This topic
              provides information about how to upgrade TPC BE with the components and activate the
              license files.

              You can easily upgrade TPC BE with the following components:
                 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Data
                 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Disk
                 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Fabric
                 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Standard Edition (includes Disk, Data, and Fabric)

               Note: IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication is not preloaded on SSPC.
               TPC for Replication is an optional application that you can install on the SSPC server.

              To check the type of license you already have, look for the .sys files in the installation
              directory:
                 TPCBE0303.SYS2 indicates you have a TPC BE license.
                 BTSSE03_03.SYS indicates you have a TPC SE license.

              When upgrading TPC BE with TPC for Disk, TPC for Fabric, TPC for Data, TPC SE or
              installing TPC for Replication on SSPC server, it is recommended to add the SSPC
              Performance Upgrade Kit. This kit provides a second processor and an additional 4 GB of
              RAM.

              We show you how to upgrade TPC BE to TPC SE, which includes TPC for Disk, TPC for
              Data, and TPC for Fabric components. The procedure is the same if you plan to upgrade TPC
              BE with other components.


188   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
To upgrade the TPC BE, start the installation program from the CD/DVD that has the licence
you want to upgrade to. After accepting the license agreement, you are asked to select the
installation, as shown in Figure 7-1. Select Installation licenses and click Next to continue.




Figure 7-1 Installing licenses




                                 Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions   189
The licenses are successfully installed when the window shown in Figure 7-2 appears. Click
              Next and exit the installer.




              Figure 7-2 Successfully installed licenses

              To activate the licenses, you must stop the TPC GUI (exit the TPC GUI application) and stop
              the TPC services. Stop Device server and then Data server (refer to Figure 7-3 and
              Figure 7-4 on page 191).




              Figure 7-3 Stopping Device server



190   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 7-4 Stopping Data server

Start the services in reverse order, that is, first Data server and then Device server (refer to
Figure 7-5 and Figure 7-6 on page 192).




Figure 7-5 Starting Data server




                                  Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions    191
Figure 7-6 Starting Device server

              Start the TPC GUI and TPC BE is successfully upgraded with the new components.


7.1.2 SVC GUI and CIMOM upgrade
              Updating the SVC GUI and CIMOM will require a code download to the SSPC and local
              install of the updated software. Upgrading the SVC software is described in detail in IBM
              System Storage SAN Volume Controller Software Installation and Configuration Guide for
              Version 4.2.1, SC23-6628.



7.2 Installing Agent Manager and deploying agents
              Agent Manager is an optional component in TPC V3.3.1 and is not a prerequisite for the TPC
              code install. Agent Manager is not installed on SSPC; only TPC BE V3.3.1 is. If you decide to
              upgrade your TPC BE to TPC SE, Agent Manager may be necessary. After you install the
              Agent Manager, you must register the Device server and Data server before installing the
              Data agents and Fabric agents.

              These are the steps involved when installing and activating the Agent Manager and agents:
              1. Agent Manager installation
              2. Device server and Data server registration with the Agent Manager
              3. Deploying Data agents and Fabric agents

              In this section, we show you how to install Agent Manager and deploy agents.


7.2.1 Agent Manager installation
              To install the Agent Manager, you must be logged on the SSPC server with administrative
              authority. Start the installation wizard from the Agent Manager CD or directory where the
              Agent Manager code is downloaded. The installer program is placed in the source installation
              directory called EmbeddedInstaller.




192   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
The Agent Manager installer expects to use the default JVM and SSPC does not have one.
The JVM needs to be invoked from a command-line prompt and pointed to the TPC JVM. The
command is:
setupwin32 -is:javahome “cProgramFilesIBMTPCjre”

The Agent Manager installer opens the window where you choose the run time container for
Agent Manager (Figure 7-7). Select the embedded version of the IBM WebSphere Application
Server delivered with the Agent Manager. Click Next to continue.

 Note: TPC only supports an Agent Manager configured to run with the embedded version
 of the IBM WebSphere Application Server.




Figure 7-7 Runtime container for the Agent Manager




                                  Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions   193
In the next window, specify the directory where Agent Manager will be installed (Figure 7-8).
              We accepted the default. Click Next to continue.




              Figure 7-8 Agent Manager installation directory

              In the next window, specify the Agent Manager Registry database. Select the first option to
              use DB2 on the SSPC server (Figure 7-9 on page 195). Click Next to continue.

               Note: To ensure ease of installation, maintenance, and support, TPC only supports an
               Agent Manager configured to run a local DB2 database server.




194   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 7-9 Agent Manager database

In the next window, select a database software directory and database name for the Agent
Manager database (Figure 7-10). Accept the defaults and click Next to continue.




Figure 7-10 Agent Manager database installation information


                                  Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions   195
The Database User Information window opens (Figure 7-11). Specify the DB2 administrator’s
              user name and password. The DB2 on the SSPC is installed using the defaults of db2admin
              and passw0rd. Click Next to continue.




              Figure 7-11 Agent Manager database user information

              Figure 7-12 on page 197 shows the window where you specify the WebSphere Application
              Server connection information. Enter the information and click Next to continue. If you specify
              a host name, use the fully qualified host name. This value is used for the URLs for all Agent
              Manager services. We recommend that you use the fully qualified host name rather than an
              IP address. If you do not use the fully qualified host name, you will likely have problems with
              the agents connecting to the Agent Manager.




196   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 7-12 WebSphere Application Server connection information

If you do not specify a fully qualified host name for the Agent Manager host, you will be
presented a window similar to Figure 7-13. If you have specified an IP address or a short host
name, the window contains the reasons why the fully qualified host name is preferred. Click
Next to accept the specified value or click Back to change it.




Figure 7-13 WebSphere Application Server connection information summary




                                 Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions   197
The next window (Figure 7-14) shows you the WebSphere Application Server connection
              information. Accept the defaults and click Next.




              Figure 7-14 WebSphere Application Server information

              The Security Certificates window (Figure 7-15) appears. You should choose to generate
              unique certificates for a secure environment. Click Next to continue.




              Figure 7-15 Agent Manager security certificates

              The next window (Figure 7-16 on page 199) is the Define the Certificate Authority window.
              You should specify a password for the Security Certificates and record it. Click Next to
              continue.



198   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 7-16 Certificate authority details

The Set Passwords window gives you the option to specify the Agent Manager password and
Agent Registration password (Figure 7-17 on page 200). Make sure you record these
passwords. After entering the passwords, click Next to continue.

 Important: Agent Manager password is the resource manager registration password. This
 password is used to register the Data server or Device server with the Agent Manager. The
 default user name/password is manager/password, which cannot be changed here.

 Agent Registration password is the password used to register the common agents (Fabric
 agent and Data agent). You must supply this password when you install the agents.




                                     Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions   199
Figure 7-17 Setting the passwords

              The summary window is displayed (Figure 7-18). Review the information. If you want to
              change any settings, click Back and return to the window where you set the value. When you
              are satisfied with the changes, click Next to continue.




              Figure 7-18 Agent Manager installation summary

              An installation progress window (Figure 7-19 on page 201) displays the installation progress
              for IBM WebSphere Application Server. Wait for the installation to complete and click Next.




200   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 7-19 IBM WebSphere Application server installation

After IBM WebSphere Application Server has been installed and configured, you will see the
summary information window for Agent Manager. This window indicates where Agent
Manager will be installed and the size of the program. Review the information and click Next
(Figure 7-20).




Figure 7-20 Agent Manager installation summary




                                  Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions   201
Several installation progress windows are displayed for the Agent Manager (Figure 7-21).




              Figure 7-21 Agent Manager installation

              After the installation is complete, the Start the AgentManager Application Server window is
              displayed (Figure 7-22).




              Figure 7-22 Starting Agent Manager

              Select Yes, start AgentManager now and click Next to continue. The next window indicates
              that the WebSphere Application Server is starting the Agent Manager (Figure 7-23 on
              page 203).




202   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 7-23 Starting Agent Manager

When the Agent Manager is started, the Summary of Installation and Configuration Results
window is displayed (Figure 7-24). This window indicates that the Agent Manager is
successfully installed with all of its components.




Figure 7-24 Installation summary




                                   Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions   203
Review the window and click Next. It opens the last installation panel with the Summary
              Information (Figure 7-25), which shows that the installation is complete and the Agent
              Manager application server has been started. Click Finish to exit the installation.




              Figure 7-25 Finish the installation


              Verify install
              After the installation wizard completes, we run the healthcheck.bat command to verify that
              the Agent Manager is running. This command is located in c:/Program
              Files/IBM/AgentManager/toolkit/bin. You must specify the Agent Registration password that
              you specified in Figure 7-17 on page 200. Example 7-1 shows the output of the command.
              Note the Health Check passed information at the bottom of the output.

              For more information about the healthcheck command, see the README file also located in
              the toolkit directory.

              Example 7-1 HealthCheck command output
              C:Program FilesIBMAgentManagertoolkitbin>healthcheck -registrationPw passw0rd
                      1 file(s) copied.
              Tool Launcher is trying to instantiate Command line tool com.tivoli.cas.manager.tools.HealthCheck ...
              Command Line Tool com.tivoli.cas.manager.tools.HealthCheck succesfully instantiatied.
              Nov 16, 2007 5:15:06 PM EST Arguments passed to Command Line Tool: -HOST localhost -registrationPw passw0rd
              Nov 16, 2007 5:15:07 PM EST Initializing configuration with file:C:Program
              FilesIBMAgentManagertoolkitbinconfigendpoint.properties
              Nov 16, 2007 5:15:07 PM com.tivoli.agentmgr.credentialmgr.ARSPKIClient getProxyConfiguration
              SEVERE: CTGEM0016E The ARS.port.public parameter cannot be NULL.
              Nov 16, 2007 5:15:07 PM com.tivoli.agentmgr.util.security.CRLTrustManager getCRL
              SEVERE: BTC1048E
              Nov 16, 2007 5:15:07 PM com.tivoli.agentmgr.client.proxy.WSDLClient$AddressCacheItem tryConnect
              INFO: NOTE ==>Connected to host=localhost on port=9511
              Nov 16, 2007 5:15:07 PM com.tivoli.agentmgr.client.proxy.WSDLClient$AddressCacheItem directConnect
              INFO: Directly connected
              Nov 16, 2007 5:15:07 PM com.tivoli.agentmgr.credentialmgr.ARSPKIClient getProxyConfiguration
              SEVERE: CTGEM0016E The ARS.port.public parameter cannot be NULL.
              Nov 16, 2007 5:15:07 PM com.tivoli.agentmgr.util.security.CRLTrustManager getCRL
              SEVERE: BTC1048E
              Agent Manager Name:
              ibm-cdm:///CDM-ManagementSoftwareSystem/TivoliGUID=B05F0EE180E811DC8004001641EDB5FA,InstallPath=file%3A%2F%2F%2FC%3A%
              2FProgram%20F
              iles%2FIBM%2FAgentManager,Feature=CTGEM
              Registration.domain                         = DomainName
              CA.keyRing.name                             = certs/CARootKeyRing.jks
              CA.Certificate.Root.Alias                   = rootcert



204   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
CA.Key.Root.Alias                           = rootkey
           CA.CRL.TimeToLive                           = 24
           CA.CRL.filename                             = certs/CertificateRevocationList
           Registration.Agent.Reregistration.Policy    = Any
           Registration.Agent.Certificate.Duration     = 365
           Registration.Manager.Certificate.Duration   = 3600
           CA.Certificate.graceTime                    = 1380
           Config.Server.Host                          = SSPCPOK
           Config.Server.Port                          = 9512
           Config.URI                                  = /AgentMgr/ConfigurationUpdate
           CertManagement.Host                         = SSPCPOK
           CertManagement.Renewal.Port                 = 9512
           CertManagement.Renewal.URI                  = /AgentMgr/CertificateRenewal
           CertManagement.CRL.Port                     = 9513
           CertManagement.CRL.URI                      = /AgentMgr/CRLRequest
           CertManagement.Revoke.Port                  = 9512
           CertManagement.Revoke.URI                   = false
           AgentQuery.Host                             = SSPCPOK
           AgentQuery.Port                             = 9512
           AgentQuery.URI                              = /AgentMgr/AgentQuery
           CommonAgentQuery.URI                        = /AgentMgr/CommonAgentQuery
           AgentConfiguration.Host                     = SSPCPOK
           AgentConfiguration.Port                     = 9512
           AgentConfiguration.URI                      = /AgentMgr/AgentConfiguration
           AgentManagerQuery.Host                      = SSPCPOK
           AgentManagerQuery.Port                      = 9511
           AgentManagerQuery.URI                       = /AgentMgr/AgentManagerQuery
           Registration.Host                           = SSPCPOK
           Registration.Port                           = 9511
           Registration.URI                            = /AgentMgr/Registration
           Status.timeToLive                           = 0
           ARS.directory                               = C:/Program Files/IBM/AgentManager
           ARS.port.base                               = 9511
           ARS.port.secure                             = 9512
           ARS.port.public                             = 9513
           ARS.URI.root                                = /AgentMgr
           ARS.security.enabled                        = true
           Status.Authorization.Required               = true
           Access.restriction.revocation               = true
           Access.restriction.Configuration            = true
           Query.Agent.Max.Return                      = -1
           Query.Database.Type                         = db2
           ARS.version                                 = 1.3.2.21
           Key.Algorithm.Name                          = RSA
           Config.Listener.Manager                     = com.tivoli.agentmgr.spi.providers.makeAgentRegistryUpdate,
           com.tivoli.agentmgr.cert.AgentStatusChangeLis
           tener
           Config.Listener.Agent                       = com.tivoli.agentmgr.spi.providers.makeAgentRegistryUpdate
           Registration.Listeners.Manager.Request      = com.tivoli.agentmgr.registration.AuthorizationValidator,
           com.tivoli.agentmgr.registration.AuthorizationT
           estOnly, com.tivoli.agentmgr.registration.AgentReregistrationTest
           Registration.Listeners.Manager.Issue        = com.tivoli.agentmgr.registration.StoreCertificateListener
           Registration.Listeners.Agent.Request        = com.tivoli.agentmgr.registration.SimplePWRequestValidator,
           com.tivoli.agentmgr.registration.Authorizatio
           nTestOnly, com.tivoli.agentmgr.registration.AgentReregistrationTest
           Registration.Listeners.Agent.Issue          = com.tivoli.agentmgr.registration.StoreCertificateListener
           Nov 16, 2007 5:15:07 PM EST Health Check passed.
           Nov 16, 2007 5:15:07 PM EST Command Line Tool execution successful.




7.2.2 Device server and Data server registration with the Agent Manager
           The Agent Manager is the central network element that, together with the distributed Agents,
           builds an infrastructure that is used by other applications to deploy and manage an agent
           environment. Each application uses a Resource Manager (Data server and Device server) to
           integrate into this environment.




                                                    Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions          205
Before activating Agent Manager and deploying agents, Device server and Data server must
              register with the Agent Manager. To register the Device server and Data server with the Agent
              Manager, follow these steps:

               Important: Make sure that this is the Agent Manger that you want to register. Once you
               register it with the Device server and Data server, you cannot unregister it. The only way to
               unregister it is to uninstall TPC.

              1. Expand Administrative Services → Configuration and select Agent Manager
                 Registration in the Navigation Tree. Agent Manager Registration opens in the right pane
                 (Figure 7-26).




              Figure 7-26 Agent Manager registration window

              2. Click the Agent Manager Registration button. The Agent Manager Registration window
                 opens (Figure 7-27 on page 207).




206   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 7-27 Agent Manager registration information

Enter the host name for the Agent Manager. If you specify a host name, use the fully qualified
host name. We recommend that you use the fully qualified host name rather than an IP
address. Leave the default ports. Port 9513 is the public port used for updates and port 9511
is the secured port used for registration.

Enter the user ID and password used to register the Data server and Device server with the
Agent Manager.

 Note: The default user ID used to register Data server and Device server is manager with
 the default password password.

Enter the common agent password, which is used to register the common agents with the
Agent Manager.

 Note: The agent registration password was specified when you installed the Agent
 Manager (Figure 7-17).




                                  Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions   207
3. Click OK after you enter all the information. The Agent Manager Registration window
                 shows the registered Agent Manager and successful registration (Figure 7-28).




              Figure 7-28 Registered Agent Manager


7.2.3 Deploying Data and Fabric agents
              Deploying Data and Fabric agents gives you full SSPC functionality and a complete view of
              your infrastructure. As shown in Figure 7-29 on page 209, the Data agents are installed on
              every computer system you want TPC to manage, while Fabric agents are installed on
              computer systems that have fiber connectivity (through HBAs) into the SAN fabrics you want
              to manage.You only need one Fabric agent per SAN fabric, but two are recommended for
              redundancy.

              Data agents collect information from the server on which they are installed. Asset information,
              file and file system attributes, and any other information needed from the computer system is
              gathered. Data agents can also gather information about database managers installed on the
              server. You can create pings, probes, and scans to run against the servers that have Data
              agents installed.

              Fabric agents use scanners to collect information. The scanners are written in O/S native
              code, and communicate through the HBA to collect fabric topology information, port state
              information, and zoning information. They also can identify other SAN attached devices (if
              they are in the same zone). Using O/S system calls, they collect information about the system
              on which they are installed. Fabric agents are discovered during the agent install process,
              and do not need to be discovered separately; it is not possible to do so.




208   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 7-29 Deploying agents


Agent deployment types
There are two ways of deploying the Data agent and Fabric agent. You can choose between
local installation and remote installation.

Local installation means that you must be logged on to the computer on which you want to
install the agent code. You can install the Data agent and the Fabric agent in any order and
you can install them both at one time. In any case, the TPC Installer will check if there is a
Tivoli Common Agent already installed. If not, TPC installs this component.

You can perform the local installation process either interactively using a GUI or in unattended
(silent) mode. This is useful in cases where you have to script the installation or where you do
not have access to the GUI (for example, telnet access only). Local agent installation might be
practical for a limited number of computers, but becomes rather elaborate and
time-consuming as the number of managed computers grows.

Remote installation is the process of pushing the agent code from a central computer over
the network to any number of remote computers on which you would like to install the agents.
The TPC Installer pushes the agent code to the target computers concurrently, so the
software can be installed onto a large number of remote computers at one time. The
supported operating systems for the target computers are Windows, UNIX, and LINUX. In a
remote installation, the Tivoli Common Agent is only installed with the Data Agent. It has to be
already present when you attempt to do a remote installation of the Fabric agent.
Consequently, you always must install the Data Agent first when performing remote
installations. However, you can also choose to install the Data Agent and the Fabric agent
together. In this case, the TPC Installer manages the proper sequence.

The remote installation of the Data Agent and the Fabric agent has to be performed from the
server where the TPC Server is installed and running. A remote agent installation is always
interactive.

 Note: Installation of Data agents and Fabric agents is described in detail in IBM
 TotalStorage Productivity Center Installation and Configuration Guide Version 3 Release
 3.1, GC32-1774.




                                  Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions   209
7.3 Additional Standard Edition functions
              TPC BE provides value in addition to the DS8000 Storage Manager or SVC Console.
              However, TPC BE is not a complete Storage Management solution. Upgrading SSPC to TPC
              SE gives you many more features, such as greater reporting, disk performance analysis,
              provisioning, predictive analysis, and SAN planning.

              Upgrading SSPC to TPC SE gives you additional functions that come, by default, with TPC
              SE:
                 Capacity Analysis / Predictive Growth
                 Customized and detailed capacity reporting, including chargeback and database reporting
                 Performance reporting (IBM and SMI-S storage arrays)
                 Threshold Reporting (IBM and SMI-S storage arrays)
                 Full Provisioning (including Fabric zoning and Disk LUN assignment)

              In this section, we describe some of the storage management functions that are available in
              TPC SE. For detailed information about these functions, refer to the IBM Redbooks
              publication TotalStorage Productivity Center V3.3 Update Guide, SG24-7490.


7.3.1 Collecting storage usage and trending information
              To collect statistics about the usage and trending of storage consumption within your
              environment, use a scan collection job. You can view the information collected by scans in
              Capacity, Usage, Usage Violations, Backup, and System reports, as well as use that
              information as part of quota analysis. Scans are always directed against a Data agent and
              deliver very detailed information about the file systems, files, and RDBMS objects (instances,
              databases, devices, table spaces, tables, indexes, data files, and containers) of computers.
              Use the statistics gathered by scans to:
                 View information about when storage resources are created, accessed, and modified and
                 by what group or user.
                 Map the actual storage resource to the consumers of that resource.
                 Generate a historical view of storage consumption to help determine usage trends over
                 time.

              You can define any number of scans to gather information about different storage resources
              at different times.


7.3.2 Determining the availability of storage resources
              To collect information about the availability of the storage resources in your environment, use
              a ping job. You can view the information collected by pings in Availability and System reports.
              Pings enable you to monitor and report on the availability of your storage from a network point
              of view or from a computer uptime perspective. You can see the percentage of off-network
              time due to network problems or system downtime. Define any number of pings that each
              check the availability of a unique storage resource. Pings are available with TPC BE.




210   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
7.3.3 Storage provisioning using SAN Planner
           The SAN Planner allows the user to perform end-to-end planning involving fabrics, hosts,
           storage controllers, storage pools, volumes, paths, ports, zones, and zone sets. Once a plan
           has been generated, the user can select to have the plan implemented by TPC. This function
           was introduced in TPC V3.3. In this section, we provide an overview of the SAN Planner. For
           detailed information, refer to the IBM Redbooks publication TotalStorage Productivity Center
           V3.3 Update Guide, SG24-7490.

           Volume Planner
           The Volume Planner was formerly known as the Volume Performance Advisor (VPA) in
           previous versions of TPC. It plans and selects appropriate storage controllers, storage pools,
           and storage volumes (when using unassigned volumes) that satisfy the user’s inputs. It allows
           you to select controller type preferences, whether storage requests can be satisfied by
           multiple controller types, and RAID levels. The Volume Planner uses the current performance
           utilization of storage resources to determine whether a new volume should be allocated on a
           particular pool in a particular storage controller, so it is important to have a representative
           collection of performance data in your TPC DB2 repository. If multiple storage pools from
           different controllers can potentially satisfy your provisioning request, then the Volume Planner
           will use the rated utilization of the pools (the sum of the previous provisioning performance
           requirements, which might be greater than the current utilization) to break the ties and select
           a candidate storage pool.

            Note: Before using the Volume Planner to allocate storage based on performance
            characteristics, a Performance Monitor job must be run on the target subsystem. The more
            performance data in your TPC database, the better the recommendation by the Volume
            Planner.




           Figure 7-30 Volume Planner


                                             Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions   211
Path Planner
              The Path Planner allows the setup of multipath options. The Path Planner enables system
              administrators and SAN administrators to plan and implement storage provisioning for hosts
              and storage subsystems with multipath support in fabrics managed by TPC. Planning the
              paths between the host(s) and storage controller requires designing paths between hosts and
              storage subsystems that will be implemented through zones in the fabric.

               Note: IBM Subsystem Device Driver (SDD) must be installed on a host in order to invoke
               the Path Planner.

              The Path Planner is used for specifying multiple paths options between selected hosts and
              storage subsystems. Path Planner assists the administrator in the multipath tuning process
              through the selection of these policies:
                 The Multipath Option specifies how the driver uses the paths between the host and the
                 storage subsystem. The options are:
                 – Load Balancing sends Input/Output on all paths.
                 – Round Robin sends Input/Output on one path until a time interval expires (set in an
                   SDD setting at the host) or stops to use another path.
                 – Fail-Over sends Input/Output on one path until a failure occurs and fails over (switches)
                   to another path.
                 The Specify number of paths option specifies the number of paths between each host and
                 the storage subsystem.
                 Use fully redundant paths. The Path Planner will check for redundant fabrics between
                 each host and storage subsystem and create paths in each fabric. This requires at least
                 two fabrics.

              Workload profiles provide the Path Planner with estimates of the required I/O traffic. These
              estimates are used to determine the number of paths required from each host to the storage
              subsystem and select the multipath driver path utilization. The number of paths and the driver
              multipath mode can be adjusted by the performance requirements specified through the
              selection of a workload profile.

              The Path Planner does not directly interact with the Zone Planner. It provides the path
              information that the Zone Planner uses. Each path is represented by a host port WWPN,
              target port WWPN, and a Volume ID for the volume on the target that is mapped to the host
              port. These paths are created when the Zone Planner is implemented.




212   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 7-31 Path Planner


Zone Planner
The Zone Planner allows the user to implement automatic zoning between ports on the
selected hosts and subsystems in a fabric. All zoning is based on WWPNs. The Zone Planner
will plan zoning configuration for new storage that is provisioned for use by a host. For
example, it can be used when a new storage volume is created and assigned to a host. It can
also be used with a volume that has already been created and is assigned to a host needing
more storage. In these cases, the Path Planner and Volume Planner determine which host
and storage need to be zoned together, providing the Zone Planner the exact set of ports
which need to be zoned together. The Zone Planner then uses the zoning inputs for the
planning. If the Volume and Path Planners are not used, the user may select the host and
storage ports and then invoke the Zone Planner.

The Zone Planner expects a list of host port and storage port pairs as input. If the Path
Planner has been invoked prior to the Zone Planner, its output is used as input to the Zone
Planner. If the subsystem/host are within the same fabric and Zone Planner is not checked,
then existing zones or zone sets are used. If Zone Planner is checked, this creates a new
zone or zone set.

 Note: For the Zone Planner to create zones, the host and subsystem must be within the
 same fabric.




                                Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions   213
For the case where the host and subsystem reside in more than one of the same fabrics, you
              are given two options. The first option is to create identical zones in all of the fabrics. The
              second option is to select specific fabrics to create identical zones in. The guidance policies
              used for zone planning are as follows:
                 One zone per host bus adapter (HBA)
                 One zone per host
                 One zone per host port
                 Auto zone: Largest zone that satisfies the validation policies

              The validation policies used for zone planning are as follows:
                 No two controllers of different types should be in the same zone.
                 Maximum number of zone members in a zone = N.
                 Maximum number of zones in a fabric = N, where N is specified by the user.

              Figure 7-32 gives an overview of the Zone Planner.




              Figure 7-32 Zone Planner


              Data Path Explorer
              The Data Path Explorer view in the Topology Viewer allows you to view the paths between
              servers and storage subsystems or between storage subsystems (for example, SVC to
              back-end storage or server to storage subsystem). Performance and health overlays on this
              view will provide a mechanism to assess the impact of performance or device state in the
              paths on the connectivity between the systems. The view will consist of three panes (host
              information, fabric information, and subsystem information) that show the path through a
              fabric or set of fabrics for the endpoint devices (host to subsystem or subsystem to
              subsystem). Figure 7-33 on page 215 shows the Data Path Explorer in the Topology Viewer.



214   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 7-33 Data Path explorer

           A possible scenario utilizing this feature is an application on a host that is running slow. The
           system administrator wants to discover what the health of the associated I/O path for that
           application is. The questions that he might have are:
              Are all components along that path healthy?
              Are there any component level performance problems that might be causing the slow
              application response?

           The system administrator may also want to discover whether the I/O paths for two
           applications (on separate host LUNs) are in conflict with each other. They could be sharing a
           common component (like switch). After viewing the I/O paths for these two applications, he
           makes the required zoning or connectivity change to alleviate the problem.


7.3.4 Enterprise rollup reporting
           TotalStorage Productivity Center V3.3 introduced the ability to consolidate asset and health
           information collected from multiple TPC instances, providing the ability of scalable enterprise
           wide management of the storage environments.

           TPC V3.3, illustrated in Figure 7-34 on page 216, provides an enterprise rollup of reporting
           across multiple TPC servers in an environment. A recommended configuration is to have at
           most one TPC server act as a “master” or “enterprise” server that gathers enterprise-wide
           data for reports, and all other servers act as “subordinate” servers and provide data about
           entities they manage. Note that “master” and “subordinate” denominations can change over
           time. A master TPC server can also manage entities just like any ordinary TPC server and
           report on these entities.

           TPC subordinate servers should have no more than 1200 unique data sources. This number
           includes Data agents, Fabric agents (inband and out of band), CIM agents, and VM agents
           (VMWare). Once this threshold has been met, a new TPC subordinate server should be
           deployed and all new agents should be pointed to it. If the same storage entity is managed by
           multiple subordinate servers, rollup reports reflect the storage information from the
           subordinate server that most recently probed that entity.




                                             Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions   215
Figure 7-34 TotalStorage Productivity Center rollup overview

              For the TPC Server rollup feature, all servers must be at TPC V3.3. TPC versions prior to
              V3.3 (for example, TPC V2.3 or TPC V3.1) will not support the TPC Server rollup function.

              Integrating SSPC
              To integrate your SSPC into your existing TPC environment, an existing TPC server functions
              as a Master TPC server. The Master TPC server collects data from subordinate TPC servers
              and you can create rollup reports from the Master Server. Your SSPC server should function
              as a subordinate TPC server, providing data to the Master TPC server.

               Note: The ability to act as a Master Server and generate rollup reports is a function of TPC
               Standard Edition. The Master TPC server is required to use TPC Standard Edition.

              Rollup reports are generated through the TPC Navigation Tree. You can generate four
              categories of rollup reports:
                 Asset: To view detailed statistics about agents, computers, storage subsystems, disk and
                 volume groups, disks, file systems, logical volumes, LUNs, and fabrics that are monitored
                 by subordinate servers.
                 Database Asset: To view detailed statistics that have been collected by subordinate
                 servers about the RDBMSs in your environment, including Oracle, SQL Server, Sybase,
                 and UDB/DB2.
                 Capacity: To view storage metrics related to the disk capacity, file system capacity, file
                 system used space, and file system free space gathered by the subordinate servers in
                 your environment.



216   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Database Capacity: To view storage capacity, used space, and free space at the
   computer, computer group, database, instance, and TPC server level for RDBMSs that are
   monitored by subordinate servers.

 Note: To generate a full report of your environment, you need to deploy a Data agent and
 a Fabric agent on each server (that is fibre attached) that you want to manage. If a server
 does not have agents installed, the information for that server will be omitted from the
 rollup report you generate.


Asset reports
In the Asset category, the following reports can be generated:
   Agents: To view information about Data agents and Device agents that are associated with
   subordinate servers in your environment.
   Computers: To view information about the hosts and computers that are monitored by
   subordinate servers in your environment.
   Storage Subsystems: To view information about the storage subsystems that are
   monitored by subordinate servers in your environment.
   Disk/Volume Groups: To view information about the disk and volume groups that are
   monitored by subordinate servers in your environment.
   Disks: To view information about the disks that are monitored by subordinate servers in
   your environment.
   File Systems or Logical Volumes: To view information about the file systems or logical
   volumes that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment.
   LUNs: To view information about the LUNs that are monitored by subordinate servers in
   your environment.
   Fabrics: To view information about the fabrics that are monitored by subordinate servers in
   your environment.

Database Asset reports
In the Database Asset category, the following reports can be generated:
   All DBMSs: To view information about the RDBMSs that are monitored by subordinate
   servers in your environment.
   Oracle: To view information about Oracle instances that are monitored by subordinate
   servers in your environment.
   Sybase: To view information about Sybase instances that are monitored by subordinate
   servers in your environment.
   SQL Server: To view information about SQL Server instances that are monitored by
   subordinate servers in your environment.
   UDB: To view information about UDB/DB2 instances that are monitored by subordinate
   servers in your environment.

Capacity reports
In the Capacity category, the following reports can be generated:
   Disk Capacity: To view disk capacity information about the computers and storage
   subsystems that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment.
   Filesystem Capacity: To view file system capacity information about the file systems that
   are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment.


                                 Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions   217
Filesystem Free Space: To view information about the available storage space on file
                 systems that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment.
                 Filesystem Used Space: To view information about the used storage space on file systems
                 that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment.

              Database Capacity reports
              In the Database Capacity category, the following reports can be generated:
                 All DBMSs: To view storage capacity information for the DBMSs that are monitored by
                 subordinate servers in your environment.
                 Oracle: To view storage capacity information for the Oracle databases that are monitored
                 by subordinate servers in your environment.
                 Sybase: To view storage capacity information for the Sybase databases that are monitored
                 by subordinate servers in your environment.
                 SQL Server: To view storage capacity information for the SQL Server databases that are
                 monitored by subordinate servers in your environment.
                 UDB: To view storage capacity information for the UDB/DB2 databases that are monitored
                 by subordinate servers in your environment.

              Creating a rollup report
              To create a rollup report, you need to associate a subordinate TPC server with a Master TPC
              server. To do this, you need to follow the following procedure:
              1. In the Master TPC server, select IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center →
                 Administrative Services → Data Sources → TPC Servers and click Add TPC Server
                 (Figure 7-35).




              Figure 7-35 TPC Servers window



218   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
2. In the Add TPC Server window shown in Figure 7-36, type the required information for the
   subordinate TPC server. If you have installed the TPC V3.3.1 code, the Host Device
   server Port is the device server port you created in Figure 4-22 on page 60. The Host
   Authentication Password is the password you created in Figure 4-22 on page 60. Click
   Save after you type in the required information.
   If you selected the typical installation when you installed your TPC server software
   package, you were only asked for the user name and password once. This password will
   be both the DB2 administrator password and Host authentication password. You will use
   the same password when you log in to TPC as well when you are asked for the Host
   Authentication Password.




Figure 7-36 Add TPC Server window

3. Click the Save button, and the Master TPC server tests the connection with the
   subordinate TPC server. If the testing is successful, the Master TPC server adds the
   subordinate TPC server to its TPC server list (Figure 7-37).




Figure 7-37 Subordinate TPC server is added to the TPC server list




                                   Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions   219
4. Before generating a rollup report, you need to run discoveries, probes, and scans from the
                 subordinate servers to gather information about their locally-monitored storage entities.
                 Also, you need to run probes from the master server to gather information about its
                 locally-monitored storage entities. Then you need to run TPC Server probes from the
                 master server against the subordinate servers to collect their storage information for the
                 rollup reports.
                 To run TPC Server probes, select, in the Navigation Tree, IBM TotalStorage Productivity
                 Center → Monitoring → TPC Server Probes and select Create TPC Server Probes
                 (Figure 7-38).




              Figure 7-38 TPC Server Probes




220   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
5. In the Create TPC Server Probes window, select All TPC Servers and click >>
   (Figure 7-39).




Figure 7-39 Create TPC Server Probes




                                Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions   221
6. After you click >>, All TPC Servers appears in the Current Selections pane. Click the
                 When to Run tab (Figure 7-40).




              Figure 7-40 TPC Servers selection

              7. To create a rollup report on a regular basis, you can schedule periodic probes in the When
                 to Run window. In this example, we select Run Now to show the concept of a rollup report.
                 After you select Run Now, click the disk icon on the menu bar to save the task
                 (Figure 7-41 on page 223).




222   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 7-41 When to Run window

8. After you click the disk icon, a small window pops up asking for the name of the probe.
   Type the name of your choice and click OK (Figure 7-42).




Figure 7-42 Name of probe

9. The TPC Server Probe will be submitted. Click OK in the Notice window (Figure 7-43).




Figure 7-43 Notice window




                                 Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions   223
10.Go back to TPC Navigation Tree, where you can see a probe is running. Wait until the
                 probe is finished, then you can generate a rollup report (Figure 7-44).




              Figure 7-44 Probe TPC Servers

              11.Figure 7-45 on page 225 shows the TPC Navigation Tree where selecting IBM
                 TotalStorage Productivity Center → Rollup Reports takes you to the different rollup
                 reports you can generate.




224   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 7-45 Rollup Report in TPC Navigation Tree




                                  Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions   225
226   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
8


    Chapter 8.   DS8000 GUI under Element
                 Manager
                 The DS8000 GUI is now moved to the Element Manager function of SSPC. You can toggle
                 between the Enterprise Management, Element Management, and each DS8000 within the
                 Element Management. You also can launch the SVC Master Console.

                 This chapter describes what is new about Element Manager in the DS8000 GUI.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved.                                                   227
8.1 Launch DS8000 GUI from SSPC
              You can start the SSPC by selecting Start → Programs → IBM TotalStorage Productivity
              Center → Productivity Center.

              Figure 8-1 is the main login window. Enter the TPC user ID and password and click OK.




              Figure 8-1 SSPC login

              Figure 8-2 is the main TPC BE window. You can launch Element Manager by pressing the
              Element Management button or by expanding Element Manager.




              Figure 8-2 Launch Element Manager from TPC main window

              Figure 8-3 on page 229 shows the Element Manager window where you select the DS8000
              for which you want to launch the GUI. Click the DS8000 that you want to configure.




228   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 8-3 DS8000 selection page

Figure 8-4 shows the DS8000 GUI Real-time manager window.




Figure 8-4 DS8000 GUI Real-time manager




                                          Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   229
Expand the arrow to the left of the Real-Time Manager. All the tasks are listed in Figure 8-5.




              Figure 8-5 DS8000 GUI task list



8.2 What is new in the new DS8000 GUI
              There are new improvements to the GUI in R3. Figure 8-6 on page 231 and Figure 8-7 on
              page 231 show the new interface of the DS8000 on the Extent Pool. Figure 8-6 on page 231
              shows the Capacity Summary of Extent Pool for Open Systems and System z™. It also
              displays the unassigned capacity.




230   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 8-6 Extent Pool top of window

Figure 8-7 shows the bottom of the Extent Pool window. Clicking Select action selects the
Create New Extent Pools... menu item.




Figure 8-7 Extent Pool bottom of window


                                          Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   231
8.2.1 Creating Extent Pools using the Automatic function
              Figure 8-8 through Figure 8-21 on page 244 show the steps required to create Extent Pools
              using the Automatic function in the GUI. Using the Automatic function, DS8000 will pick the
              ranks for the Extent Pool.

              In Figure 8-8, under the Storage Type drop-down menu, choose the Fix Block (FB) for an
              Open Systems server or Count Key Data (CKD) for a System z server.




              Figure 8-8 Fix Block or Count Key Data selection




232   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
In Figure 8-9, choose, in the RAID Type drop-down menu, either a RAID 5 or RAID 10
configuration for the Extent Pool.




Figure 8-9 RAID 5 or RAID 10 selection




                                         Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   233
In Figure 8-10, select Select action → Create New Extent Pools.




              Figure 8-10 Create New Extent Pools




234   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
From the Type of Configuration drop-down menu, select Automatic, which lets the system
provision ranks for the Extent Pool (see Figure 8-11).




Figure 8-11 Select Automatic Creation of Extent Pools




                                            Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   235
In the DA Pair Usage drop-down menu (see Figure 8-12), select Spread among all pairs in
              the drop-down menu to allow the ranks to be spread among different Device Adapter (DA)
              pairs in the DS8000.




              Figure 8-12 Select Spread of storage with Device Adapter pairs in the DS8000




236   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
The Number of extent pools drop-down menu shown in Figure 8-13 allows you select the kind
of Extent Pools to create. Here we select Two extent pools (ease of management).




Figure 8-13 Select the kind of Extent Pool to create




                                              Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   237
The next step is to select the ranks for these two Extent Pools. Figure 8-14 shows the
              available ranks. When you select the ranks, the bar graph to the right displays the available
              and the assigned ranks.




              Figure 8-14 Select the available ranks to configure




238   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
The Pool name prefix field shown in Figure 8-15 allows you to specify the name of the Extent
Pool. The system automatically appends a number sequence to the name of the Extent Pool
name starting with zero.




Figure 8-15 Fill in the prefix name of the Extent Pool




                                               Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   239
Figure 8-16 shows a final preview of the new Extent Pool to be created using the information
              provided in Figure 8-7 on page 231 through Figure 8-15 on page 239. By clicking Create All,
              the system will create the Extent Pools.




              Figure 8-16 Preview of the new Extent Pools




240   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 8-17 shows the progress and the result of Extent Pool creation.




Figure 8-17 Successful creation of the Extent Pools




                                             Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   241
Figure 8-18 shows, in the Extent pools window, the newly created Extent Pools named
              POOL_0 and POOL_1.




              Figure 8-18 The new pools




242   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
We can display the ranks to see what Extent Pool the ranks belong to, as shown in
Figure 8-19.




Figure 8-19 Ranks display




                                         Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   243
You can download the rank information by clicking the Download spreadsheet button, as
              shown in Figure 8-20.




              Figure 8-20 Ranks display and Download spreadsheet

              Figure 8-21 shows the Extent Pool and Rank relation. You will notice that by choosing
              Automatic, the system chooses the rank numbers sequentially. In this example, the first
              Extent Pool has ranks R9 to R12, and the second Extent Pool has ranks R13 to R16. R9 to
              R12 are (6+P+S) ranks, while R13 to R16 are (7+P) ranks, which have more capacity per
              rank. The two Extent Pools created have different capacities. In Figure 8-18 on page 242, you
              can see that Extent Pool POOL_0 has 3492 GB and Extent Pool POOL_1 has 4072 GB.

              If we want to have the same capacity in each Extent Pool, create one Extent Pool at a time
              and choose a balance of (6+P+S) and (7+P) ranks. Section 8.2.3, “Make Extent Pools:
              manual action” on page 250 describes the manual action that creates the Extent Pools.




              Figure 8-21 Downloaded rank information




244   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
8.2.2 Delete Extent Pool
           Figure 8-22 through Figure 8-26 on page 249 shows the steps to delete the Extent Pools
           using the GUI.

           Figure 8-22 displays the Extent Pools. Check the box on the left side of these Extent Pools to
           delete them.




           Figure 8-22 Check the Extent Pool to delete




                                                         Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   245
From the Select Action drop-down menu, select Delete Pools, as shown in Figure 8-23.




              Figure 8-23 Select Action: Delete Pools




246   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 8-24 shows the Delete Extent Pools window. The Volume IDs field shows NONE, as
there are no volumes in the Extent Pools selected.

 Attention: Clicking Continue will commit the delete action, as shown in Figure 8-24.




Figure 8-24 Attention: Click Continue will commit the delete action




                                              Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   247
Figure 8-25 shows the progress of the delete action.




              Figure 8-25 Delete Progress information

              Figure 8-26 on page 249 shows the completion message.




248   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 8-26 Completion message




                                 Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   249
What if you try to delete an Extent Pool with volumes in it? Figure 8-27 is an example of
              deleting such a pool. Carefully read the warning message. If you click Continue, the Extent
              Pool and the volumes will be deleted, and the data in the volumes will be deleted.




              Figure 8-27 Warning message: Delete Extent Pool with volumes in it


8.2.3 Make Extent Pools: manual action
              Figure 8-28 on page 251 through Figure 8-36 on page 258 shows the steps to create Extent
              Pools manually. You will create one Extent Pool at a time while picking the ranks that you want
              to be included.

              The first step, shown in Figure 8-28 on page 251, is to select FB or CKD as the Storage Type.
              We selected CKD.




250   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 8-28 Fix Block (FB) or Count Key Data (CKD)

In Figure 8-29, choose either RAID 10 or RAID 5.




Figure 8-29 RAID 5 or RAID 10


                                           Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   251
In the Type of Configuration drop-down menu, select Manual, as shown in Figure 8-30.




              Figure 8-30 Automatic or Manual method to create Extent Pools




252   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
In the Number of extent pools drop-down menu, select Single extent pool, as shown in
Figure 8-31.




Figure 8-31 The type of Extent Pools to create




                                             Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   253
In the Create New Extent Pools window shown in Figure 8-32, select the ranks for this single
              Extent Pool and fill in the name of the Extent Pool prefix.




              Figure 8-32 Single Pool creation




254   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
In the Server assignment drop-down menu, use the default server affinity, as shown in
Figure 8-33. After all the information is entered, click OK to continue.




Figure 8-33 Affinity to server 0 or 1




                                         Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager    255
After verifying the required information, click Create All, as shown in Figure 8-34.




              Figure 8-34 Verification and creation of the Extent Pool




256   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 8-35 shows the progress and then the successful completion message.




Figure 8-35 Success in creating Extent Pool




                                              Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   257
Figure 8-36 shows the list of Extent Pools. Check the new Extent Pools just created.




              Figure 8-36 The Extent Pools with the same capacity


8.2.4 Add capacity to an Extent Pool
              You can increase the capacity of an Extent Pool by adding one or more ranks to an Extent
              Pool.




258   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 8-37 shows the window where you select the Extent Pool to increase its capacity.
Check the Extent Pool and then, under the Select Action drop-down menu, select Add
Capacity to Pool.




Figure 8-37 Add Capacity to an Extent Pool




                                             Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   259
Figure 8-38 shows the Type of Configuration menu, where you choose Automatic or Manual.
              Automatic will choose the next available rank and then add it to the pool. Manual will let you
              pick the rank. Here we chose Manual.




              Figure 8-38 Select Automatic or Manual




260   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Choosing Manual will list the available ranks, as shown in Figure 8-39. Select the rank to be
added to the Extent Pool.




Figure 8-39 Select Manual and the list of ranks available




                                              Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   261
Select the rank to be added to the Extent Pool, as shown in Figure 8-40. Click OK to continue.




              Figure 8-40 Check the rank to be added to the Extent Pool

              Figure 8-41 on page 263 shows the validation window. Click Create All to perform the action.




262   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 8-41 Validate and Create All

Figure 8-42 through Figure 8-44 on page 264 show the progress and completion information.




Figure 8-42 Progress information


                                        Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   263
Figure 8-43 Progress information




              Figure 8-44 Completion message



264   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 8-45 displays the new Extent Pool capacity.




           Figure 8-45 Check the capacity of the new Extent Pool


8.2.5 Remove capacity from Extent Pool
           Figure 8-46 on page 266 through Figure 8-51 on page 270 show the steps to remove
           capacity from an Extent Pool. You have to check Figure 8-49 on page 269 carefully before you
           proceed. You have to make sure that there are no volumes or LUNs on the rank before you
           proceed.

           If you used Rotate Extents to create volumes or LUNs in this pool, you cannot remove
           capacity from this Extent Pool. Please proceed with caution.




                                                       Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   265
Select the Extent Pool and, from the Select Action drop-down menu, select Remove
              Capacity from Pool, as shown in Figure 8-46.




              Figure 8-46 Select Action and Remove Capacity from Pool




266   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 8-47 shows the list of ranks in the Extent Pool.




Figure 8-47 List of ranks in the Extent Pool




                                               Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   267
Next, check one or more ranks to be removed, as shown in Figure 8-48. When you have
              checked the appropriate ranks, click Remove to continue.




              Figure 8-48 Check the rank(s) to remove

              Figure 8-49 on page 269 shows the validation window. Proceed with caution and validate that
              there are no volumes in the ranks. Click Continue to commit the delete action.




268   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 8-49 Validate there are no volumes in the ranks

Figure 8-50 shows the progress information.




Figure 8-50 Progress message


                                             Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   269
Once the capacity is removed, you will see the completion message, as shown in Figure 8-51.




              Figure 8-51 Completion message: capacity successfully removed


8.2.6 Make volumes
              Figure 8-52 on page 271 through Figure 8-57 on page 275 show the steps to create CKD
              volumes for a IBM System z server. We will create some mod 9s and create PAVs. We will
              also create volumes using Storage Pool Striping.

              Storage Pool Striping (rotate extents) stripes new volumes across all ranks of an extent pool,
              which improves performance and reduces the administration required to balance system
              loads.

              The maximum volume size is limited to the currently supported maximum size for DS8000:
                 Open Systems (Fixed Block) volumes: 2 TB
                 System z (CKD) volumes: 65,520 cylinders




270   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
In Figure 8-52, select the storage Image and the LCU. Under the Select Action drop-down
menu, select Create.




Figure 8-52 Select the Storage Image and LCU




                                          Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   271
Select the Extent Pool, as shown in Figure 8-53, and click Next to continue.




              Figure 8-53 Select the Storage Extent Pool

              In the next window, define the base volume characteristics (see Figure 8-54 on page 273),
              select the volume type of mod 9, and the extent allocation method (whether you want rank
              striping or rotate extents).

              Here are the differences between the Rotate Volumes and Rotate Extents options:
                 Rotate Logical Volumes: Each successive logical volume created is allocated on the next
                 available rank in the extent pool. Extents allocated for a given logical volume are located
                 on the selected rank. If the selected rank is full, or fills before the volume is fully
                 provisioned, extent allocation proceeds to the next available rank until the volume is fully
                 provisioned.
                 Rotate Extents: Extents allocated to a logical volume are successively rotated through the
                 ranks within an extent pool. Ranks that are full are skipped.
                 Rotate Logical Volumes Algorithm (earlier versions): The volume is created before the
                 current algorithms are implemented. These algorithms are variants of the Rotate Logical
                 Volumes algorithm in that they attempt to localize the extents of a logical volume on a
                 single rank. Logical volumes with this extent allocation method are treated as though they
                 were created with the rotate logical volumes algorithm with respect to any operations that
                 cause the allocation additional extents. This value is changed to the 1 if the volume is
                 relocated such that its extents are reallocated.




272   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 8-54 Select Rotate Volumes or Rotate Extents

Next, select the LCU, as shown in Figure 8-55, and click Next to continue.




Figure 8-55 Select the LCU




                                           Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   273
Next, enter the number of volumes, starting addresses, and ascending or descending order.
              Click Next after entering the information to continue (see Figure 8-56).




              Figure 8-56 Number of volumes to create, starting address, and Ascending or Descending order

              Next, create the nicknames for the new volumes by specifying a prefix and suffix (see
              Figure 8-57 on page 275). The nickname is a description within the DS8000. It is not the
              VOLSER. The suffix number will be automatically incriminated. Click Next to continue.




274   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 8-57 Nickname of the volume


8.2.7 Assign Parallel Access Volumes (PAV) (alias volumes)
           The IBM Parallel Access Volumes (PAV) feature of IBM DASD subsystems enable a single
           System z server and applicable storage controllers to simultaneously process multiple I/O
           operations to the same logical volume, which can help significantly improve I/O response
           times by reducing device queuing delays.

           After creating the volume nicknames, the next step is to define alias assignments. Figure 8-58
           on page 276 through Figure 8-63 on page 280 show the steps to add an alias (PAV) to the
           base volumes.




                                                     Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager     275
Check the base volumes that need an alias, as shown in Figure 8-58.




              Figure 8-58 Select the base volumes




276   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Next, enter the starting address of the PAV, as shown in Figure 8-59. PAV usually starts from
the 255 address of an LCU in descending order.




Figure 8-59 Starting address of PAV in descending order




                                            Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   277
Next, enter the number of PAVs for a base volume, as shown in Figure 8-60. Here we enter
              three aliases for each base volume checked. The Add aliases button is in blue. You have to
              click it to add the aliases. It will then change to black. Click Next to continue.




              Figure 8-60 Add the number of alias per base volume checked




278   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 8-61 shows the verification for creating the CKD volumes. Click Finish to create the
base and alias volumes.




Figure 8-61 Click Finish to create the base and alias volumes




                                             Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   279
Figure 8-62 gives the status of the Create action.




              Figure 8-62 Create action status

              Figure 8-63 shows a list of base and alias volumes created.


                                                                      GB(                      Base
                             VOL            Base/    Volume Typ GB(2 10^    Cylinde   Extent   Volume
               Nickname      SER     ID     Alias    Type    e  ^30) 9)     rs        Pool     Number
               CKD_0000             0800    Base     3390 StaZ    7.9 8.5    10,017   Pool_0_0      800
               CKD_0001             0801    Base     3390 StaZ    7.9 8.5    10,017   Pool_0_0      801
               CKD_0002             0802    Base     3390 StaZ    7.9 8.5    10,017   Pool_0_0      802
               CKD_0003             0803    Base     3390 StaZ    7.9 8.5    10,017   Pool_0_0      803
                                    08F4    Alias                   0   0         0                 803
                                    08F5    Alias                   0   0         0                 803
                                    08F6    Alias                   0   0         0                 803
                                    08F7    Alias                   0   0         0                 802
                                    08F8    Alias                   0   0         0                 802
                                    08F9    Alias                   0   0         0                 802
                                    08FA    Alias                   0   0         0                 801
                                    08FB    Alias                   0   0         0                 801
                                    08FC    Alias                   0   0         0                 801
                                    08FD    Alias                   0   0         0                 800
                                    08FE    Alias                   0   0         0                 800
                                    08FF    Alias                   0   0         0                 800
              Figure 8-63 Base and aliases created




280   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
8.2.8 Dynamic Volume Expansion on System z
          Dynamic Volume Expansion provides the ability to increase the size of a logical volume while
          it is online in a host system. This option is available for Open System and IBM System z
          hosts. The following scenario shows expanding a CKD volume. From the Select Action
          drop-down menu, select Increase capacity.




          Figure 8-64 Select the volumes to expand the capacity

          Both a 3390-3 and 3390-9 can be expanded. If a 3390-3 is expanded past 3339 cylinders, the
          device type will be changed to a 3390-9. A 3390-9 can be expanded up to 65,520 cylinders. A
          SCSI LUN can be expanded up to the current supported size of 2,147,483,640 blocks.




                                                      Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   281
The next step is to specify the new capacity, as shown in Figure 8-65. Click OK to continue.




              Figure 8-65 Fill in the new capacity

              You will see a window with considerations for volume expansion, as shown in Figure 8-66 on
              page 283. Click OK to continue.




282   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 8-66 Validation to change volume size

After clicking OK, you will see the progress and completion message, as shown in
Figure 8-67.




Figure 8-67 Progress and completion message


                                               Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   283
Figure 8-68 shows the GUI display of the new capacity.




              Figure 8-68 Volumes with the new capacity


8.2.9 Dynamic Volume Expansion on Open Systems
              Figure 8-69 on page 285 through Figure 8-74 on page 288 are the steps to expand the
              capacity of an open system LUN.

              Figure 8-69 on page 285 shows a list of LUNs. We circled a LUN that we want to dynamically
              expand the volume size of while it is still online with the operating system.




284   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 8-69 Volume list of open system LUNs

Check the volume that you want to expand, as shown in Figure 8-70. In the Select Action
drop-down menu, select Increase capacity.




Figure 8-70 LUN Increase capacity



                                          Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager     285
In Figure 8-71, you enter the new capacity of the LUN. In Open System, the largest capacity
              is 2 TB. You also have to make sure there is enough spare capacity in the Extent Pool for this
              expansion. The GUI lists the maximum size available in the pool.




              Figure 8-71 Enter the new capacity of the LUN

              You will see a window with considerations for volume expansion, as shown in Figure 8-72 on
              page 287. Click OK to continue.




286   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Figure 8-72 Check to OK the capacity increase

After clicking OK, you will see the progress and completion message, as shown in
Figure 8-73.




Figure 8-73 Action Task Status display



                                           Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager   287
Figure 8-74 shows the new capacity.




              Figure 8-74 New capacity for Open System LUNs




288   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Related publications

                 The publications listed in this section are considered particularly suitable for a more detailed
                 discussion of the topics covered in this book.



IBM Redbooks
                 For information about ordering these publications, see “How to get Redbooks” on page 289.
                 Note that some of the documents referenced here may be available in softcopy only.
                     TotalStorage Productivity Center V3.3 Update Guide, SG24-7490



Other publications
                 These publications are also relevant as further information sources:
                     DS Open Application Programming Interface Reference, GC35-0516
                     IBM System Storage Productivity Center Introduction and Planning Guide, SC23-8824
                     IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller Software Installation and Configuration
                     Guide for Version 4.2.1, SC23-6628
                     IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center User’s Guide Version 3 Release 3, GC32-1775



Online resources
                 These Web sites are also relevant as further information sources:
                     IBM glossary
                     http://www.ibm.com/ibm/terminology
                     SSPC software updates
                     http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/supportresources?brandind=50
                     00033&familyind=5356448&taskind=1
                     TPC server sizing Web site
                     http://www-304.ibm.com/jct01004c/systems/support/storage/software/tpc/



How to get Redbooks
                 You can search for, view, or download Redbooks, Redpapers, Technotes, draft publications
                 and Additional materials, as well as order hardcopy Redbooks, at this Web site:
                 ibm.com/redbooks




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved.                                                              289
Help from IBM
              IBM Support and downloads
              ibm.com/support

              IBM Global Services
              ibm.com/services




290   IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
Index
                                                           install 47
A                                                      DB2 Host name change 40
Administrator password 32                              DB2 install 47
Agent Manager 7–8, 58, 107, 128                        DB2 user ID 196
    Agent registration password 199                    db2admin user ID 47
    Data agents 208                                    DB2ADMNS group 47, 53
    Data server registration 206                       db2extsec command 41
    deploying agents 208                               db2start command 41
    Fabric agents 208                                  DB2USERS group 47, 53
    HealthChack.bat 204                                Device server 8
    install 192                                        discovery function 10
    local agent installation 209                       Discovery jobs 116
    remote agent installation 209                      Disk Administrator role 88, 90
    WebSphere Application Server connection informa-   Disk Administrators group 89
    tion 198                                           DNS server addresses 34
Agent Manager install 192                              DNS suffixes 34
Agent Manager password 199                             DS8000 CIMOM
Agent Manager services 196                                 DSCIMCLI utility 121
Agent Registration password 199                            enabling 121
AIX server 21                                              mkuser command 121
antivirus 15                                           DS8000 Element Manager 165
antivirus software 97                                      modify 96
assign PAV alias 275                                   DS8000 Element Manager access 91
                                                       DS8000 GUI 2, 21, 227
B                                                          Automatic function 232
Basic Edition                                              create Extent Pools 240
    install 55                                             create volume nicknames 274
Brocade Fabric 133                                         Delete Pools 246
build your own SSPC 19                                     Download spreadsheet 244
                                                           Extent Pool and Rank relation 244
                                                           Extent Pool capacity 230, 244
C                                                          Extent Pool delete 250
CIM Interop Schema 121                                     Extent Pool manual create 250
CIMOM 108                                                  increase Extent Pool capacity 258
CIMOM administrative actions 119                           rank selection 238
CIMOM agents 8, 116                                        Real-time manager 230
CIMOM connection status 119                                remove Extent Pool capacity 265
CIMOM manual add 120                                       Rotate Extents 265
Common Information Model 9                                 Type of configuration menu 260
Computer name field 39                                 DS8000 GUI access options 6
computer name MANNODE 32                               DS8000 GUI Dynamic Volume Expansion 281
create CKD volumes                                     DS8000 management 5
   DS8000 GUI                                          DS8000 maximum volume size 270
       create CKD volumes 270                          DS8000 password considerations 92
create Windows user 87                                 DS8000 Storage Manager 115, 165
                                                       DS8000 volume creation 152
                                                           assign ports 153
D                                                          zone configuration 162
Data agents 208                                            zone definition page 163
data collection 116                                        zoning 154
Data Path Explorer 148, 214                            DSCIMCLI utility 121–122
Data server 7                                          DVE
database instance 108                                      open system LUN 284
DB2                                                    Dynamic Volume Expansion 281
   administrator user ID 51



© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved.                                                 291
E                                                        L
Element Management,TPC BE GUI                            Library probes 136
   Element Management 115                                license
Element Manager 163                                          TPC capacity 18
   associate CIMOM 168                                   license considerations 16
   DS8000 launch 228                                     license files 188
   launching 21                                          license upgrade 99
   Navigation Tree 170                                   Linux server 21
Element Manager for DS8000 8
Element Managers
   launching 169                                         M
   SVC and ESS 169                                       machine type 2805 2
Enterprise Management 114                                MANNODE host name 32
expired DS8000 password 91                               messages
Extent Pool                                                 HWNEM0104E 92
   Pool name 239                                         minimap 147
   server affinity 255                                   mkdev command 122
External Tools 182                                       mkuser command 121


F                                                        N
Fabric agents 11, 128, 208                               NAS device information 11
     in-band 108                                         Navigation Tree
Fabric agents, SSPC                                         expand nodes 115
     Fabric agents 8                                        Topology Viewer 173
fabric management 158                                    network security 98
Fabric probe jobs 136                                    Novell NDS tree information 11
firewall considerations 98
fully qualified host name 196                            O
                                                         Out of Band Fabric agents 9, 131, 134
G
generate PuTTY keys 68                                   P
                                                         Path Planner
H                                                            SDD 212
HealthCheck.bat 204                                      PAV 270, 275
heartbeat 22                                             performance upgrade kit 17
Host Authentication Password 219                         ping job 210
Host Device server Port 219                              planning for SSPC 13
host name change 37                                      plink.exe program 82
                                                         probe 220
                                                         probe creation 136
I                                                        probe job status 140
IBM Passport Advantage 19                                Probe jobs 116, 136
IBM V1.4.2 JRE 20, 112                                   PuTTY 44, 62
initial setup 26                                         PuTTY installation 63
install DB2 47                                           PuTTY key generation program 68
IP address, SSPC setup                                   PuTTY private key 68
     IP address 34                                       PuTTY Windows command path 82


J                                                        R
Java Web based GUI 46                                    Redbooks Web site 289
Java Web Start 111                                           Contact us xi
JVM error 20, 112                                        redundant SSPC 22
                                                         remote agent installation 209
                                                         Remove Element Manager option 94
K                                                        role-based authorization 84
key concepts 8                                           rollup report
                                                             probe 220
                                                         rollup reporting 60, 215


292     IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
rollup reports                               Licensing Modes 31
    TPC SE                                   product license key information 30
        rollup reports 102, 216              Regional Options tab 28
    types 102, 216                           TCP/IP settings 34
Rotate Extents 265, 272                  stop TPC services 41
Rotate Logical Volumes 272               Storage Pool Striping 270
Rotate Logical Volumes Algorithm 272     storage subsystem Element Managers 164
                                         storage subsystem probes 136
                                         Subsystem Device Driver 212
S                                        superuser role 85
SAN Planner 211                          supported platforms 19
    Volume Planner 211                   SVC
scan collection job 210                      postinstall.txt document 72
server sizing 19                         SVC clusters 44
Service Focal Point dialog 121               connect to Master console 44, 73
Service Location Protocol 10             SVC Console
SLP SA 10                                    installation 66
SLP UA 10                                    IP address 44
SMI-S 9, 106                             SVC Console customization 62
Software Maintenance 18                  SVC Console URL 73
solution assurance review 19             SVC port number 69
SQL1012C error message 40                SVC upgrade 192
SQL1042C error message 37                switch data 132
SSH keys 44                              Switch Element Manager 175
SSPC
    architecture 6
    backup and recovery 104              T
    build your own 45                    Tape Library
    building your own SSPC 19               CIMOM 123
    configuration information 14            enable SMI-S Agent 126
    console and keyboard 17                 SNMP traps 128
    deployment 4                         Tape Manager 179
    DS8000 management 5                  Topology Viewer 141
    dual configuration 22                   create volumes 152
    heartbeat 22                            Detail level L2 146
    host name change 37                     DS8000 volume creation 152
    initial setup 26                        fabric management 158
    integrate existing environment 102      Group level L1 144
    overview 2                              Groups level L0 142
    performance upgrade kit 17              Manage Storage Subsystems 151
    planning 13                             tabular information 146
    pre-installed software 3                zone configuration 162
    redundant 22                         TPC
    security considerations 84              Agent Manager 57
    software options 18                     Asset reports 102
    SVC master console 20                   Capacity reports 103
    TPC Basic Edition code 16               custom installation 57
    upgrading 188                           Data server account password 60
    upgrading to SE 98                      Database Asset reports 103
    Windows 2003 Enterprise Edition 19      default server port 60
SSPC hardware 4                             Device server port 60
SSPC host name 32                           Host authentication password 60
SSPC Performance Upgrade Kit 188            password for install 57
SSPC redundancy 22                          typical installation 56
SSPC server                              TPC Basic Edition 3, 16–17
    software 6                              Agent Manager 7
SSPC server name 30                         components 7
SSPC setup                                  Fabric agents 8
                                            licensed by capacity 6
       keyboard languages 29                ordering 19
    host name in DB2 40                     upgrade 3


                                                                              Index   293
upgrade options 3
TPC BE
  architecture 106
  CIMOM agents 116
  data collection 116
  Data server 107
  Data Sources 107
  DB2 user ID and password 196
  Device server 107
  External Tools 182
  GUI 113
  Java Web Start 111
  overview 106
  upgrading 188
  upgrading to SE 188
TPC BE GUI
  Content Pane 114
  DS8000 Element Storage Manager 115
  Enterprise Management 114
  Java Web Start 111
  Navigation Tree 114
  starting 110
TPC command-line interface 109
TPC database 7
TPC GUI 7, 46, 109
TPC license
  existing TPC license 19
TPC Limited Edition 4
TPC superuser 60
TPC superuser ID role 88
TSRMsrv1 user account 60


U
upgrade options 98


V
Volume Planner 211


W
WBEM initiative 9
WebSphere
   user ID 57
WebSphere Application Server connection 196
Windows Server 2003 Product Key 31
workgroup 35


Z
zone configuration 162
zone definition page 163
Zone Planner 213




294    IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
IBM System Storage Productivity
Center Deployment Guide
IBM System Storage Productivity
Center Deployment Guide
IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
                                                             (0.5” spine)
                                                           0.475”<->0.873”
                                                          250 <-> 459 pages
IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
IBM System Storage Productivity
Center Deployment Guide
IBM System Storage Productivity
Center Deployment Guide
Back cover                                                  ®



IBM System Storage
Productivity Center
Deployment Guide                                                                                                              ®




Understand the          IBM System Storage Productivity Center (SSPC) is the next step in the
                        IBM storage strategy. This solution comprises hardware and software,       INTERNATIONAL
function and features
                        combining device configuration capabilities for the IBM System             TECHNICAL
of IBM SSPC
                        Storage DS8000 and IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller (SVC)          SUPPORT
                        in an easy-to-use hardware console. SSPC extends the manageability         ORGANIZATION
Consolidate             of these devices with the introduction and integration of IBM
management of IBM       TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition V3.3.1. Consolidating
subsystems              several hardware and software components on a single tested system
                        helps support consistent interoperability.
Integrate SSPC in an    This IBM Redbooks publication will provide an overview of IBM System       BUILDING TECHNICAL
existing TPC            Storage Productivity Center (SSPC). It contains the information required   INFORMATION BASED ON
                        to set up your SSPC server by taking you through the initial               PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE
environment
                        customization of the server and then defining and launching Element
                        Managers through IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center (TPC) Basic          IBM Redbooks are developed
                        Edition. Details on using the functions of TPC BE are provided as well     by the IBM International
                        as upgrading your SSPC server (and TPC BE) to a fully functional TPC
                                                                                                   Technical Support
                                                                                                   Organization. Experts from
                        Standard Edition. Managing IBM TotalStorage DS8000 using TPC               IBM, Customers and Partners
                        V3.3.1 is also covered in this book.                                       from around the world create
                                                                                                   timely technical information
                                                                                                   based on realistic scenarios.
                                                                                                   Specific recommendations
                                                                                                   are provided to help you
                                                                                                   implement IT solutions more
                                                                                                   effectively in your
                                                                                                   environment.



                                                                                                   For more information:
                                                                                                   ibm.com/redbooks


                             SG24-7560-00                   ISBN 0738431176

Ibm system storage productivity center deployment guide sg247560

  • 1.
    Front cover IBM SystemStorage Productivity Center Deployment Guide Understand the function and features of IBM SSPC Consolidate management of IBM subsystems Integrate SSPC in an existing TPC environment Mary Lovelace Martin Jer Patrick Ji Danijel Paulin ibm.com/redbooks
  • 3.
    International Technical SupportOrganization IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide July 2008 SG24-7560-00
  • 4.
    Note: Before usingthis information and the product it supports, read the information in “Notices” on page vii. First Edition (July 2008) This edition applies to Version 3, Release 3, Modification 1 of TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition (product number 5608-B01) and IBM System Storage Productivity Center (product number 2805-MC2). © Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2008. All rights reserved. Note to U.S. Government Users Restricted Rights -- Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.
  • 5.
    Contents Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix The team that wrote this book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix Become a published author . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi Comments welcome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi Chapter 1. System Storage Productivity Center introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1.1 SSPC overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1.1.1 SSPC solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1.1.2 TPC Basic Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1.1.3 SSPC hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1.1.4 SSPC deployment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1.2 TPC Basic Edition versus Standard Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1.3 When do you need SSPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1.3.1 DS8000 management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1.3.2 SVC management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1.3.3 Building an SSPC server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1.4 Architecture of SSPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1.4.1 TPC Basic Edition components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1.5 TPC key concepts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Chapter 2. Planning for SSPC install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 2.1 Collecting configuration information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 2.2 SSPC and TPC Basic Edition relationship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 2.3 SSPC server options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 2.3.1 Options for SSPC server hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 2.3.2 SSPC software options and licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 2.4 Planning for the future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 2.4.1 Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 2.4.2 Server sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 2.5 Building a SSPC like server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 2.6 SVC requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 2.7 Existing TPC environment and integration of SSPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 2.8 DS8000 Element Manager GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 2.9 Redundant SSPCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 2.9.1 Single SSPC instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 2.9.2 Dual SSPC instances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Chapter 3. SSPC initial setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 3.1 Initial SSPC setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 3.2 Change the host name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 3.2.1 Change the host name in Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 3.2.2 Change host name in DB2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 3.2.3 Stop and start services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved. iii
  • 6.
    3.3 Connect SVCMaster Console to SVC Clusters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 4.1 SSPC build basics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 4.1.1 Installation overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 4.2 Install IBM DB2 Enterprise Server Edition V9.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 4.2.1 Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 4.3 Installation of TPC V3.3.1 Basic Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 4.4 SVC Console and CIMOM Agent V4.2.1 installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 4.4.1 PuTTY installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 4.4.2 SVC Console and CIMOM Agent installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 4.4.3 Connect SVC Master Console to SVC Clusters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 5.1 Securing your SSPC server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 5.1.1 Application security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 5.1.2 Operating system security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 5.1.3 Network security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 5.2 Upgrading your SSPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 5.3 Integrating your SSPC with an existing TPC environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 5.3.1 Rollup reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 5.4 Backing up your SSPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 6.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 6.2 Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 6.2.1 Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 6.2.2 Data Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 6.2.3 Database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 6.2.4 Graphical user interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 6.2.5 Command-line interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 6.3 Using TPC BE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 6.3.1 Starting the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 6.3.2 Using the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 6.3.3 Collecting data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 6.3.4 Adding CIMOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 6.3.5 DS8000 CIMOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 6.3.6 Adding in-band Fabric agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 6.3.7 Adding out of band Fabric agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 6.3.8 Probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 6.4 Topology Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 6.4.1 Topology Viewer overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 6.4.2 Data Path Explorer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 6.4.3 Managing storage subsystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 6.4.4 Managing fabrics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 6.5 Element Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 6.5.1 Storage subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 6.5.2 Switch Element Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 6.5.3 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 6.5.4 External tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 7.1 Upgrading SSPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 7.1.1 TPC BE upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 iv IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 7.
    7.1.2 SVC GUIand CIMOM upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 7.2 Installing Agent Manager and deploying agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 7.2.1 Agent Manager installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 7.2.2 Device server and Data server registration with the Agent Manager . . . . . . . . . 205 7.2.3 Deploying Data and Fabric agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 7.3 Additional Standard Edition functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 7.3.1 Collecting storage usage and trending information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 7.3.2 Determining the availability of storage resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 7.3.3 Storage provisioning using SAN Planner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 7.3.4 Enterprise rollup reporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 8.1 Launch DS8000 GUI from SSPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 8.2 What is new in the new DS8000 GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 8.2.1 Creating Extent Pools using the Automatic function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 8.2.2 Delete Extent Pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 8.2.3 Make Extent Pools: manual action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 8.2.4 Add capacity to an Extent Pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 8.2.5 Remove capacity from Extent Pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 8.2.6 Make volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 8.2.7 Assign Parallel Access Volumes (PAV) (alias volumes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 8.2.8 Dynamic Volume Expansion on System z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 8.2.9 Dynamic Volume Expansion on Open Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 IBM Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Other publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Online resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 How to get Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Help from IBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Contents v
  • 8.
    vi IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 9.
    Notices This information wasdeveloped for products and services offered in the U.S.A. IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in other countries. Consult your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service. IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to: IBM Director of Licensing, IBM Corporation, North Castle Drive, Armonk, NY 10504-1785 U.S.A. The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you. This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at any time without notice. Any references in this information to non-IBM Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this IBM product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk. IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. Information concerning non-IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products, their published announcements or other publicly available sources. IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm the accuracy of performance, compatibility or any other claims related to non-IBM products. Questions on the capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products. This information contains examples of data and reports used in daily business operations. To illustrate them as completely as possible, the examples include the names of individuals, companies, brands, and products. All of these names are fictitious and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an actual business enterprise is entirely coincidental. COPYRIGHT LICENSE: This information contains sample application programs in source language, which illustrate programming techniques on various operating platforms. You may copy, modify, and distribute these sample programs in any form without payment to IBM, for the purposes of developing, using, marketing or distributing application programs conforming to the application programming interface for the operating platform for which the sample programs are written. These examples have not been thoroughly tested under all conditions. IBM, therefore, cannot guarantee or imply reliability, serviceability, or function of these programs. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved. vii
  • 10.
    Trademarks IBM, the IBMlogo, and ibm.com are trademarks or registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both. These and other IBM trademarked terms are marked on their first occurrence in this information with the appropriate symbol (® or ™), indicating US registered or common law trademarks owned by IBM at the time this information was published. Such trademarks may also be registered or common law trademarks in other countries. A current list of IBM trademarks is available on the Web at http://www.ibm.com/legal/copytrade.shtml The following terms are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both: AIX® Passport Advantage® System z™ Chipkill™ Redbooks® Tivoli® DB2® Redbooks (logo) ® TotalStorage® DS6000™ System Storage™ WebSphere® DS8000™ System Storage DS™ z/OS® IBM® System x™ The following terms are trademarks of other companies: Novell, SUSE, the Novell logo, and the N logo are registered trademarks of Novell, Inc. in the United States and other countries. Oracle, JD Edwards, PeopleSoft, Siebel, and TopLink are registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation and/or its affiliates. Java, JRE, JVM, Sun, and all Java-based trademarks are trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States, other countries, or both. Microsoft, SQL Server, Windows Server, Windows, and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both. Intel Xeon, Intel, Intel logo, Intel Inside logo, and Intel Centrino logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States, other countries, or both. UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries. Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. viii IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 11.
    Preface IBM® System Storage™ Productivity Center (SSPC) is the next step in the IBM storage strategy. This solution comprises hardware and software, combining device configuration capabilities for the IBM System Storage DS8000™ and IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller (SVC) in an easy-to-use hardware console. SSPC extends the manageability of these devices with the introduction and integration of IBM TotalStorage® Productivity Center Basic Edition V3.3.1. Consolidating several hardware and software components on a single tested system helps support consistent interoperability. This IBM Redbooks® publication will provide an overview of IBM System Storage Productivity Center (SSPC). It contains the information required to set up your SSPC server by taking you through the initial customization of the server and then defining and launching Element Managers through IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center (TPC) Basic Edition. Details on using the functions of TPC BE are provided as well as upgrading your SSPC server (and TPC BE) to a fully functional TPC Standard Edition. Managing IBM TotalStorage DS8000 using TPC V3.3.1 is also covered in this book. The team that wrote this book This book was produced by a team of specialists from around the world working at the International Technical Support Organization, San Jose Center. Figure 1 The SSPC team: Martin, Mary, Danijel, Patrick © Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved. ix
  • 12.
    Mary Lovelace isa Consulting IT specialist at the International Technical Support Organization. She has more than 20 years of experience with IBM in large systems, storage and Storage Networking product education, system engineering and consultancy, and systems support. She has written numerous Redbooks on TotalStorage Productivity Center and z/OS® storage products. Martin Jer is a Certified IT Storage Specialist in New York, working as a pre-sale advisor for enterprise storage topics. He has more than 30 years of experience with IBM large systems, storage systems, tape systems, and virtualization systems. His area of expertise is in the design of storage solutions for mainframe and open systems. Patrick Ji is an IBM Certified IT Architect working in Australia. He is also a Master Certified IT Architect by The Open Group. He has over 10 years experience in the IT industry. His background includes multiple IT domains, including storage, security, networks, Windows®, UNIX®, databases, and programming. He also had three years of trading experience before commencing his career in the IT industry. By combining business skills with IT skills, he assists medium to large companies optimize IT strategies, delivering innovative solutions and maximizing business values through IT investment. Danijel Paulin is an IT Specialist in IBM Croatia, providing storage technical support. He has nine years of experience in mainframe and storage environments. Before joining IBM Croatia in 2003, he worked for a large bank in Croatia and was responsible for z/OS and storage administration. His areas of expertise include IBM high-end disk and tape storage subsystems and disaster recovery solutions using the capabilities and features of IBM storage products. Thanks to the following people for their contributions to this project: Sangam Racherla International Technical Support Organization, San Jose Center Bob Haimowitz International Technical Support Organization, Raleigh Center Rich Conway Dave Bennin Don Brennan International Technical Support Organization, Poughkeepsie Center Yan Chu Nancy Hobbs Bryant Lee Miki Walter SSPC Team, San Jose Jason Turner SSPC Product Manager, Austin, Texas Ivo Gomilsek Infrastructure IT Architect for Storage Solutions in CEMAAS IMT Mike Griese Worldwide Technical Support Management for IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center x IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 13.
    Become a publishedauthor Join us for a two- to six-week residency program! Help write a book dealing with specific products or solutions, while getting hands-on experience with leading-edge technologies. You will have the opportunity to team with IBM technical professionals, Business Partners, and Clients. Your efforts will help increase product acceptance and customer satisfaction. As a bonus, you will develop a network of contacts in IBM development labs, and increase your productivity and marketability. Find out more about the residency program, browse the residency index, and apply online at: ibm.com/redbooks/residencies.html Comments welcome Your comments are important to us! We want our books to be as helpful as possible. Send us your comments about this book or other IBM Redbooks in one of the following ways: Use the online Contact us review Redbooks form found at: ibm.com/redbooks Send your comments in an e-mail to: redbooks@us.ibm.com Mail your comments to: IBM Corporation, International Technical Support Organization Dept. HYTD Mail Station P099 2455 South Road Poughkeepsie, NY 12601-5400 Preface xi
  • 14.
    xii IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 15.
    1 Chapter 1. System Storage Productivity Center introduction The IBM System Storage Productivity Center is an integrated hardware and software solution that provides a single point of entry for managing IBM System Storage DS8000 systems, IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller clusters, and other components of your data storage infrastructure. In this chapter, the following topics are discussed: SSPC overview TPC Basic Edition versus Standard Edition When do you need SSPC Architecture of SSPC TPC key concepts © Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved. 1
  • 16.
    1.1 SSPC overview IBM System Storage Productivity Center (SSPC) is the next step in the IBM storage strategy. This solution comprises hardware and software, combining device configuration capabilities for the IBM System Storage DS8000 and IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller (SVC) in an easy-to-use hardware console. SSPC extends the manageability of these devices with the introduction and integration of IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition V3.3.1. Consolidating several hardware and software components on a single tested system helps support consistent interoperability. SSPC provides extended device configuration capabilities for IBM System Storage Devices while at the same time consolidating management to a central platform. TPC Basic Edition V3.3.1 allows you to manage the storage network, hosts, and physical disks in context, in addition to basic device configuration. The complete SSPC offers the following capabilities: Pre-installed and tested console: IBM has designed and tested SSPC to support interoperability between server, software, and supported storage devices. IBM System Storage DS8000 GUI integration: With TPC V3.3.1, the DS Storage Manager GUI for the DS8000 is integrated with TPC for remote Web access. IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller (console and CIM agent V4.2.1): These management components of SAN Volume Controller (SVC) are pre-installed on the SSPC along with TPC Basic Edition, which together are designed to reduce the number of management servers. Automated device discovery: DS8000 and SVC storage devices can be automatically discovered and configured into TPC environments. These devices are displayed in TPC through a storage topology. Asset and capacity reporting: TPC collects asset and capacity information from storage devices on the SAN, which can be kept for historical reporting, forecasting, and used for other tasks, such as analysis and provisioning. Advanced Topology Viewer: Provides a linked graphical and detailed view of the overall SAN, including device relationships and visual notifications. IBM interviewed many DS8000 customers, support organizations, and Business Partners. From those interviews came a list of requests for GUI enhancements and new features. Many of the GUI enhancements are being implemented in the DS Storage Manager, such as configurations involving hosts, extent pools, volume groups, long running tasks, and navigation. The new features that were requested include a Topology Viewer, reporting, and performance statics. The SSPC with TPC combination is the method by which these new functions are offered. Rather than SSPC being labeled a storage management solution, it should be thought of as the new management platform for the new DS8000 GUI, which can be upgraded to a storage management solution. 1.1.1 SSPC solution The IBM SSPC solution includes three components: SSPC hardware, IBM TPC V3.3.1 Basic Edition, and SVC V4.2.1 Master Console and CIMOM. SSPC is a new integrated platform. This solution includes TPC Basic Edition pre-installed and tested on IBM machine type 2805. TPC Basic Edition provides: Storage Topology Viewer The ability to monitor, alert, report, and provision storage 2 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 17.
    Status dashboard IBM System Storage DS8000 GUI integration with TPC Basic Edition The IBM System Storage Productivity Center (machine type 2805) includes the following pre-installed software: Microsoft® Windows 2003 Server Fix Pack 2 DB2® Enterprise Server Edition V9.1 with Fix Pack 2 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition V3.3.1 IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller (SVC) Console and CIMOM Agent V4.2.1 In addition, the DS8000 Storage Manager GUI can now be utilized inside the TPC GUI environment. This provides the administrator with additional features inherent to TPC. New DS8000 systems at the Release 3 level utilize TPC for remote Web access. 1.1.2 TPC Basic Edition TPC Basic Edition is a new TPC package. It has TPC for Disk and TPC for Fabric without performance functions. TPC Basic Edition V3.3.1 extends the device configuration capabilities of IBM storage resources to a central platform. With TPC Basic Edition, you can manage the storage network, hosts, and physical disks in context rather than by device. IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition offers: IBM System Storage DS8000 GUI integration Automated device discovery Asset and capacity reporting Device configuration Basic storage provisioning Advanced Topology Viewer Event management Status dashboard TPC Basic Edition V3.3.1 centralizes management of networked storage devices that implement the SNIA Storage Management Interface Specification (SMI-S), which includes the IBM System Storage DS™ family and IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller (SVC). It is designed to help reduce storage management complexity and costs and help improve data availability through open standards (SMI-S). TPC Basic Edition V3.3.1 users can easily upgrade to IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Standard Edition. IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Standard Edition provides advanced features, such as performance reporting, file-level capacity utilization, best practices-based configuration management, and wizard-driven end-to-end storage provisioning. TPC Basic Edition can easily be upgraded to the following: IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Data – 5608-VC3 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Disk – 5608-VC4 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Fabric – 5608-VC1 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Standard Edition – 5608-VC0 (includes Disk, Data, and Fabric) Chapter 1. System Storage Productivity Center introduction 3
  • 18.
    To use thesefeatures, the customer must purchase the appropriate software license. These features are pre-installed on SSPC and are activated through license files. TPC for Replication is not preloaded, although it can be installed on the SSPC server. 1.1.3 SSPC hardware The hardware used by the SSPC solution is IBM System Storage Productivity Center 2805-MC2. It is a 1U rack-mounted server. It has the following initial configuration: Initial processor: One Quad-Core Intel® Xeon Proc E5310 (1.60 GHz 8 MB L2 1066 MHz 80 W) Memory: Four 1 GB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill™ FBDIMM 667 MHz sticks Primary array hard disk drives: Two 146 GB 15K 3.5" SAS HDD RAID 1 Optical drive: CD-ROM Ultrabay Enhanced Drive Ethernet: Dual integrated 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet Microsoft Windows 2003 Enterprise Edition This setup is designed to perform basic SSPC functions. If you plan to upgrade SSPC for more functions, you can purchase the Performance Upgrade Kit to add more capacity to your hardware. 1.1.4 SSPC deployment There are three ways to deploy SSPC in your environment, which are: Deploying the IBM SSPC solution. Building your own SSPC server by installing TPC V3.3.1 and SVC V4.2.1 on your selected hardware platform from the supported hardware list. If you have already deployed TPC in your environment, you may upgrade your TPC to V3.3.1 for SSPC equivalent functions. 1.2 TPC Basic Edition versus Standard Edition TPC Basic Edition offers the same functions provided in TPC Limited Edition. However, TPC Basic Edition is not restricted to 2 TB and there is a license charge for TPC Basic Edition. There is no data size restriction with Basic Edition. TPC Limited has been withdrawn from marketing. TPC Basic Edition provides value in addition to the DS Storage Manager or SVC Console. However, TPC Basic Edition is not a Storage Management solution. TPC Standard Edition provides many more features. TPC Standard Edition provides greater reporting, disk performance analysis, provisioning, predictive analysis, and SAN planning. TPC Standard Edition is the industry leading Storage Resource Management and SAN Management product in the industry. Figure 1-1 on page 5 gives a detailed comparison between TPC Standard Edition and TPC Basic Edition. 4 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 19.
    DS Storage SVCAdmin TPC Basic TPC Standard Function Manager Console Edition Edition Storage Infrastructure Configuration/Status Reporting Device Discovery/Configuration Manage multiple DS8000s / SVCs from 1 User Interface Topology Viewer and Storage Health Management Provisioning, including Fabric zoning and Disk LUN assignment Configuration Management – Highlight configuration changes over time periods, Best Practice recommendations, Storage configuration planning and recommendations, Security planner Storage Reporting Basic Asset & Capacity Reporting Storage reporting on the relationships of computers, file systems and DS8000 LUNs/volumes Capacity Analysis/Predictive Growth Customized and Detailed Capacity Reporting – including Chargeback and Database Reporting Performance Management Performance Reporting/Thresholds Volume Performance Advisor – Recommend DS8000 configuration based on performance workloads Fabric performance reporting and monitor Figure 1-1 Comparison between TPC Standard Edition and Basic Edition 1.3 When do you need SSPC In this section, we discuss the options for deploying SSPC in your environment, when SSPC is optional, and when it is required based on your configuration. 1.3.1 DS8000 management New DS8000 series systems purchased after October 23, 2007 will need TPC V3.3.1 in order to access the DS8000 GUI from any system other than the HMC. Existing DS8000 subsystems upgrading to R3 (DS8000 Licensed Machine Code [LMC] 5.3.0xx.xx, or later) do not require SSPC. Customers will still see the enhancement made to the DS Storage Manager but will not have the new features/GUI offered with SSPC. Any TPC product at the V3.3.1 level (excluding TPC for Replication) will integrate the DS8000 Storage Manager GUI with TPC. With this new release of DS8000, several configuration operations have been greatly improved. Additionally, TPC will provide tools requested by many in the DS8000 community, such as Topology Viewer and asset and capacity reporting. TPC Basic Edition V3.3.1 comes pre-installed on the new SSPC offering. SSPC was specifically designed and tested with DS8000 and SVC customers in mind. In order to avoid possible installation delays and potential technical issues, we recommend that if you do not have TPC that you order SSPC. If you already have TPC installed and configured in your environment (excluding TPC Limited Edition users), you can use your existing TPC server and TPC software license to perform the remote configuration of new DS8000s using the GUI. Of course, your TPC installation must have IP connectivity to the new DS8000 in question. To do so, you need to upgrade your TPC to V3.3.1. TPC V3.3.1 is the first release able to access the integrated DS8000 GUI remotely. Without TPC V3.3.1, the new DS8000 GUI can only be accessed directly from the HMC. Chapter 1. System Storage Productivity Center introduction 5
  • 20.
    Note: Keep inmind that TPC software is licensed by capacity. If an existing TPC customer adds a new DS8000, they will likely need to purchase additional TPC capacity if they do not have enough spare capacity. If you are an existing TPC customer and not able to upgrade to V3.3.1 in time for your new DS8000 installation, you have the following options: Assuming you cannot upgrade TPC in time, you can temporary install TPC V3.3.1 on a minimally sized server solely to access the new DS8000 GUI. Once you upgrade your production TPC server to V3.3.1, the temporary TPC server can be decommissioned. You can configure the DS8000 using the GUI directly from the HMC. You can use the DS8000 CLI. If the new DS8000 is going into a location without TPC, you may consider purchasing SSPC for that new location. 1.3.2 SVC management At this time, SSPC is an alternative to the current SVC master console. SSPC includes the SVC V4.2.1 Master Console and CIMOM agent. It can manage up to two 8-node clusters. If you have an existing SVC Master console, CIMOM, and clusters at a level prior to V4.2.1 you can upgrade to V4.2.1 to manage your SVC clusters. You do not need to purchase SSPC. In the first half of 2008, SSPC will become compulsory for any new orders of SVC clusters. 1.3.3 Building an SSPC server Apart from deploying the IBM SSPC solution, you can also build your own SSPC server by installing SSPC software on your selected hardware platform from the SSPC supported hardware list. To build your own SSPC server, you need to install the following software in your server: Microsoft Windows 2003 Release 2 Server Enterprise Edition IBM DB2 Enterprise Server Edition V9.1 with Fix Pack 2 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center V3.3.1 Basic Edition IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller Console and CIMOM agent V4.2.1 1.4 Architecture of SSPC SSPC is built on SSPC 2805-MC2 and is running on Windows 2003 Release 2 Server Enterprise Edition. SSPC has two main software components. One is SVC Console and CIMOM V4.2.1. The other is TPC Basic Edition V3.3.1. TPC Basic Edition uses DB2 Enterprise Server Edition V9.1 as its database repository. 6 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 21.
    1.4.1 TPC BasicEdition components TPC Basic Edition is the core component of SSPC. Figure 1-2 shows the high level components of TPC Basic Edition, which includes the DB2 V9.1 database repository, TPC GUI, Data server, Device server, and Element Manager for DS8000. An Agent Manager can also be installed as an optional component. The Agent Manager can be installed on either the SSPC server or a separate server. O ptional C om ponent E lem ent DB TP C M anager A gent GUI for D S 8000 M anager A gents D ata S erver C entral C IM O M TP C D B A gents D evice S erver O ut of B and Fabric A gents TP C B asic E dition Figure 1-2 Components of TPC Basic Edition Unlike TPC Standard Edition, TPC Basic Edition does not include TPC for Data. Therefore, you cannot deploy Data agents with TPC Basic Edition. Like TPC Standard Edition, TPC Basic Edition uses CIMOM agents and Out of Band Fabric agents to gather information and provide configuration changes in your storage and fabric devices. TPC database TPC database runs on IBM DB2 Enterprise Server Edition V9.1. It provides a central repository for all TPC collected data. TPC GUI In the TPC environment, you have the following three ways to invoke the TPC GUI: Invoking the TPC GUI installed on SSPC Using the Java™ Webstart GUI by pointing your Internet browser to SSPC Installing the TPC GUI on your own workstation. Data server The Data server hosts the control points for product scheduling functions, configuration, event information, reporting, and graphical user interface support. It coordinates the communication with agents and the data collection from agents that scan file systems and databases to gather storage demographics and populate the TPC database with results. Chapter 1. System Storage Productivity Center introduction 7
  • 22.
    Automated actions canbe defined to drive functions, such as file system extension, data deletion, TSM backup or archiving, or event reporting when defined thresholds are encountered. The Data server is the primary contact point for all user interface functions. The Data server also includes functions that schedule data collection and discovery for the Device server. Device server The Device server discovers storage subsystems and SAN fabrics, and then it gathers information about storage subsystems and SAN fabrics and analyzes their performance. The Device server controls the communication with agents and the data collection from agents that scan SAN fabrics. It is also responsible for the creation and monitoring of replication relationships between storage devices. Element Manager for DS8000 Element Manager for DS8000 is a new function for TPC. It communicates with the DS8000 R3 HMC and provides you an interface to manage your DS8000 at the device level. To use Element Manager for DS8000, you need to switch to the DS8000 Element Manager Perspective within the TPC GUI, add Element Manger, and launch DS the GUI by clicking the provided link. Agent Manager The TPC Data agents and Fabric agents gather host, application, and SAN fabric information and send it to the Data server and the Device server. Agent Manager is used to manage Data agents and Fabric agents. The architecture of Agent Manager is based on Tivoli® Common Agent Services (CAS). The Common Agent Services provides a way to deploy agent code across multiple user machines or application servers throughout the enterprise. The deployed agent code collects data from and performs operations on managed resources on behalf of TPC. In TPC Standard Edition, Agent Manager is used to deploy and manage both Data Agents and Fabric agents to the managed servers. Because TPC for Data is not included in the TPC Basic Edition, only Fabric agents can be deployed and managed by Agent Manager in TPC Basic Edition. 1.5 TPC key concepts In this section, we review some of the key concepts in TPC. CIMOM agent CIMOM agent uses Web-Based Enterprise Management (WBEM) and Storage Management Initiative - Specification (SMI-S) architecture. Web-Based Enterprise Management is a initiative of the Distributed Management Task Force (DMTF) with the objective to enable the management of complex IT environments. It defines a set of management and Internet standard technologies to unify the management of complex IT environments. 8 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 23.
    The three mainconceptual elements of the WBEM initiative are: Common Information Model (CIM): CIM is a formal object-oriented modeling language that is used to describe the management aspects of systems. xmlCIM: This is a grammar to describe CIM declarations and messages used by the CIM protocol. HTTP and HTTPS: These specification are used as a way to enable communication between a management application and a device that both use CIM. Storage Management Initiative - Specification (SMI-S) was launched by the Storage Networking Industry Association (SNIA) in mid-2002 to create and develop a universal, open interface for managing storage devices, including storage networks. In the SMI-S model, the CIM for storage management is fully adopted and enhanced to standardize the management interfaces so that management applications can provide cross device management. The TPC design follows the SMI-S architecture. Figure 1-3 shows how the CIMOM agent works in a TPC environment. CIM Client ( TPC ) CIM message is transferred between the CIM client and the CIMOM by http/https encoded with XML CIMOM CIMOM uses the Provider to translate CIM message into proprietary message to Provider communicate with the Storage Devices Proprietary message to communicate between the Provider and the Storage Devices Storage Devices Figure 1-3 SMI-S architecture for TPC In the SSPC environment, the CIMOM agent or the SVC clusters is integrated into SSPC. The CIMOM agents of DS8000 are embedded into DS8000 HMC consoles. Therefore, in the SSPC environment, there is no extra CIMOM hardware required for SVC and DS8000. Out of Band Fabric agents The function of Out of Band Fabric agent is to collect storage fabric information through a TCP/IP channel. It relies on SNMP to collect and send the information required. The SNMP architecture consists of both an SNMP agent and SNMP manager. An SNMP agent is a piece of software running on an SNMP-capable network component. It responds to the SNMP requests from an SNMP manager and provides the management functionality defined in the subsystem. An SNMP manager manages the SNMP agents on behalf of an administrator. In the Out of Band Fibre Agents implementation, TPC functions as an SNMP manager and manages the SNMP agent in each Fabric device. Chapter 1. System Storage Productivity Center introduction 9
  • 24.
    Discovery function TPC also implemented a discovery function. It can help administrators to automatically discover the storage devices running in the same environment. Based on the SMI-S architecture, the TPC discovery function is implemented using the Service Location Protocol (SLP). Figure 1-4 shows a typical SLP deployment in the TPC environment. SLP User Agent (UA) is a process working on the behalf of the users to establish contact with network services. The UA queries and retrieves service information from Service Agents (SAs). In the TPC environment, the SLP UA runs within the TPC process. SLP SA is a component working on behalf of one or more network services to broadcast the availability of services. SA replies to the service requests of UA and provides requested information about the services registered with the SA. TPC Discovery Procedure: TPC 1. UA embedded within TPC sending out multicast SLP UA messages to the network and targeting all SLP SAs within the multicast range with a single User Datagram Protocol (UDP) message 1 2 2. SA embedded within the CIMOM receives a service request, compares its own registered SLP SA services with the requested service, and returns matches to the UA using a unicast reply CIMOM message. Figure 1-4 Discovery architecture To locate a service in the TPC environment, you define a service type you want in the TPC GUI. Based on the general description of the services you have specified, TPC invokes SLP UA to send out multicast messages to the whole network and targeting all SLP SAs within the multicast range. When an SLP SA receives a service request, it compares its own registered services with the services requested and returns matches to the UA using a unicast reply message. The SLP UA follows the same procedure and sends repeated multicast messages until no new replies are received. The resulting set of discovered services, including their service URL and any service attributes, are returned to TPC. Tivoli Agent Manager SSPC uses Tivoli Agent Manager to deploy and manage agents in selected servers to gather server information. Tivoli Agent Manager has three components: Agent Manager, Common Agent, and Subagent. Figure 1-5 on page 11 shows how SSPC, Agent Manager, and Agents communicate with each other. 10 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 25.
    Agent M anager Registration, Agent Registry DB SSPC SSPC M anager Q uery DB DB SSPC Registration, Native Configuration Protocol updates Subagent Subagent Data Fabric Tivoli Com m on Agent Server Figure 1-5 Agent Manager overview Agent Manager is the central component managing agents deployed in the environment. It maintains its own database to keep the information about the managed agents. Common Agent is installed on the systems to be managed. It is responsible for managing Subagent on the system at the request of a managing system. Subagent is used to provide system level function; this can be a Data agent or a Fabric agent. By default, SSPC allows you to deploy Fabric agents on managed servers. If you upgrade your SSPC to TPC Standard Edition, you can also deploy Data agents on managed servers. The Fabric agents are installed on computer systems that have fiber optic connectivities through HBAs into the SAN fabrics that you want to manage and monitor. The Fabric agents collect fabric topology information, port state information, and zoning information. The Fabric agents can also identify other SAN-attached devices if they are in the same zone. Using operating system calls, the agents also collect information about the machine on which they are installed. We recommend having a minimum of one Fabric agent installed per fabric zone. The Data agents collect information from the machines or hosts on which they are installed. The agents collect asset information, file and file system attributes, and any other information needed from computer systems. Data agents can also gather information about database managers installed on the servers, Novell® NDS tree information, and NAS device information. Data agents are typically installed on all servers in the SAN that you want to collect information from. This is because each server has a unique set of files and file systems that TPC cannot track without an agent. Chapter 1. System Storage Productivity Center introduction 11
  • 26.
    12 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 27.
    2 Chapter 2. Planning for SSPC install The IBM System Storage Productivity Center is a platform for managing IBM storage devices. The 2805 is an x86 server that is preloaded with IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition. Through the integration and testing of software and hardware on a single platform, you can begin to consolidate your storage management infrastructure. SSPC V1.1 may seem like a simple server solution initially, but the environments it will go into are not simple. They can be quite complex and need to be reviewed by people who are knowledgeable about the DS8000, SVC, and TPC. This chapter describes the information you will need before deploying your SSPC. It provides considerations for ordering IBM System Storage Productivity Center Version 1.1. It also provides considerations for future growth and building an SSPC-like server with your own Windows server. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved. 13
  • 28.
    2.1 Collecting configurationinformation Before installation, you must ensure that you have all the required hardware and software configuration information. You also need to plan for power, environmental needs, and server placement. 1. If you need a keyboard, mouse, and display, order this package with 2805-MC2 server. 2. Ensure there is space in your rack with adequate airflow. Refer to “Environment requirements” in IBM System Storage Productivity Center Introduction and Planning Guide, SC23-8824. 3. Order the correct power cord to connect to the rack power. 4. Note the EIA Location of the IBM System Storage Productivity Center server, and optional keyboard, video, and mouse (Table 2-1). Table 2-1 EIA Location of the SSPC and keyboard, video, and mouse Item Slot Floor grid SSPC hardware location within EIA Slot:_________________ Floor Grid:_______________ the frame Keyboard, Video, Mouse EIA Slot:_________________ Floor Grid:_______________ switch location 5. When registering your Windows software running on the SSPC server, you will be asked the name of the person who the software will be registered to and the name of the organization that owns the SSPC server. During initial power-on of the SSPC server, you will be prompted to enter the Windows Server® 2003 Product Key. The key is listed on a sticker labeled “Windows SVR Ent 2003” and is located on the outside of the top cover of the SSPC server. Record this value before the server is installed in the rack. Record the information in Table 2-2. Table 2-2 Windows 2003 software registration information Field Entry Notes Administrator’s name This is the name of the person ________________________ who will be registered for the Windows Server 2003 software. Organization ________________________ This is your company name. Windows Server 2003 product Needed during initial key configuration of the SSPC server. 6. You will need information about the network configuration of the SSPC server, such as the host name (MANNODE is the default and may not have to be changed) and the IP address. Gather the required information listed in Table 2-3. Table 2-3 IP address and host name Field IP address or host name SSPC Host Name:________________ SSPC IP address IP address: ____.____.____.____ Subnet Mask IP address: ____.____.____.____ 14 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 29.
    Field IP address or host name Default Gateway IP address: ____.____.____.____ Preferred DNS IP address: ____.____.____.____ Preferred DNS name suffix Example: sspc.ibm.com Alternate DNS IP address: ____.____.____.____ Alternate DNS name suffix Example: ibm.com 7. SSPC provides an improved DS8000 and SVC configuration. Using TPC installed on your SSPC server, you can add, manage, and launch the element managers for administering storage subsystems. From a planning perspective, you should record the IP addresses of the element managers to be launched in Table 2-4. Table 2-4 DS8000 and SVC device information Device type Attached device IP address DS8000 System Name/ Host Name IP address: SVC __________________ ____.____.____.____ Other DS8000 System Name/ Host Name IP address: SVC __________________ ____.____.____.____ Other DS8000 System Name/ Host Name IP address: SVC __________________ ____.____.____.____ Other DS8000 System Name/ Host Name IP address: SVC __________________ ___.____.____.____ Other DS8000 System Name/ Host Name IP address: SVC __________________ ____.____.____.____ Other DS8000 System Name/ Host Name IP address: SVC __________________ ____.____.____.____ Other 8. There is no antivirus installed in the SSPC. You can install antivirus packages like Norton or McAfee to meet your company’s security policy. You should also consider backup and recovery procedures for the SSPC, as described in Chapter 5, “Managing your SSPC appliance” on page 83. 9. There is no HBA installed in the SSPC because the TPC Server does not require an HBA. When upgrading to TPC Standard Edition or TPC for Data customers, you need HBAs in the computers being monitored, but there is not a requirement for one in the SSPC. Chapter 2. Planning for SSPC install 15
  • 30.
    2.2 SSPC andTPC Basic Edition relationship IBM 2805 System Storage Productivity Center Model MC2 is a combination of hardware and software that initially will support device configuration of the IBM System Storage DS8000 series, and the IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller (SVC) 4.2.1. Aside from basic device configuration, the integration of TPC provides SAN management capabilities for numerous heterogeneous storage elements. License considerations IBM System Storage Productivity Center Version 1.1 consists of one IBM System Storage Productivity Center server (machine type 2805) and one license of IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition V3.3.1 software, which comes pre-installed on the 2805 server. IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition is licensed per management server and is not based on capacity. If you order one license of TPC Basic Edition, you are then entitled to install and use the TPC Basic Edition code on one system only. There is no limit as to the number of DS8000 clients you are entitled to. The SVC Master Console client is recommended to two clients due to this CIMOM limitation. If you want two SSPC servers, you need to order two licenses of TPC Basic Edition. You are then entitled to install and use the TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition server code on two systems. Existing TPC installations can use their existing TPC server and TPC software license to perform the remote configuration of new DS8000s using the GUI once TPC is upgraded to V3.3.1. The TPC installation must have IP connectivity to the new DS8000. Keep in mind that TPC software is licensed by capacity. If an existing TPC customer adds a new DS8000, they will likely need to purchase additional TPC capacity if they do not have enough spare capacity. 2.3 SSPC server options In this section, we describe the options available for SSPC hardware and software. 2.3.1 Options for SSPC server hardware The 2805 IBM System Storage Productivity Center is a platform for managing IBM storage devices. The 2805 is an IBM System x™ x3550 server that is preloaded with IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition. Figure 2-1 on page 17 shows the SSPC server as shipped. An IBM System Service Representative (SSR) will install this in your rack and connect the power cord to it. You should also run the Ethernet cable to the server and allow the SSR to plug in the cable. 16 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 31.
    Figure 2-1 SSPCserver, 2805-MC2 The hardware of the SSPC server is a Machine Type 2805-MC2. It is an IBM System x x3550 1U high rack-mounted server. It has one Quad-Core Intel Xeon® Processor E5310 (1.60 GHz 8 MB L2 1066 MHz 80 W), 4 GB of memory, two 3.5" hard disk drives of 146 GB 15K rpm SAS HDD in a RAID 1, optical drive CD-ROM, and dual integrated 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet. This hardware configuration is sized for the TPC Basic Edition. TPC Basic Edition is TPC for Disk without the Disk performance function and TPC for Fabric. TPC Basic Edition does not include TPC Data and there is no Agent Manager. Performance Upgrade Kit There is a Performance Upgrade Kit (Feature Code 1800) for the 2805-MC2. This Performance Upgrade Kit doubles the CPU and RAM of the server. The SSPC server with feature code 1800 will have two Quad-Core Intel Xeon Processors and 8 GB of memory. You need to purchase the Performance Upgrade Feature if you plan to upgrade your SSPC to TPC Standard Edition or install TPC for Replication on the SSPC server. TPC Standard Edition consists of TPC for Disk, TPC for Fabric, TPC for Data, and Agent Manager. TPC for Replication helps you manage the advanced copy services provided by IBM ESS model 800, IBM DS8000, IBM DS6000™, and IBM SVC. The Performance Upgrade Feature provides more system resources for the additional workload. Optional console and keyboard There is also a Console Keyboard/Display/Drawer (feature code 9100) for the SSPC. You need this feature if you install the SSPC server in a rack without a display and a keyboard. Figure 2-2 shows a listing of the SSPC server options. Description Machine Model Feature -------------------------------------- ------- ----- ------- System Storage Productivity Center 2805 MC2 Performance Upgrade Kit 1800 Console/Keyboard/Display/Drawer 9100 Figure 2-2 2805-MC2 hardware features Chapter 2. Planning for SSPC install 17
  • 32.
    2.3.2 SSPC softwareoptions and licenses The IBM System Storage Productivity Center (server) includes the following pre-installed software: Microsoft Windows 2003 Server Fix Pack 2 DB2 Enterprise Server Edition V9.1 with Fix Pack 2 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition V3.3.1 IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller (Console and CIM Agent V4.2.1) TPC Basic Edition is TPC for Disk without the disk performance feature and TPC for Fabric. TPC for Data is not installed. Agent Manager is on a CD but not installed. TPC Basic Edition does not restrict the customer on the amount of managed storage; it is unlimited. Keep in mind that if an existing TPC customer upgrades to TPC V3.3.1 and adds a new DS8000, they will likely need to purchase additional TPC capacity if they do not have enough spare capacity. If the SSPC integrated TPC Basic Edition is upgraded to TPC for Disk, TPC for Fabric, TPC for Data, or TPC Standard Edition, the license changes to a per TB model. The pricing depends on what product is selected and the amount of managed storage. To upgrade the TPC Basic Edition, a license for the additional function needs to be purchased and installed. TPC for Data requires Agent Manager to be installed and Data agents deployed to hosts where file information is to be collected. The TPC for Fabric (in-band fabric) function will require the installation of Agent Manager and at least one Fabric agent deployed per zone on hosts where in-band fabric information collection is desired. 2.4 Planning for the future TPC Basic Edition includes the following high level features: IBM System Storage DS8000 series GUI integration SAN Volume Controller Master Console and CIMOM Storage topology viewer Monitor, alert, report, and provision storage Status dashboard 2.4.1 Licenses All distributed software licenses include Software Maintenance (Software Subscription and Technical Support) for a period of 12 months from the date of acquisition, providing a streamlined way to acquire IBM software and ensure technical support coverage for all licenses. Extending coverage, for a total of three years from date of acquisition, may be elected. TPC Basic Edition is licensed per management server and is not based on capacity. IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition can be configured to access any number of DS8000 GUIs. In most environments, a single SSPC can manage all the DS8000s within the enterprise. Even in large enterprise environments, the SSPC is sized to handle the Topology Viewer, along with asset and capacity reporting. 18 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 33.
    You order oneIBM System Storage Productivity Center (machine type 2805) and one license of TPC Basic Edition software, which comes pre-installed on the 2805 server. The 2805 server license does not include the software license. The separate purchase of the TPC Basic Edition software license is required. You are entitled to use the software on the 2805 server and no other system. If you want to run TPC Basic Edition server code on any other server, you are required to first disable the code on the 2805 server. Using an existing TPC license Consider the scenario where you order one SSPC (machine type 2805). You have previously purchased TPC for Disk and want to use your existing software entitlement on the 2805 server. Since the TPC for Disk software license is based on capacity, assuming you have not reached the software entitlement limit, the remaining software entitlement can be utilized on the 2805 server. If you have utilized your previously purchased software entitlement, then you will need to make an additional purchase of the desired TPC package. Supported platforms IBM System Storage Productivity Center (machine type 2805) is only offered with the Microsoft Windows 2003 Enterprise Edition operating system. Consequently, only the Microsoft Windows version of IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center server is supported on that server. IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center code is supported on Windows, AIX®, and Linux®. The purchase of the TPC Basic Edition license does entitle the customer to install the server code on any of the supported operating systems. However, the SSPC (2805) server is only supported when running Microsoft Windows 2003 Enterprise Edition. 2.4.2 Server sizing The purchase and use of an additional TotalStorage Productivity Center Standard Edition will necessitate a solution assurance review (SAR). TotalStorage Productivity Center Standard Edition includes TPC for Disk, TPC for Data, and TPC for Fabric. TPC for Replication is a separate software product for Advanced Copy Services. To size your server to handle your workload, go to the TPC Web site at: http://www-304.ibm.com/jct01004c/systems/support/storage/software/tpc/ Select a product, then click the Install/use tab. Click Best Practices and look for the document titled “Server Sizing Charts.” You can also contact your IBM Tivoli Storage team. 2.5 Building a SSPC like server You have the option to build your own SSPC like server. You can order the TPC Basic Edition without the 2805-MC2. If you plan to order only the TPC Basic Edition software, you should order through IBM Passport Advantage® using the order number listed in Figure 2-3. Product Description 5608-B01 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition V3.3.1 1 Year 5608-B04 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition V3.3.1 3 Years Figure 2-3 SSPC software product code Chapter 2. Planning for SSPC install 19
  • 34.
    You can installTPC Basic Edition on your OEM Windows 2003 Enterprise Edition server. You can choose a server with CPU, memory, and hard drive compatible with the IBM SSPC server. IBM SSPC server hardware is listed in 2.3.1, “Options for SSPC server hardware” on page 16. The procedure to install the SSPC software is described in Chapter 4, “Building an SSPC server” on page 45. Java versions The TPC Basic Edition has the IBM V1.4.2 JRE™ in the source code. Your OEM server may not support the IBM V1.4.2 JRE. During install, you may encounter the error message shown in Figure 2-4. To fix this Java error, you have to download and install the Version 1.4.2 Java from the SUN Microsystem Web site. Figure 2-4 Java error message 2.6 SVC requirements At this time, SSPC is an alternative to the current SVC Master Console. SSPC includes SVC V4.2.1 Master Console and CIMOM agent. It can manage up to two 8-node clusters. If you have an existing SVC Master console and CIMOM and clusters at a level prior to V4.2.1, you can upgrade to V4.2.1 to manage your SVC clusters. You do not need to purchase SSPC. In the first half of 2008, SSPC will become compulsory for any new orders of SVC clusters. SSPC can manage up to two 8-node clusters. If you have more than two clusters, you need to purchase an additional SSPC or install an additional SVC Master Console and CIMOM. 2.7 Existing TPC environment and integration of SSPC Installations that have an existing TPC installation, with the exception of TPC Limited Edition, will likely not need to order SSPC. TPC customers should upgrade to TPC V3.3.1 and use the Element Manager in V3.3.1 to access the DS8000 GUI. TPC V3.3.1 supports the following DB2 versions for the repository database: DB2 Enterprise Server Edition Version 8.1 with Fix Pack 14 or DB2 Enterprise Server Edition Version 9.1 with Fix Pack 2 If you have a server with TPC Limited Edition and want to upgrade to TPC Basic Edition or another TPC package (TPC for Data, TPC for Disk, TPC for Fabric, or TPC Standard Edition), you need to un-install TPC Limited Edition and DB2 and then install DB2 and TPC Basic Edition or Standard Edition on this server. 20 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 35.
    Existing TPC installationscan use their existing TPC server and upgrade to TPC V3.3.1 and use the existing TPC software license to perform the management of new DS8000s using the GUI and TPC functions. TPC software is licensed by capacity. If you add a new DS8000, you may need to purchase additional TPC capacity. If you have TPC running on an AIX or Linux server and want the Element Manager for the new DS8000, you can upgrade to TPC V3.3.1 and use the Element Manager in TPC V3.3.1 on the AIX or Linux server. Only the SVC Master Console needs to run on a Windows server. 2.8 DS8000 Element Manager GUI You can launch the Element Manager as described in Chapter 6, “TPC Basic Edition functions” on page 105. The Element Manager allows you to access the DS8000s in your enterprise. Each entry is one DS8000 with one login user ID and its password. The DS8000 user ID and password is also stored in the Element Manager. In the Element Manager main window, select Select → Create Element Manger. The window shown in Figure 2-5 will appear. Fill in the IP address, user ID, and password fields and click OK. The Element Manager tests the connection, the login ID, and password, and then keeps them. You need the password when you want to sign in next time. All you have to do is click the Element Manager entry shown in Figure 2-5. For DS8000 Element Manager security considerations, refer to “DS8000 Element Manager access” on page 91. Figure 2-5 Create Element Manager Chapter 2. Planning for SSPC install 21
  • 36.
    2.9 Redundant SSPCs SSPC is a management server. If SSPC stops working, the storage subsystems it manages are not impacted. The only impact is you cannot manage your storage subsystems from SSPC. You have to use alternative management methods until your SSPC server is restored. For example, you may have to go to your HMC to manage your DS8000. This may cause a temporary inconvenience for storage administrators. You can deploy two SSPC severs in your environment. You need to set up identical entries in the Element Manager and for SVC Master Consoles. If one SSPC fails, you can switch to the other SSPC using the URL of the second SSPC. There is no heartbeat between the two SSPCs and there is no high availability for the two SSPCs. There is no clustering of the two SSPCs. 2.9.1 Single SSPC instance If the temporary SSPC outage is acceptable in your environment, you should choose a single SSPC configuration. The advantage of this configuration is there is no duplication of SSPC in the environment and initial setup cost is lower. A single SSPC configuration is outlined in Figure 2-6. In this configuration, SSPC and the management interface of SVC and DS8000 are all connected to the same LAN. SSPC communicates with SVC and DS8000 through Ethernet. SSPC LAN SVC Cluster DS8000 Internal HMC Figure 2-6 Single SSPC configuration If the temporary outage is not acceptable in your environment, you may need dual SSPC configuration. By introducing the second SSPC, the single point of failure can be removed. In the situation where the first SSPC instance is not working, you can use the second SSPC to manage your storage subsystems. 2.9.2 Dual SSPC instances Dual SSPC configuration is outlined in Figure 2-7 on page 23. In this configuration, both SSPC instances communicate with the SVC and DS8000 independently. There is no communication between the two SSPCs by default. You must update any configuration information (for example, adding additional DS8000 Element Managers, SVC Master Consoles, or CIMOMs) on each SSPC. 22 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 37.
    If one SSPCstops working, you can go to the second SSPC and manage your systems from there. This is equivalent to having have two remote controllers for your television. If one remote controller stops working, you may simply use the other remote controller. SSPC SSPC LAN SVC Cluster DS8000 Internal HMC Figure 2-7 Dual SSPC configuration Chapter 2. Planning for SSPC install 23
  • 38.
    24 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 39.
    3 Chapter 3. SSPC initial setup This chapter takes you through the process of setting up the SSPC server when it is powered up. We will go through the steps to set up the Windows environment, change the host name of the server, and change the IP address. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved. 25
  • 40.
    3.1 Initial SSPCsetup Your CE will install the SSPC in the rack, connect the power to the SSPC server, and plug in the Ethernet cable. The CE will also install the optional keyboard, video, and mouse to the SSPC if ordered. After the system is installed, you must configure it before you can use it. You will need the planning information described in Chapter 2, “Planning for SSPC install” on page 13. You need to gather the information and fill in the forms. We will walk you through the steps to set up the Windows Operating System with SSPC. Push the power on switch and wait for Windows to boot up. The first window you will see is Figure 3-1. Click Next to continue. Figure 3-1 Windows setup window In Figure 3-2 on page 27, check the I accept the agreement button and click Next to continue. 26 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 41.
    Figure 3-2 LicenseAgreement The next window is the Regional and Language options, as shown in Figure 3-3. Check Customize to update the Regional and Language Options. Figure 3-3 Regional and Language Options Chapter 3. SSPC initial setup 27
  • 42.
    The next windowis the Regional and Language Options, as shown in Figure 3-4. In the Regional Options tab, you can specify the format of numbers, currencies, dates, and time. After you have updated the Custom and Details, click Next to go to Figure 3-8 on page 30. Update the Regional and Language Options for your installation environment. Figure 3-4 Regional Options Figure 3-5 on page 29 shows the Languages tab. Click Details to take you to the Text Services and Input Languages window, as shown in Figure 3-6 on page 29. 28 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 43.
    Figure 3-5 Languagetab In the Text Services and Input Languages window, select the language for the SSPC from the drop-down menu. In the Installed services window, select the keyboard languages for the SSPC, as shown in Figure 3-6. Figure 3-6 Text Services and Input Languages Chapter 3. SSPC initial setup 29
  • 44.
    Figure 3-7 showsthe options of the Advanced tab. After you have made all the necessary language changes, click Apply to continue. Figure 3-7 Advanced tab In Figure 3-8, enter the name of this SSPC server and your organization. The default host name is MANNODE. In our installation, we chose SSPC for the server name. Figure 3-8 Personalize Your Software window Figure 3-9 on page 31 is where you enter the product license key information, as mentioned in 2.1, “Collecting configuration information” on page 14. 30 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 45.
    The Windows Server2003 Product Key is listed on a sticker labeled Windows SVR Ent 2003 located on the outside of the top cover of the SSPC. It was recorded in 2.1, “Collecting configuration information” on page 14. Enter this value now and click Next to continue. Figure 3-9 Product License Key window The next window is the Licensing Modes window, as shown in Figure 3-10. We accepted the defaults and click Next to continue. For detailed information, refer to the Microsoft Web site on Licensing Overview for Windows Server 2003: http://www.microsoft.com/windowsserver2003/howtobuy/licensing/overview.mspx Figure 3-10 Licensing Modes Chapter 3. SSPC initial setup 31
  • 46.
    The next windowis the Computer Name and Administrator window shown in Figure 3-11. Here is where you enter the SSPC host name and Administrator password. Install this Windows Operating System for SSPC using MANNODE as the host name, as this is the name used when building the SSPC image. Change the server name after the initial customization. Fill in the space to the left of Computer name as MANNODE. Note that the Administrator password is passw0rd by default. You must use the default of passw0rd when you first log in to the SSPC even if you specify another password here. Figure 3-11 Computer Name and Administrator Password Figure 3-12 shows the Computer Name and Administrator Password fields filled in. Enter MANNODE in the Computer name field. This is the host name for the SSPC. Click Next to continue. Figure 3-12 Computer Name and Administrator Password 32 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 47.
    The next windowis the Date and Time Settings window. Update the Time Zone and Date & Time fields to reflect your SSPC server environment. Click Next to continue. Figure 3-13 Date and Time Settings The next steps are to set up the network. You need the information in Table 2-3 on page 14 to set up the IP address, net mask, default gateway, and DNS of the SSPC server. In the Networking Settings window shown in Figure 3-14, select the Custom settings button and click Next to continue. Figure 3-14 Network Settings Chapter 3. SSPC initial setup 33
  • 48.
    The next windowis Networking Components, as shown in Figure 3-15. Click Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) and then click Properties to continue. Figure 3-15 Update IP information In Figure 3-16, check the Use the following IP address and Use the following DNS server address buttons. Enter the IP address, Subnet mask, Default Gateway, Preferred DNS server, and Alternate DNS server information that you noted in Table 2-3 on page 14. Click Advanced to continue. Figure 3-16 IP and DNS information Clicking the DNS tab provides the option to enter the DNS server addresses, in order of use and Append these DNS suffixes (in order): information, as shown in Figure 3-17 on page 35. You can list the DNS servers by IP address that the server will query to resolve the DNS 34 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 49.
    domain names. Youcan also specify the DNS suffixes that will be searched, in the order they are listed. When all the information is entered, click OK to continue. Figure 3-17 DNS Suffix information The next window is the Workgroup or Computer Domain, as shown in Figure 3-18. We selected the default of a workgroup named WORKGROUP and click Next to continue. Figure 3-18 Workgroup or Computer Domain The next window shows that you have successfully completed the Windows Setup, as shown in Figure 3-19. Click Finish to restart the SSPC in order for the options you specified to take effect. Chapter 3. SSPC initial setup 35
  • 50.
    Figure 3-19 WindowsSetup complete When the SSPC reboot is complete, you will see the main IBM System Storage Productivity Center window, as shown in Figure 3-20. Figure 3-20 SSPC after Windows setup configurations 36 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 51.
    3.2 Change thehost name When you received your SSPC server, the default host name is MANNODE. In this section, we describe the steps to change the host name of the SSPC server from the default of MANNODE to SSPCSRV. Note that the SVC Master Console has the name MANNODE by default. If you have an existing SVC Master console in your environment, this will cause a conflict. The steps we described here are to change the Windows operating system to the new host name. Then change DB2 to the new host name. The screen captures show the steps to change the host name from MANNODE to SSPCSRV. If you decided to use a host name other than MANNODE, you may get an error message from DB2 after reboot. The error message is SQL1042C, as shown in Figure 3-27 on page 40. With the latest level of SSPC, this error message does not appear. 3.2.1 Change the host name in Windows On your Windows desk top, point your mouse to the My Computer icon, right-click it, and select Properties, as shown in Figure 3-21. Figure 3-21 Select Properties on My Computer Chapter 3. SSPC initial setup 37
  • 52.
    The System Propertieswindow appears. Click the Computer Name tab, as shown in Figure 3-22. Figure 3-22 Node name change In the Computer Name window, click the Change button, as shown in Figure 3-23 on page 39. 38 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 53.
    Figure 3-23 SystemProperties window Computer Name tab Enter the new host name in the Computer name field, as shown in Figure 3-24. In our environment, we want to change the name to SSPCSRV. Update the Workgroup information for your installation if necessary and click OK to continue. Figure 3-24 Computer Name Changes Chapter 3. SSPC initial setup 39
  • 54.
    A pop-up windowinforms you that you must reboot the system for the computer host name change to take effect, as shown in Figure 3-25. Click OK to continue. Figure 3-25 Computer Name Changes In addition, you will receive a pop-up menu asking you to restart the system. Click Yes to start the reboot of the computer. Figure 3-26 System Settings Change 3.2.2 Change host name in DB2 After the system reboot, the Windows operating system has the new computer host name of SSPCSRV, but DB2 still has the old host name. DB2 will issue error message SQL1012C, as shown in Figure 3-27. Click OK to continue and then we will change the host name in DB2. Figure 3-27 DB2 error message The steps to change the host name in DB2 are: 1. Update the DB2 command. 2. Stop and then restart stop the IBM WebSphere® Application Server V6 - Device server and IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center - Data server services. Update DB2 Changing the host name in DB2 involves entering several DB2 commands. To open a command prompt window, select Start → Run and enter cmd in the Run window. Click OK to continue, as shown in Figure 3-28 on page 41. 40 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 55.
    Figure 3-28 Commandprompt window Change to the directory where your DB2 is installed. By default this is C:Program FilesIBMSQLLIB. Enter the following commands, as shown in Figure 3-29: db2extsec /u db2users /a db2admns db2start Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600] (C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp. C:Documents and SettingsAdministrator>cd Program FilesIBMSQLLIB C:Program FilesIBMSQLLIB>db2extsec /u db2users /a db2admns DB2EXTSEC: processing completed successfully. C:Documents and SettingsAdministrator>db2start SQL1063N DB2START processing was successful. Figure 3-29 Issue DOS commands and response 3.2.3 Stop and start services You have to stop and then restart two Windows services for the DB2 host name change to take effect. First, we have to stop the IBM WebSphere Application Server V6 - Device server and IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center - Data server. Select Start → Settings → Control Panel → Administrative Tools → Services to locate the Services window. Chapter 3. SSPC initial setup 41
  • 56.
    In the Serviceswindow, scroll down to locate the services, as shown in Figure 3-30. Figure 3-30 Locate IBM WebSphere Application Server V6 - DeviceServer and IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center - Data server Point your mouse to the IBM WebSphere Application Server V6 entry, right-click it, and click Stop to stop the WebSphere services, as shown in Figure 3-31 on page 43. 42 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 57.
    Figure 3-31 StopIBM WebSphere Application Server V6 - Device server Repeat this process for the IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center - Data server service, as shown in Figure 3-32. Figure 3-32 Stop IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center - Data server service Chapter 3. SSPC initial setup 43
  • 58.
    You need torestart the IBM WebSphere Application Server V6 - Device server and IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center - Data server services. Again, locate the services, highlight the service you want to start with your mouse, right-click it, and select Restart. Once the services successfully restart, you have changed the host name and can log in to the TotalStorage Productivity Center console. 3.3 Connect SVC Master Console to SVC Clusters Before you can manage your SVC clusters, you need to add your SVC clusters to your SVC Master Console. The SVC Console and CIMOM are preinstalled on the SSPC server. Unlike the DS8000 Storage Manager interface, the SVC Console is not accessed through TPC Productivity Center. Instead, the SVC Console is launched separately from the SSPC server desktop. SSH keys are generated by the SSH client software. This includes a public key, which is uploaded and maintained by the cluster, and a private key that is kept private from the server that is running the SSH client; in our case, this is the SSPC. These keys authorize specific users to access the administration and service functions on the cluster. Each key pair is associated with a user-defined ID string that can consist of up to 40 characters. Up to 100 keys can be stored on the cluster. New IDs and keys can be added and unwanted IDs and keys can be deleted. To use the CLI or SVC graphical user interface (GUI), an SSH client must be installed on that system, the SSH key pair must be generated on the client system, and the client’s SSH public key must be stored on the SVC cluster or clusters. The SVC Master Console (and therefore the SSPC server) has the freeware implementation of SSH-2 for Windows called PuTTY pre-installed. This software provides the SSH client function for users logged into the master console who want to invoke the CLI or GUI to manage the SVC cluster. As part of the installation of the SVC Master Console code, an SSH key pair is generated using PuTTYgen. You can use this key pair or you can generate a new key pair. We recommend you generate a new key pair. For details on creating a new SSH key pair using PuTTY, refer to Figure 4-37 on page 69. For details on loading the public key to the SVC cluster, refer to 4.4.3, “Connect SVC Master Console to SVC Clusters” on page 73. 44 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 59.
    4 Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server If you choose not to order the SSPC 2805-MC2, it is possible to build an SSPC like server. You can also use the information in this chapter to rebuild your SSPC from the product CDs. This chapter provides the detailed procedure on how to accomplish these tasks. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved. 45
  • 60.
    4.1 SSPC buildbasics If you decide to build your own SSPC Server, you need to install the following software on your server: IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center V3.3.1 Basic Edition IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller Console and CIMOM agent Version 4.2.1 DB2 V9.1 Before starting to build your own SSPC Server, you need to verify that your server meets the following requirements: The server has been physically installed and connected to the network properly. Microsoft Windows 2003 Release 2 Server Enterprise Edition has been installed and configured properly on your server. 4.1.1 Installation overview In TPC, you have the following installable components: Database schema Data server and Device server Graphical user interface (GUI) Command-line interface (CLI) Data agent Fabric agent You need to install most of these components in order to get TPC to work. The CLI is considered optional. If you are using a remote database for TPC, you must install the database schema on that remote database after you have installed DB2 on that remote machine. You need to install Agent Manager before deploying Data agents or Fabric agents. With TPC V3.3.1, Agent Manger is an optional component and is installed separately from TPC. The GUI is installed wherever a user might wish to invoke TPC. TPC also supports a Java Web based GUI, which gives you the option of not having to install the GUI when you want to remotely use TPC. The DB schema, Data server, Device server, agents, GUI, and CLI are all components of TPC. They can be installed all at once or individually. If you install the components at different times, you must install the components in this order: 1. DB2 (DB2 is required for Agent Manager and IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center.) 2. DB schema (This is installed using the IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center installation program.) 3. Data server and Device server (This is installed using the IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center installation program.) 4. Agent Manager (This is an optional component.) 5. Data agent, Fabric agent, GUI, or CLI (Data agent and Fabric agent can only be installed if Agent Manager is installed.) 46 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 61.
    In this chapter,we install TPC without Agent Manger. As a result, the Data agent and Fabric agent cannot be deployed. If deploying agents is required in your environment, refer to Chapter 7, “Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions” on page 187. 4.2 Install IBM DB2 Enterprise Server Edition V9.1 When you install DB2, two groups are created: DB2ADMNS: This group will have all the required user rights assigned for administrative authority. DB2USERS: This group will have user rights assigned for DB2 users. For the DB2 users that need administrative authority, add them to the DB2ADMNS group. For normal DB2 users, add them to the DB2USERS group. When you add a user ID to either group, this user ID will have all the user rights required for that group; you do not have to assign individual user rights to each user ID. During DB2 installation, DB2 automatically creates a DB2 user ID with administrative authority. The default user ID is db2admin. This user ID and password will be the default user ID and password used to install TPC. If you do not want to use the default user ID to install TPC, you can create a new administrative user ID, for example, tpcadmin. If DB2 creates this user ID, this user ID will be added to the DB2ADMNS group and the Windows Administrators group. 4.2.1 Steps DB2 is installed using a setup wizard. The setup wizard leads you through the entire installation process. To install DB2, follow these steps: Log on with a user ID with Administrator authority on Windows. Insert the DB2 product CD into the CD-ROM drive or use the unzipped DB2 installation image. AutoRun starts the LaunchPad. The DB2 installation program (see Figure 4-1 on page 48) should start within 15 - 30 seconds if you have AutoRun mode set on your system. If the installation program does not start, do one of the following steps: Use a command prompt to change to the root of the DB2 install CD and enter db2setup.exe. Use Windows Explorer, open the root of the CD, and double-click db2setup.exe. Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server 47
  • 62.
    Figure 4-1 DB2setup window Select Install a Product and click Install Now under DB2 Enterprise Server Edition, as shown in Figure 4-2. Figure 4-2 DB2 production selection The DB2 Setup wizard window is presented (see Figure 4-3 on page 49). Click Next to continue. 48 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 63.
    Figure 4-3 DB2welcome window The next window is the License Agreement, as shown in Figure 4-4. Select I accept the terms in the license agreement and click Next. Figure 4-4 DB2 License Agreement Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server 49
  • 64.
    The next windowallows you to select the installation type, as shown in Figure 4-5. Select Typical as the installation type and click Next to continue. Figure 4-5 DB2 installation type In the next window, shown in Figure 4-6, select Install DB2 Enterprise Server Edition on this computer and click Next to continue. Figure 4-6 DB2 installation options By default, DB2 setup wizard installs DB2 Enterprise Server Edition in the folder C:Program FilesIBMSQLLIB. If you do not want the default folder, you can type in the directory of your 50 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 65.
    choice, as shownin Figure 4-7. In our installation, we accept the default. Click Next to continue. Figure 4-7 DB2 installation folder By default, DB2 uses db2admin as the DB2 administrator user ID. If you do not want to use db2admin, you can type the user ID of your choice. In our installation, we accepted the default. By default, Use the same user name and password for the remaining DB2 services is checked. We accept the default. In Figure 4-8, type the password for db2admin and record it. Click Next to continue. Figure 4-8 DB2 user window Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server 51
  • 66.
    In the ConfigureDB2 instances window, the default instance is DB2. Leave the default instance unchanged and click Next (see Figure 4-9). Figure 4-9 DB2 instance window By default, Prepare the DB2 tools catalog is unchecked. TPC does not require DB2 tools, so we accept the default. If you later need DB2 tools for other applications, you can install DB2 tools separately. In Figure 4-10, make sure that Prepare the DB2 tools catalog is unchecked and click Next. Figure 4-10 DB2 tools 52 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 67.
    By default, Setup your DB2 server to send notifications is checked. In our installation, we uncheck it. If notification is required in your environment, you can enable it. In Figure 4-11, uncheck Set up your DB2 server to send notifications and click Next. Figure 4-11 E-mail notification window By default, Enable operating system security is checked. It creates two user groups: one is the DB2 administrators group and one is the DB2 users group, as shown in Figure 4-12. DB2ADMNS is the default group name for the DB2 administrators group. DB2USERS is the default group name for the DB2 users group. In our installation, we accept the default. If you do not want the default group name, you can type the group name of your choice. Click Next to continue. Figure 4-12 DB2 Administrators and Users group Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server 53
  • 68.
    In Figure 4-13,verify the DB2 installation information and click Install to continue. Figure 4-13 DB2 installation information Clicking the Install button starts the DB2 installation. Wait until the installation is finished (Figure 4-14). Figure 4-14 DB2 installation process When installation process is finished, click Finish, as shown in Figure 4-15 on page 55. Reboot your server to complete the DB2 installation. 54 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 69.
    Figure 4-15 Setupprocess completed 4.3 Installation of TPC V3.3.1 Basic Edition TPC provides an installation program that guides you through the installation process. If you are installing TPC using the electronic images, there are three installation images: disk1: Contains all the TotalStorage Productivity Center components, except for the remote Data agent bundles. disk2: Contains the files to perform remote Data agent installations. These files are automatically installed when you install the servers for TotalStorage Productivity Center. Disk2 also contains the JVM™ for the Java Web Start application for the Device server. disk3: Contains the files to perform local agent installations. If you are installing TPC using DVD and CD, the DVD Contains disk1 and disk2 and the CD contains disk3. To start the TPC installation program with DVD, go to <DVD_drive>disk1 and double-click setup.exe. To start the TPC installation program with Windows electronic image, download the electronic image into a directory, unzip the file, and run setup.exe from the source installation directory. Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server 55
  • 70.
    Once the installeris invoked, the Select a language window is displayed, as shown in Figure 4-16. Select a language from the drop-down list and click OK to continue. This is the language that is used for installing this product. Figure 4-16 Language selection window The next window is the Software License Agreement window, as shown in Figure 4-17. Read the terms of the license agreement. If you agree with the terms of the license agreement, select I accept the terms of the license agreement and click Next. Figure 4-17 License Agreement window The next window is the Select the type of installation window, as shown in Figure 4-18 on page 58. You can install the IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center components using Typical installation or Custom installation. The Typical installation requires a minimum amount of input from the user who installs TotalStorage Productivity Center. You install the components in groups on the local computer by selecting Servers, Agents, Clients and Register with the agent manager. The following list gives the components installed by each group: Servers installs the database schema, Data server, and Device server. Agents installs the Data agent and Fabric agent. (You can only select it when you have previously installed Agent Manager.) Clients installs the TotalStorage Productivity Center GUI and CLI. 56 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 71.
    Register with theagent manager registers the Device server and Data server with the Agent Manager. (You can only select it when you have previously installed Agent Manager.) In the Custom installation, you can select the components required in your environment from the following list: Create database schema Data server GUI Data Agent (if you have Agent Manager installed) Device server CLI Fabric agent (if you have Agent Manager installed) Agent Manager Registration (if you have Agent Manager installed) You can only select Data Agent, Fabric agent, and Agent Manager Registration if you have installed Agent Manager previously. If you select Data Agent or Fabric agent, the Agent Manager Registration box is checked automatically. The two installation modes also handle passwords differently. The following list gives the passwords required for TPC installation: Database administrator user ID and password for Data server and Device server to connect to the database. Database user ID and password to create database schema. Host authentication password for Fabric agents to communicate with Device server. Host authentication password is also used for TPC rollup reporting. Data server Account Password for the Data server service. When you supply this password, the TPC installation program uses the password you supplied to create the Data server service account on Windows. Date server service runs under this service account. The WebSphere Application Server admin ID and Password is the user ID and password required by the Device server to communicate with embedded WebSphere. This is only used at installation time. In the Custom installation, you are allowed to specify passwords for each password request listed above. In the Typical installation, you can only specify one user ID and password. The installation program uses the same password for each password request listed above. In general, we recommend that for a production environment you use Custom installation for installing IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center. Custom installation allows you to see what components are being installed as well as set different passwords for user IDs. Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server 57
  • 72.
    In our installation,we select Custom installation, as shown In Figure 4-18, and click Next. Figure 4-18 Installation type Select Create database schema, Data Server, Device server, GUI, and CLI, and click Next (Figure 4-19). In the default SSPC installation, there is no Agent Manager installed. Therefore, Data Agent and Fabric agent cannot be installed. Figure 4-19 Components to install 58 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 73.
    During the DB2installation, you created the DB2 administrator name and password (Figure 4-8 on page 51). In Figure 4-20, type the DB2 administrator name and password you created and click Next. Figure 4-20 DB2 administrator information In Figure 4-21, type the same DB2 administrator name and password and click Next. Note that the Create local database is checked and has a database name of TPCDB. Figure 4-21 Database schema information Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server 59
  • 74.
    As shown inFigure 4-22, the installation program can pick up the Data server name and Device server name itself. Verify that the server names are correct. The default server port is 9549. This is assigned to the Data server and port 9550 is assigned to the Device server. Verify the ports are available on your server. If the ports are not available, you can specify a different server port, for example, 9569, which means the Device server is assigned the next higher port number, which is 9570 in this case. You need to enter an operating system group name to associate with the TPC superuser. This group must exist on your operating system before you install TPC. This group provides full access to the TPC product. You can assign a user ID to this group on your operating system and log in the TPC GUI using this user ID. By default, the Administrators group is automatically assigned to the TPC superuser. In our installation, we accept the default. Enter the password of your choice in Host authentication password and keep your password in a safe place. You will need this password when you deploy Fabric agents. This password is used by Fabric agents to communicate with the Device server. You will also need this password if you configure rollup reporting. The master TPC server uses this password to collect information from this server to generate rollup reports. Data server Account Password is used when the TPC installation program creates a user ID for Data server service account on Windows. During installation, TPC installation program creates a user account called TSRMsrv1. The password you supplied will be the password for TSRMsrv1. After the installation is finished, the Data server runs under the user account TSRMsrv1. Type a password of your choice. The WebSphere Application Server admin ID and password is the user ID and password required by the Device server to communicate with embedded WebSphere. This is only used at installation time. Type a user ID and password of your choice. Click Next to continue. Figure 4-22 TPC information 60 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 75.
    The next windowis a summary of the parameters you have specified in the wizard. In Figure 4-23, verify the installation information and click Install. Figure 4-23 Installation information In Figure 4-24, installation starts. Wait until the next window appears. Figure 4-24 Installation started Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server 61
  • 76.
    When TPC disk2is required (Figure 4-25), provide the directory of TPC disk 2 and click OK. Figure 4-25 TPC disk 2 required When the TPC installation is finished (Figure 4-26), click Finish and reboot your server. Figure 4-26 TPC installation finished 4.4 SVC Console and CIMOM Agent V4.2.1 installation This topic covers the tasks of installing SVC console and CIMOM. Before you install SVC console, you need to install PuTTY. SVC console uses PuTTY to communicate with the SVC clusters. PuTTY has to be installed before the SVC console can be installed. The SVC console and CIMOM agent are installed by an installation program. You need to log in as an administrator to run the installation program. 62 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 77.
    4.4.1 PuTTY installation In our installation, we downloaded the SVC V4.2.1 code software from the IBM site. We put the software in the directory D:IBM-SVC-SMIS-Agent-4.2.1.736. To install PuTTY, go to the directory D:IBM-SVC-SMIS-Agent-4.2.1.736SSHClientPuTTY, and run putty-0.58-installer.exe, as shown in Figure 4-27. . Figure 4-27 PuTTY directory for install The Putty Setup Wizard Welcome window appears, as shown in Figure 4-28. Click Next. Figure 4-28 Welcome window Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server 63
  • 78.
    By default, PuTTYis installed in the directory C:Program FilesIBMPuTTY. To choose a different directory, click Browse and select a different directory. After selecting the destination directory, click Next (Figure 4-29). Figure 4-29 Destination directory The PuTTY installation program creates shortcuts in the Start Menu folder. PuTTY is the default folder for the shortcuts. To choose a different folder, click Browse and select a different folder. In our installation, we accept the default. Click Next to continue, as shown in Figure 4-30. Figure 4-30 Start Menu Folder 64 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 79.
    In Figure 4-31,you can select additional tasks you want to perform. By default, only Associate .PPL files (PuTTY Private Key) with Pageant and PuTTYgen is selected. In our installation, we accept the default. Click Next to continue, as shown in Figure 4-31. Figure 4-31 Additional Tasks Verify the installation information and click Install, as shown in Figure 4-32. Figure 4-32 Installation information In Figure 4-33 on page 66, click Finish button and the installation is finished. Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server 65
  • 80.
    Figure 4-33 Installationfinished 4.4.2 SVC Console and CIMOM Agent installation To set up the SVC Console and CIMOM Agent, go to the folder where the SVC code is stored (we stored it in the directory D:IBM-SVC-SMIS-Agent-4.2.1.736W2k) and click setup.exe. It brings up the Welcome window shown in Figure 4-34. Click Next in the License Agreement window. Figure 4-34 Welcome window 66 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 81.
    The next windowis the License Agreement, as shown in Figure 4-35. Select I accept the terms of the license agreement and click Next. Figure 4-35 License Agreement By default, SVC Console is installed in c:Program FilesIBMsvcconsole. To choose a different directory, click Browse and select a directory. Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server 67
  • 82.
    After selecting thedestination directory, click Next, as shown in Figure 4-36. Figure 4-36 Destination directory In Figure 4-37 on page 69, you are prompted for a PuTTY private key. The generation of the PuTTY private key is not part of the installation program. You can leave the installation program in its current state, go to PuTTY key generation program to generate PuTTY keys, and then go back to the installation program. To generate PuTTY keys, you need to perform the following steps on your server: 1. Start the PuTTY Key Generator by selecting Start → Programs → PuTTY → PuTTYgen. 2. Click SSH2 RSA as the type of key to be generated. The default value for Number of bits in a generated key is 1024. Accept the default value. 3. Click Generate. 4. Move the cursor around the blank area of the Key section to generate a random number. 5. Click Save public key to save the public key. 6. Click Save private key to save the private key. When prompted to confirm that you want to create the key without a passphrase, click Yes. 7. Close the PuTTY Key Generator. After you generate the PuTTY keys, go back to the installation program. Click Browse to locate the PuTTY private key and click Next to continue. 68 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 83.
    Figure 4-37 PuTTYprivate key file name In Figure 4-38 on page 70, you are prompted for the CIMOM communication protocols. The default configuration is to use both HTTP and HTTPS. The default port number for HTTP is 5988 and the default port number for HTTPS is 5989. Verify that the ports are available in your server. If the ports are not available, you can specify different ports. Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server 69
  • 84.
    In our installation,we accept the default. Click Next to continue, as shown in Figure 4-38. Figure 4-38 CIMOM port number Figure 4-39 lists the default port number for the embedded WebSphere Application Server. Verify the listed ports are available in your server. If the ports are not available, you can specify different ports. In our installation, we accept the default. Click Next in Figure 4-39. Figure 4-39 Port number for WebSphere Application Server 70 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 85.
    Figure 4-40 showsthe installation progress. Wait until it finishes. Figure 4-40 Installation started Figure 4-41, shows that the installation is successful. Click Next, as shown in Figure 4-41. Figure 4-41 Successful installation Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server 71
  • 86.
    After you clickthe Next button in Figure 4-41 on page 71, the postinstall.txt document is displayed, as shown in Figure 4-42. This document provides you the information about what to do next. Go through the document and close the window when you are finished reading it. Figure 4-42 Post installation tasks In Figure 4-43, click Finish and reboot your computer. Figure 4-43 Installation finished 72 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 87.
    The installation tasksare finished. Your server has the same software installation as the IBM SSPC solution. 4.4.3 Connect SVC Master Console to SVC Clusters Before you can manage your SVC clusters, you need to add your SVC clusters to your SVC Master Console. This topic gives you the details on how to add an SVC cluster to your SVC Master Console. After you install the SVC Master Console, start your Web browser and point to your SVC Master Console IP address using port number 9080: http://<ip>:9080/ica/login A Web page is displayed asking you for a login name and password. The default is superuser as the login name and passw0rd as the password (Figure 4-44). These are the default login name and password after your initial installation. After you type in the login name and password, click OK to continue. Figure 4-44 Login window Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server 73
  • 88.
    After you successfullylog in, you have a navigation tree on the left side of your Web browser. Click Users, which shows that you only have one default user after your initial installation, which is superuser (see Figure 4-45). If you are serious about security and do not want to use the default login name and password, you can use the Add a User function to add users of your choice. Figure 4-45 User management 74 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 89.
    After you finishyour user account setup, click Clusters. It shows you the clusters managed by this SVC Master Console (see Figure 4-46). At this moment, there are no SVC clusters because you have not added any SVC clusters into your SVC Master Console. Click the GO button next to the Add a Cluster function. Figure 4-46 Cluster management Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server 75
  • 90.
    In Figure 4-47,type the IP address of your SVC cluster. It is important that you do not check Create (Initialize) Cluster function unless you really need to initialize your clusters. It will erase all your current cluster configuration. After you type the IP address, click OK to continue. Figure 4-47 Add a cluster When the security alert in Figure 4-48 pops up, click Yes to accept it Figure 4-48 Security Alert In Figure 4-49 on page 77. type the login name and password of your SVC cluster and click OK. 76 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 91.
    Figure 4-49 Loginwindow In Figure 4-50, click Browse in the Add Key section to load the public key you created during the SVC Master Console installation. The details about public key generation is shown in Figure 4-37 on page 69. Figure 4-50 Add key Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server 77
  • 92.
    After you locatethe public key, type a unique ID of your choice (see Figure 4-51). This ID is going to be used in the SVC clusters to identify your SVC Master Console. In the Access Level, select administrator. Then click the Add Key button. Figure 4-51 Upload public key 78 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 93.
    In Figure 4-52,it shows that the SVC cluster is successfully added to the SVC Master Console. Figure 4-52 Cluster managed Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server 79
  • 94.
    In Figure 4-53,select the SVC cluster you added and click the GO button next to the Launch the SAN Volume Controller Console function. Figure 4-53 Viewing clusters added The SVC cluster management console appears, as shown in Figure 4-54 on page 81. It provides you with a navigation tree. You can navigate to the functions you want and change configurations based on your requirements. 80 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 95.
    Figure 4-54 SVCcluster management console Figure 4-55 shows an error message we received during our installation. By default, the installation wizard configures all the required Windows command paths. Figure 4-55 SVC CMMUI8300E error message Chapter 4. Building an SSPC server 81
  • 96.
    SVC CIMOM isusing the plink.exe program to send commands to SVC over the SSH protocol. As plink.exe is used without full path specification in the command, it has to be located in the system path. You have two options: 1. Add a path where plink.exe is installed to the system PATH variable. 2. Copy plink.exe to the directory that is already included in the system PATH variable, for example, C:WINDOWS. For some reason in our installation, the path of PuTTY was not configured properly. If you run into the same error message, you may need to check your Windows command path and make sure the PuTTY directory is in your Windows command path. We copied plink.exe to C:WINDOWS and the error was resolved. 82 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 97.
    5 Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance This chapter provides considerations on using SSPC in your environment. It includes the following: SSPC redundancy Securing your SSPC Upgrading your SSPC Integrating your SSPC with an existing TPC environment Backing up your SSPC © Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved. 83
  • 98.
    5.1 Securing yourSSPC server In a production environment, SSPC is normally the control point of the storage systems that stores large amount of data. The security of the SSPC server is very important. SSPC is designed to provide you with the maximum flexibility in implementing security controls of your choice. In general, the security of SSPC should be implemented at multiple layers. It should include but is not limited to the following components: Application security Operating system security Network security 5.1.1 Application security TPC supports application level security by using role-based authorization. TPC allows you to assign different users with different roles. Each user can only perform the functions they are allowed to perform based on their roles. This provides you the capability to segregate duties between users. TPC supports ten different roles. The details of roles and the permission associated with each role is summarized in Table 5-1. Table 5-1 TPC roles Role Authorization level Superuser This role has full access to all TPC functions. Productivity center administrator The role has full access to operations in the administration section of the GUI. Tape Operator This role has access to reports only for TPC tape functions. Tape Administrator This role has full access to TPC tape functions. Fabric Operator This role has access to reports only for TPC fabric functions. Fabric Administrator This role has full access to TPC fabric functions. Disk Operator This role has access to reports only for TPC disk functions. Disk Administrator This role has full access to TPC disk functions. Data Operator This role has access to reports only for TPC data functions. Data Administrator This role has full access to TPC data functions. Log in to TPC with a user ID that belongs to the Windows Administrators group, and in the Navigation Tree, select Administrative Services → Configuration → Role-to-Group Mappings. You can see the roles available in Figure 5-1 on page 85. 84 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 99.
    Figure 5-1 Rolesavailable in TPC Operating system groups are used in role-based authorization. If you need to create a role, you just pick an operating system group and map it to a role listed in Table 5-1 on page 84. When a user logs into TPC, TPC verifies the group membership of the user. Based on the operating system group membership, TPC assign the user permissions. Figure 5-1 shows the configuration of Role-to-Group Mapping after the initial setup. The only group assigned is the Administrators group, which is assigned to the Superuser role in TPC. This is because we specified the Administrators group to have the Superuser role during TPC installation (see Figure 4-22 on page 60).This configuration gives every user in the Administrators group the Superuser role. One of the first tasks you should perform after installing IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center is to assign roles to individuals who will use the product. Because the Administrators group has already mapped to the Superuser role, what you need to create a TPC superuser ID is to create an OS user ID and add this user to the Administrators group. When the user authenticates with TPC, the user’s membership in Administrators group gives the user the TPC Superuser privilege. Based on the requirement of your environment, you may also need to create users with different permissions, such as Fabric Operator or Disk Administrator. You need to perform the following steps to create an user ID with a specific TPC role: 1. Create an operating system user ID. 2. Create an operating system group. 3. Add the user ID to the operating system group. 4. Map the group to a TPC role. Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance 85
  • 100.
    Create a userto manage TPC and Element Manager To provide more details about role based authorization, we show you an example in this section. In our example, we create a user called diskadmin and assign diskadmin the disk administrator role. Right-click My Computer and select Manage (Figure 5-2). Figure 5-2 Create new user ID (step one) In the next window, right-click Users, and select New Users (Figure 5-3). Figure 5-3 Create new user ID (step two) In Figure 5-4 on page 87, enter the required information (user ID, password, and description) and click Create to create a new Windows user account called diskadmin. 86 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 101.
    Figure 5-4 Createnew user ID (step three) After you create a new user, the next step is to create a new group. In the Computer Management window, right-click Groups and select New Group (Figure 5-5). Figure 5-5 Create new group (step one) Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance 87
  • 102.
    In Figure 5-6,type Disk Administrators as the group name and add diskadmin to this group, and then click Create. Figure 5-6 New group (step two) Assign the TPC role to a user ID Log in to TPC using the TPC Superuser ID, go to Role-to-Group Mappings, and click Edit next to the Disk Administrator (see Figure 5-7). Figure 5-7 Role-to-Group Mappings Type Disk Administrators as the group name for the Disk Administrator role and click OK to continue (Figure 5-8 on page 89). 88 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 103.
    Figure 5-8 Groupname In the TPC Role-to-Group Mappings window, you can see the Disk Administrators group is added to the Disk Administrator role. Click the disk icon in the menu bar to save the change (Figure 5-9), and then close the TPC GUI. Figure 5-9 Save the change in TPC Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance 89
  • 104.
    Log in toTPC using the newly defined user ID diskadmin. Now you see the TPC window shown in Figure 5-10. Compare this TPC window with the TPC window you have when you log in with the TPC Superuser role (Figure 5-1 on page 85). You can see Fabric Manager and Tape Manager functions are not available in the new window. This is because you are now a disk administrator and you are not allowed to manage Fabric or Tape. Also, you have fewer Configuration functions because you are now only a disk administrator instead of a TPC superuser. In summary, only disk administrator related functions are available in TPC when you log in using diskadmin. Figure 5-10 TPC navigation tree for disk administrator 90 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 105.
    DS8000 Element Manageraccess If a new user signs in for the first time with an expired password, the DS8000 Element Manager prompts the user for a new password, as shown in Figure 5-11. Figure 5-11 First time login prompt password change Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance 91
  • 106.
    Figure 5-12 showsthe DS8000 Element Manager Welcome window. Figure 5-12 Element Management If you enter an incorrect password, the user ID is locked, or the password in the DS8000 has expired, you will get the login error message HWNEM0104E, as shown in Figure 5-13 on page 93. You can set up the user IDs and the password in the DS8000. You can also setup the authority of each user in the DS8000. You will need one user and password to set up the Element Manager. The user ID and password for the Element Manager is stored in the TPC database. Any subsequent login from the Element Manager within TPC uses that one stored user ID and the privileges associated with it. For the duration of a TPC session, if you log in to the DS8000 through the Element Manager, and then close out the DS8000 GUI and log back in to the Element Manager with a different account on the DS8000, the privileges of the first account to log in are retained. You must close out the TPC session to disassociate the first account to log in from the DS8000 GUI. If your entry in the Element Manager is using an ID with administrator privileges in the DS8000, anyone logging in through the Element Manager will have administrator privileges for the duration of the TPC session. If you do not want anyone to log in with administrator rights, you have two options: You can remove the entry in the Element Manager, as shown in Figure 5-15 on page 95, or you can change the entry in the Element Manager to an user ID with only Monitor rights, as shown in Figure 5-16 on page 96. 92 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 107.
    Figure 5-13 Loginerror If your user ID has only Monitor authority and you try to change the configuration, you will get an error message, as shown in Figure 5-14 on page 94. Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance 93
  • 108.
    Figure 5-14 Userwith Monitor authority tried to make changes in the DS8000 Element Manager Figure 5-15 on page 95 shows the option to Remove Element Manager through the Select action drop-down menu. 94 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 109.
    Figure 5-15 Selectionto remove the entry in Element Manager Figure 5-16 on page 96 shows the option to Modify Element Manager through the Select action drop-down menu. Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance 95
  • 110.
    Figure 5-16 Selectionto modify the entry in the Element Manager After selecting to Modify Element Manager, you are presented the window where you can modify the DS8000 Element Manager specifics (see Figure 5-17 on page 97). 96 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 111.
    Figure 5-17 Pop-upwindow to modify the Element Manager user entry 5.1.2 Operating system security SSPC is built on top of a standard Windows 2003 installation. There is no customization at the operating system level. This gives you the maximum flexibility in implementing operating system security based on the security requirements in your environment. SSPC has the following software running on top of Windows 2003 at the time of the writing of this book: DB2 Enterprise Server Edition V9.1 with Fix Pack 2 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition V3.3.1 PuTTY 0.58 IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller (SVC) Console and CIMOM Agent V4.2.1. When you design operating system security, basically you can do whatever your security policy requires you to do as long you give adequate permission for the installed software to run properly on your server. If your security policy requires you to install antivirus software, you can simply consider SSPC as a standard Windows server and deploy the antivirus solution of your choice. Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance 97
  • 112.
    5.1.3 Network security Securing the management interface of your storage devices is very important to your overall security. If a malicious user obtains full control of your SSPC or DS8000, you may end up with service interruptions or loss of data. It is a good practice to put your SSPC and the management interfaces of your storage devices in a secured network. We also recommend having a periodical security audit of your storage network. This can keep you informed about any potential security issues and allow you to mitigate any security exposure before a security incident happens. If you have a large internal network, and there are uncertainties outside of your control, you may consider using a firewall to segregate your storage network from your internal network. This allows you to have a smaller storage network to mange, which is easier for you to secure. Figure 5-18 shows a high level network diagram of using a firewall to create a smaller, secured storage network. You connect all the management interfaces of your storage devices in the secured storage network. Because the firewall does not allow normal users or computers in the corporate network to access the storage devices, the storage devices are isolated from any potential security issues on the corporate network. When administrators or servers on the corporate internal network need to connect to your secured storage network for valid reasons, you need to configure the firewall to allow the connections required for them to do their work. However, when you configure the firewall to allow new communications, you need to carefully design the firewall rules. Improperly designed firewall rules may adversely impact the firewall’s ability to secure your storage network. Secured Storage Management LAN DDS8 800 00 DSS80 000 0 SSPC C o rp o ra te Firewall A dd min i ss r r a oo r s A m minn its t rta tr sr s ta In te rn a l A d S ei riv e r s t o / / S e rv e rs / S e rv e rs N e tw o r k SSVCC SVVC D tSe8 0 t0 0a g e O h r S o r0 D S800 D e v ic e s Figure 5-18 Recommended network connection 5.2 Upgrading your SSPC TPC Basic Edition provides basic storage management functions. However, TPC Basic Edition is not a fully functioning storage management solution. TPC Standard Edition provides more features, including greater reporting, disk performance analysis, provisioning, predictive analysis, and SAN planning. TPC Standard Edition is the industry leading Storage Resource Management and SAN Management product in the industry. As an entry point for a storage management solution, TPC Basic Edition is designed to allow you to have an easy road map, from adding partial TPC Standard Edition functions all the way to full TPC Standard Edition functions. Table 5-2 on page 99 provides the details on what kind of upgrade options you can have and what is the best situation to use them. 98 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 113.
    Table 5-2 Bestsolution for you requirements Best solution When you need TPC for Disk Disk performance management TPC for Data A way to measure and forecast storage growth A way to rationalize/classify storage data for ILM TPC for Fabric A tool to manage SAN configuration, availability, and performance TPC Standard Edition Managing provisioning, zoning, configuration, monitoring, and problem determination A consolidated view of storage infrastructure, including Disk, SAN, and capacity A way to manage IBM and heterogeneous storage from a single tool TPC Standard Edition or TPC with Provisioning of storage (both IBM and heterogeneous) Advanced Provisioning License installation TPC Basic Edition uses the same software package as the TPC Standard Edition. Because the software package has already installed on your system after the TPC Basic Edition is installed, when you upgrade your TPC Basic Edition, all you need is to order and install the required license to unlock the functions in the software. The license is installed using the same installation program you used to install the software. When you install TPC Basic Edition, the license for TPC Basic Edition is automatically installed. If you decide to upgrade later, you can use the following procedure to install the license key. The following procedure upgrades your SSPC to TPC for Disk. It is the same procedure if you upgrade to other TPC products, except you use the CD for other TPC products. 1. Run the installation program setup.exe using the CD of TPC for Disk. 2. When the Select a language window is displayed, select a language from the drop-down list and click OK (see Figure 4-16 on page 56). 3. When the Software License Agreement window is displayed. Read the terms of the license agreement. If you agree with the terms of the license agreement, select I accept the terms of the license agreement. Click Next (Figure 4-17 on page 56). 4. In Figure 5-19 on page 100, select Installation licenses. This option will allow you to install the license from the CD that has the TPC for Disk license. You do not have to install the TPC for Disk software since you already have the software packages installed on the SSPC or during the install of TPC Basic Edition. Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance 99
  • 114.
    Figure 5-19 TPCinstaller 5. In Figure 5-20, the message tells you that you have successfully installed the license. Click Next to continue. When the window disappears, reboot your computer. Figure 5-20 License installation successful When your server comes back from reboot, you have TPC for Disk functions available on your server. Figure 5-21 on page 101 shows the TPC Navigation Tree before TPC for Disk is installed. Figure 5-22 on page 101 shows the TPC Navigation Tree after TPC for Disk is installed. In Figure 5-22 on page 101, under IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → Disk Manager → Reporting, you can see a new function, Storage Subsystem Performance, that has been added. TPC Basic Edition does not provide performance reporting. 100 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 115.
    Figure 5-21 BeforeTPC for Disk is installed Figure 5-22 After TPC for Disk is installed Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance 101
  • 116.
    We have shownthe scenario of upgrading from TPC Basic Edition to TPC for Disk. For detailed information about the upgrade procedure, refer to 7.1, “Upgrading SSPC” on page 188. 5.3 Integrating your SSPC with an existing TPC environment The ability to consolidate asset and health information collected from multiple TPC instances was introduced with TotalStorage Productivity Center V3.3. You can create a rollup report to have a network-wide perspective of storage usage in your environment where multiple TPC servers are deployed and collecting storage metrics. 5.3.1 Rollup reports To integrate your SSPC into your existing TPC environment, an existing TPC server should function as a Master TPC server. The Master TPC server collects data from subordinate TPC servers, and from the Master Server, you can create rollup reports. Your SSPC server should function as a subordinate TPC server, providing data to the Master TPC server. Note: The ability to act as a Master Server and generate rollup reports is a function of TPC Standard Edition. The Master TPC server is required to be TPC Standard Edition. Rollup Reports are generated through the TPC Navigation Tree. You can generate four categories of rollup reports: Asset: To view detailed statistics about agents, computers, storage subsystems, disk and volume groups, disks, file systems, logical volumes, LUNs, and fabrics that are monitored by subordinate servers. Database Asset: To view detailed statistics that have been collected by subordinate servers about the RDBMSs in your environment, including Oracle®, SQL Server®, Sybase, and UDB/DB2. Capacity: To view storage metrics related to the disk capacity, file system capacity, file system used space, and file system free space gathered by the subordinate servers in your environment. Database Capacity: To view storage capacity, used space, and free space at the computer, computer group, database, instance, and TPC server level for RDBMSs that are monitored by subordinate servers. Note: To generate a full report of your environment, you need to deploy a Data agent and a Fabric agent on each server (that is, fibre attached) that you want to manage. If a server does not have agents installed, the information for that server will be omitted from the rollup report you generate. Asset reports In the Asset category, the following reports can be generated: Agents: To view information about Data agents and Device agents that are associated with subordinate servers in your environment. Computers: To view information about the hosts and computers that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. 102 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 117.
    Storage Subsystems: Toview information about the storage subsystems that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Disk/Volume Groups: To view information about the disk and volume groups that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Disks: To view information about the disks that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. File Systems or Logical Volumes: To view information about the file systems or logical volumes that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. LUNs: To view information about the LUNs that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Fabrics: To view information about the fabrics that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Database Asset reports In the Database Asset category, the following reports can be generated: All DBMSs: To view information about the RDBMSs that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Oracle: To view information about Oracle instances that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Sybase: To view information about Sybase instances that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. SQL Server: To view information about SQL Server instances that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. UDB: To view information about UDB/DB2 instances that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Capacity reports In the Capacity category, the following reports can be generated: Disk Capacity: To view disk capacity information about the computers and storage subsystems that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Filesystem Capacity: To view file system capacity information about the file systems that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Filesystem Free Space: To view information about the available storage space on file systems that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Filesystem Used Space: To view information about the used storage space on file systems that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Database Capacity reports In the Database Capacity category, the following reports can be generated: All DBMSs: To view storage capacity information for the DBMSs that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Oracle: To view storage capacity information for the Oracle databases that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Sybase: To view storage capacity information for the Sybase databases that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Chapter 5. Managing your SSPC appliance 103
  • 118.
    SQL Server: Toview storage capacity information for the SQL Server databases that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. UDB: To view storage capacity information for the UDB/DB2 databases that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Refer to 7.3.4, “Enterprise rollup reporting” on page 215 for detailed information about creating rollup reports. 5.4 Backing up your SSPC SSPC is built on a standard Windows platform. You need to consider the same backup and recovery policy as for your other Windows servers. Depending on how you use your SSPC, you may have two ways to recovery your SSPC server: 1. Rebuild your SSPC based on the procedure discussed in Chapter 4, “Building an SSPC server” on page 45. 2. Recover your SSPC from backup tape or disk. If you use your SSPC only as a management console, all the information in the TPC database on the SSPC can be easily recreated from your storage subsystems managed by the SSPC. On the other hand, if you use SSPC as a storage management solution, your SSPC may hold a considerable amount of information that is not easily recreated. For example, if you have upgraded your SSPC to TPC Standard Edition or TPC for Replication, you may have historical performance data and copy services policies in the database that will need to be restored. To recover your SSPC instance, you need to install proper backup software and regularly back up your SSPC. Since SSPC in built on top of a standard Windows platform, you have the flexibility to choose your preferred Windows backup solution to meet your installation requirements. TPC stores all information in DB2. When you design your TPC backup solution, you need to carefully plan your database backup procedure. All general considerations about database backup applies to TPC backup. 104 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 119.
    6 Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions In this chapter, we describe the IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition functions that help you to manage and configure your IBM System Storage DS8000 systems, IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller clusters, selected IBM Tape Libraries, and other storage infrastructure components. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved. 105
  • 120.
    6.1 Overview IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition (TPC BE) is a new edition of the TPC family that comes preinstalled on the System Storage Productivity Center (SSPC) server. The TPC family consists of different infrastructure management components that helps you manage, configure, and tune your data storage infrastructure. The new edition TPC BE provides most of the features that are available in TPC for Disk and TPC for Fabric components except from performance management and reporting. TPC BE provides the following functions: Device discovery Disk subsystem management – Discovery – Monitoring – Provisioning (for example, volume creation and configuration) Fabric management – Discovery – Monitoring – Provisioning (for example, zone control and planning) Tape management – Discovery – Monitoring Topology viewer and Storage Health Management Reporting TPC BE provides a basic storage resource management solution. It extends existing management of a single storage system, providing capabilities such as storage reporting, monitoring, policy-based management, and storage provisioning. TPC BE centralizes management of network storage devices that implement the SNIA Storage Management Interface Specification (SMI-S), which includes the IBM System Storage DS family and IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller (SVC). It is designed to help reduce storage management complexity and cost and help improve data availability through open standards (SMI-S). TPC BE can be easily upgraded to TPC Standard Edition, which provides advanced features, such as performance reporting, file-level capacity utilization, best practices-based configuration management, and wizard driven end-to-end storage provisioning. 6.2 Architecture The TPC BE consist of several key components. In this topic, we describe each of these components and show how they are related. 6.2.1 Services The Data server and Device server run as services on the server they are installed on. 106 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 121.
    Data server The Data server component is the control point for product scheduling functions, configuration, event information, reporting, and GUI support. It coordinates communication with agents and data collection from different agents that scan and gather information and populate the database with the results. The Data server is the primary contact point for GUI user interface functions. It also includes functions that schedule data collection and discovery for Device server. Data server has the following services: Server: The component that directs all the operations of Data Manager Scheduler: The process on the server that receives requests from the scheduler GUI: The process within the GUI that enables you to generate report requests and to create and run jobs Agent: The process on the server that receives requests from agents Device server The Device server component discovers storage subsystems and SAN fabrics, and gathers information about storage subsystems and SAN fabrics. The Device server controls the communication with agents and the data collection from agents that scan SAN fabrics. It is also responsible for the creation and monitoring of replication relationships between storage devices. Device server has the following main services: SAN planner: The component that provides SAN planning functions Fabric manager: A service that provides fabric management functions Disk manager: A service that provides storage subsystem management functions Disk monitor: A service that monitors the storage subsystems Element manager: A service that provides the ability to manage element managers Discovery: A service that provides discovery and probe functions Tape manager: A service that provides tape management functions 6.2.2 Data Sources Data Sources (Data and Fabric agents) are used to gather data about the storage subsystems, fabric, and servers that will be monitored and managed. It sends this information to a Data server or Device server. TPC BE uses the following agents as Data Sources: CIMOM In-band Fabric agent (if Agent Manager is installed) Out of Band Fabric agent Note: Agent Manager, the central network element, together with the distributed Common Agents, builds an infrastructure that is used by other applications to deploy and manage an agent environment is an optional program that can be installed on the SSPC server. TPC BE does not require Agent Manager, so Data agents and In-band Fabric agents cannot be deployed. Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 107
  • 122.
    CIMOM The Common Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) provides a means by which a device can be managed by common building blocks rather than proprietary software. If a device is a CIMOM compliant, TPC can manage it, because TPC is also CIMOM compliant. Actually, the CIMOM is an interpreter between TPC and the device. There is an SNIA SMI-S interface using an XML transport for data and command interchange from TPC to the CIMOM. From the CIMOM to the device layer, there are proprietary interfaces provided by the device vendor to convert those commands and answers from the SNIA XML language to a language that device can understand: For storage, CIMOMs are needed for storage asset information, provisioning, alerting, and performance monitoring. For fabric, CIMOMs are only used for performance monitoring. For tape libraries, CIMOMs are used for asset and inventory information. The CIMOM can be a separate installation or can be imbedded in the device itself. After the CIMOM is installed and configured, TPC can communicate with a device. In-band Fabric agent In-band Fabric agents collect information about SAN fabrics. The In-band Fabric agents must be installed on systems with host bus adapters (HBAs) that are connected to the SAN fabrics that you want to manage. The In-band Fabric agents communicate in-band through the HBA and collect the following informations from the SAN fabrics: Attribute and topology information Host level information (LUN mapping) HBA information (model and driver version) Port state information Zoning information In-band Fabric agents are discovered during the installation process. The in-band Fabric agents can be installed locally or can be also installed remotely from TPC. It must be installed on at least one system that has an HBA that is connected to SAN fabrics. Out of band Fabric agent Out of band Fabric agents are used by the Fabric Manager. Out of band Fabric agents issue SNMP queries to the fabric switches and collect topology information. The Fabric agent must point to each switch in the SAN fabrics that you want to manage. The out of band Fabric agents collect the following information from the SAN fabrics: Zoning information (Brocade only) Virtual storage area network (VSAN) information (Cisco only) 6.2.3 Database A single database instance serves as the repository for all TPC components. It is a single DB2 database instance. 108 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 123.
    6.2.4 Graphical userinterface The graphical user interface (GUI) provides an integrated user interface for all TPC interactions. It lets you enter or receive information for all TPC components. TPC provides two methods for running a GUI: as a downloadable Java GUI application or as an application. If running the downloadable Java GUI application, it is not necessary to install the GUI component on every workstation. You can simply access it from any Web enabled workstation and the Java GUI application is automatically downloaded on an as-needed basis. 6.2.5 Command-line interface The command-line interface (CLI) lets you issue commands for major TPC functions. Generic commands are available regardless of which components have been licensed and configured. The only requirements are an active Device server and a valid login. 6.3 Using TPC BE This topic will cover initial configuration tasks that are needed to get started using TPC BE functions and managing your storage infrastructure. This topic will also help you to get an overview of the TPC BE capabilities, the structure of the user interface, and the relationship of the product components. TPC BE offers two user interfaces: a graphical user interface (GUI) and a command-line interface (CLI). We only cover the use of GUI. 6.3.1 Starting the GUI TPC BE provides you two methods to start the GUI: Application Java Web Start Application You can start the GUI: As an application on the SSPC server As an TPC Client on any workstation Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 109
  • 124.
    To start theTPC BE GUI on the SSPC server, open the TPC BE GUI by selecting Start → Programs → IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → Productivity Center. You can also double-click the Productivity Center icon from desktop. After you start the GUI, you must enter the TPC user ID and password see (Figure 6-1). To start the TPC BE GUI from any workstation in your environment, you must install the TPC Client from TPC installation CDs, which are shipped with SSPC. To install it, run the TPC installer and choose to install GUI. Figure 6-1 TPC Basic Edition logon After entering a valid TPC user ID and password, the main TPC BE window is opened, as shown in Figure 6-2 on page 111. 110 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 125.
    Figure 6-2 TPCBasic Edition welcome window Java Web Start You can start the TPC BE GUI using Java Web Start from any Web-enabled workstation that has an IP connection to the SSPC server. The benefit of running the user interface as a Java Web Start is that you are not required to install the GUI component on every workstation. To start and run the TPC BE GUI Java Web Start, you must do the following: 1. Start a Web browser session. 2. Point your Web browser to the following URL where you specify your SSPC server IP address and the appropriate port: http://<SSPC IP address>:9550/ITSRM/app/welcome.html 3. It opens a Web page where you start the TPC BE GUI using Java Web Start. If you do not have the appropriate Java, you can install it from the Web page. Figure 6-3 shows the TPC BE Java applet Web page. Figure 6-3 TPC GUI Java Web Start Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 111
  • 126.
    TPC Basic Editionhas the IBM V1.4.2 JRE in the source code. Your OEM server may not support the IBM V1.4.2 JRE. During install, you may encounter the error message shown in Figure 6-4. To fix this Java error, you have to download and install Java Version 1.4.2 from the Sun™ Microsystems Web site. Figure 6-4 Java error message 4. Click the link TPC GUI (Java Web Start). It starts downloading the TPC BE GUI (Figure 6-5). Figure 6-5 Downloading TPC BE GUI Java Web Start 5. After the TPC BE GUI is downloaded, you will be asked if you would like to have TPC GUI integrated into your desktop environment. You can double-click the TotalStorage Productivity Center GUI icon on your desktop and start it. You can start Java Web Start by selecting Start → Programs → IBM Java Web Start V1.4.2. It open Java Web Start Application Manager, where you can manage Java applications (Figure 6-6 on page 113). 112 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 127.
    Figure 6-6 JavaWeb Start 6.3.2 Using the GUI TPC BE GUI offers two perspectives that act as containers for organizing related features and functions that are integrated within the TPC user interface. Each perspective provides a complete set of tools for performing a specific set of enterprise management tasks. Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 113
  • 128.
    The ability toswitch between perspectives provides you with a single interface for quickly accessing different tools to monitor and manage your storage devices. You can switch perspectives using the Enterprise Management or Element Management button that appears in the TPC BE toolbar (Figure 6-7). Figure 6-7 Element Management button The following perspectives are currently available: Enterprise Management Element Management Enterprise Management This perspective contains the TPC BE user interface and all its related functions. You can use this perspective to perform such tasks as configuration, data collection, policy management, alerting, and reporting. The tree-based navigation system lets you see a hierarchical organization of the product features in the left pane while viewing detailed reports and informations in the right pane. The left pane is called the Navigation Tree, and the right pane is called the Content Pane. When you start TPC BE, the Enterprise Management perspective is opened and the Navigation Tree is expanded to show all the high level functions. You can drill down on an element in the tree by clicking it or by clicking the expand icon. When you right-click a node, a pop-up (context) menu displays, which lets you perform additional actions for the node. If the Navigation Tree gets too large, or if you want to return it to its original state, right-click the major nodes of the tree and select Collapse Branch or Expand Branch. If you right-click the IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center node and select Collapse Branch, the entire Navigation Tree collapses. Then, right-click the main IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center 114 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 129.
    node and selectExpand Branch to return the Navigation Tree to its original state, expanded only to show the main functions. The Content Pane opens on the right side of the main window. When you select a node in the Navigation Tree, the corresponding function window opens in the Content Pane. You can use the windows that open in the Content Pane to define and run the different functions (for example, monitoring jobs, alerts, and reports) available within TPC BE. The information shown on the pages in the Content Pane will vary, depending on the function you are working with. Element Management This perspective enables you to add, manage, and launch the Element Managers that are visible to TPC BE. For example, use DS8000 Element Managers to access the DS8000 Storage Manager for configuring and administering the associated DS8000 storage subsystems. Figure 6-8 shows the Element Management perspective. Figure 6-8 Element Management perspective 6.3.3 Collecting data There are basically two ways to collect the information from your environment: CIMOM and SNMP traps Data collections TPC BE uses only CIMOM and SNMP traps to collect the data. Data collections require that Agent Manager is installed and that Data agents are deployed. Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 115
  • 130.
    There are differentcollection jobs for the type of information collected and from which types of elements the information is retrieved. TPC BE uses the following collection jobs: Discovery jobs locate data sources and collects basic information about these data sources. TPC BE discovery jobs run against CIMOMs and out of band Fabric agents. When a discovery job is run against a storage subsystem CIMOM, the job locates all storage subsystems behind this CIMOM and retrieves all information the CIMOM holds for these systems. The discovery job, however, does not cause the CIMOM to log in to the storage subsystems and retrieve more detailed information. When a discovery job is run against a fabric, the job retrieves all available information for the fabric if it is supported by the switches. Probe jobs collect detailed statistics on all the assets of the managed infrastructure, such as computers, disk controllers, fabrics, storage subsystems, and LUNs. Probe jobs can also discover information about new or removed disks. Probe jobs can be directed against any element in the managed infrastructure. Note: TPC BE probe jobs do not collect all the information of the managed infrastructure, such as file systems, because TPC BE does not require Agent Manager, and therefore Fabric agents and Data agents are not deployed. 6.3.4 Adding CIMOM Before you start using TPC BE, you must add the related CIMOM agents, which provide a standard interface to storage devices for storage management applications. There are two ways of adding CIMOM agents to TPC BE: Run automatic CIMOM discovery. Add CIMOM agents manually. CIMOM discovery To run the CIMOM Discovery job, go to Navigation Tree pane and expand Administrative Services → Discovery. Right click CIMOM and click Run now (Figure 6-9 on page 117). 116 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 131.
    Figure 6-9 RunCIMOM discovery In the Notice window, click OK, and the CIMOM Discovery job is started (Figure 6-10). Figure 6-10 Notice window Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 117
  • 132.
    To monitor theCIMOM Discovery job, expand Administrative Services → Discovery → CIMOM, right-click CIMOM, and select Refresh Job List from the drop-down menu (Figure 6-11). Then expand the CIMOM node of the Navigation Tree. Figure 6-11 Update CIMOM discovery job status The entry for CIMOM discovery job is named with the time stamp of its starting time. While it is running, it has a blue circle outline to the left of the job name (Figure 6-12). If the job has completed successfully, a green square is shown in front of the job name. Figure 6-12 CIMOM discovery job status 118 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 133.
    A red circleindicates that the job has competed with errors (Figure 6-13). TPC uses also a yellow triangle to indicate that a job has completed with warnings. Figure 6-13 Completed CIMOM discovery job After the job completes, the discovered CIMOMs are listed in the CIMOM table in the Content pane. You can check it if you expand Administrative Services → Data Sources and click CIMOM Agents (Figure 6-14). Figure 6-14 Discovered CIMOMs The CIMOM connection status can have different values. If the status is different than Success, you can check the CIMOM details by clicking the magnifying glass to the left of the listing. The information is shown in the Content pane. You can enter additional CIMOM information, such as the user name and password used for logging into the CIMOM, and you can also test CIMOM connectivity by checking Test CIMOM connectivity before updating (Figure 6-15 on page 120). If you select a specific CIMOM in the table, you can perform the following administrative actions by clicking the buttons in the toolbar above the CIMOM list: Test CIMOM connection: Check to ensure that communication to the CIMOM is working properly. Remove CIMOM: Remove the CIMOM from the function tree and repository database. The data discovered by the CIMOM will not be removed from the repository. Show managed devices: Show devices that are managed by the CIMOM. Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 119
  • 134.
    Figure 6-15 AddingCIMOM details Adding CIMOM manually You can manually add CIMOMs if they are not discovered during automatic CIMOM discovery. To add CIMOM manually, go to the Navigation Tree pane, expand Administrative Services → Data Sources, and click CIMOM Agents. In the Content pane, click the Add CIMOM button and the Add CIMOM windows opens (Figure 6-16). Figure 6-16 Adding CIMOM manually 120 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 135.
    To add theCIMOM, you must specify the CIMOM IP address and the port on which the CIMOM is listening. It also requires a valid user name and password for authentication. The Interoperability Namespace within the CIMOM allows you to access the CIM Interop Schema and determines how TPC interacts with the CIMOM when retrieving information. You can also check the box to test CIMOM connectivity before adding it and to ensure that communication is working properly. After you click Save, the information you have input about the CIMOM is added to TPC so that TPC can communicate with the CIMOM. 6.3.5 DS8000 CIMOM DS8000 CIMOM is embedded on the HMC of the DS8000 storage subsystem. The CIMOM is initially disabled on the HMC and must be enabled through the WebSM management console before it can be used. The HMC CIMOM can only support DS8000 devices that are managed by that HMC. This CIMOM is not able to manage any ESS 800 or DS6000 devices, or any DS8000 devices that are managed by a different HMC. The first step to set up the CIMOM is enabling it on the HMC. The SSR would log in to the HMC as for a normal service action, and from the Service Focal Point dialog start CIMOM. Figure 6-17 shows the window from the HMC that CIMOM is running. Figure 6-17 MC CIM Agent enable The next step is to define a user ID and password that will be used by the CIMOM for managing the storage devices. You can use the default admin user or create a new user. This would be done either by using the DS8000 element manager or the DSCLI mkuser command. You need to create a user with at least operator authority, which allows the creation and removal of arrays and ranks and, of course, includes the ability to create, delete, and manage logical volumes. DSCIMCLI The last step is configure CIMOM using the DSCIMCLI utility. The DSCIMCLI utility, which configures the CIMOM, is available from the DS CIM agent Web site as part of the DS CIM agent installation bundle, and also as a separate installation bundle. The DSCIMCLI can be installed on the SSPC server. Perform these steps to install DSCIMCLI utility: 1. Download and extract the dscimcli.zip file onto your hard drive. 2. The top-level directories of the extracted contents represent the different operating systems (AIX, LINUX_RHEL3, LINUX_SLES9, or W2003). Set your DSAGENT_HOME environment variable to one of those directories depending on your platform. 3. Add the bin directory of the DSAGENT_HOME to your PATH environment variable. Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 121
  • 136.
    Use the DSCIMCLImkdev command to define an internal connection to the HMC. The key function of this command is to feed the DS8000 user ID and password to the CIMOM Agent, which it will need to manage the DS8000 (very similar to a DSCLI user connecting to the HMC for DS8000 management). You can optionally specify the address of the redundant HMC. Example 6-1 contains the command syntax. Example 6-1 Defining HMC to CIMOM C:Documents and SettingsAdministrator>dscimcli -s https://9.12.6.17:6989 mkdev 9.12.6.17 -type ds -user admin -password st0rage Device succesfully added. After you defined the internal connection to the HMC, you can check its status as well as the CIMOM configuration and CIMOM users. Example 6-2 contains the command syntax. Example 6-2 Checking CIMOM status C:Documents and SettingsAdministrator>dscimcli lsdev -l -s 9.12.6.17:6989 Type IP IP2 Username Storage Image Status Code Level Min Codelevel ===== =============== =============== ========= ================ ========== ============== ============== DS 9.12.6.17 - mary IBM.2107-75BALB1 successful 5.3.0.991 5.1.0.309 C:Documents and SettingsAdministrator>dscimcli lsuser Username ========= superuser C:Documents and SettingsAdministrator>dscimcli lsconfig Property Current Value After Restart ============== =============================== =============================== insecureport 5988 5988 secureport 5989 5989 certificate certname certname enablesecure true true enableinsecure true true Note: Use of DSCIMCLI utility is described in the book DS Open Application Programming Interface Reference, GC35-0516 After the CIMOM is configured, you can add it manually or it will be discovered automatically as long as it is in the same subnet as the TPC BE server. Figure 6-18 on page 123 shows the discovered DS8000 CIMOM and managed DS8000 storage subsystem. 122 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 137.
    Figure 6-18 DS8000CIMOM Note: The DS8000 CIMOM default user ID is superuser and password is passw0rd. IBM TS3500 Tape Library CIMOM To communicate with the Tape Library, TPC uses the CIMOM agent for tape. The CIMOM agent for tape must be installed on a separate Intel machine that runs the SUSE® Linux Enterprise Server 9 operating system or Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0. The CIMOM agent for tape communicates by using the Web-Based Enterprise Management (WBEM) protocol, which allows TPC to communicate with the IBM TS3500 Tape Library. Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 123
  • 138.
    To configure theIBM TS3500 Tape Library to work with the CIMOM agent for tape, you must connect to the Tape Library Specialist Web interface, enable the CIMOM interface, and set up SNMP traps. To start the Tape Library Web interface, open a Web browser and enter the IP address of the Tape Library Specialist. It opens the login Web page, as shown in Figure 6-19. Figure 6-19 Tape Library Specialist 124 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 139.
    Enter the userID and password. Under The Work Items in the left pane, expand Access and click SMI-S Agent (see Figure 6-20). Figure 6-20 SMI-S Agent option Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 125
  • 140.
    In the rightpane, click the Enable SMI-S Agent button to enable it (Figure 6-21). Figure 6-21 Enable SMI-S agent The window in Figure 6-22 shows you successfully enabled the agent. Figure 6-22 SMI-S agent successful enabled 126 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 141.
    To set upthe IP address of CIMOM agent for Tape, expand Access and click SNMP destination. Enter the IP address of CIMOM agent and click Apply (see Figure 6-23). Figure 6-23 CIMOM agent IP address Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 127
  • 142.
    To set upthe SNMP traps, expand Access and click SNMP Settings. This action opens the SNMP Settings in the right pane, where you enable and set up SNMP traps (see Figure 6-24). Figure 6-24 SNMP settings Note: For information about the version of SNMP traps, the Trap Community Name, and the Request Community Name, refer to the IBM TotalStorage SMI-S Agent for Tape on Linux Systems Installation Guide, GC35-0512. For the details how to set up IBM TS3500 Tape Library, refer to the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library Operator Guide, GA32-0560. 6.3.6 Adding in-band Fabric agents If you are planning to install Agent Manager, which is an optional and not required application for TPC BE, you also deploy in-band Fabric agents on servers in your SAN environment. In-band Fabric agents will register with TPC BE by themselves and should be readily available. Therefore, the in-band Fabric agent does not need to perform a discovery process. 6.3.7 Adding out of band Fabric agents Out of band Fabric agents issue SNMP queries to the fabric switches and collect topology information. You must add out of band Fabric agents in order to get this data. The steps for adding out of band Fabric agents are very similar to adding CIMOMs. We can either run an automatic Discovery job, or add the out of band Fabric agents manually. This must be done for each switch in the fabric. 128 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 143.
    Out of bandFabric agent discovery To run the out of band Discovery job, do the following steps: 1. Navigate to the tree pane, expand Administrative Services → Discovery, and click Out of Band Fabric. 2. In the Content Pane, you can see several tabs for the definition of the job. For the out-of-band Discovery job, enter the IP addresses of the subnets you want to scan in the Options tab (Figure 6-25). Figure 6-25 Out of band discovery Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 129
  • 144.
    3. Submit thejob by selecting File → Save in the menu bar. You can monitor the job by expanding Administrative Services → Discovery → Out of Band Fabric and clicking the job run entry (Figure 6-26). Figure 6-26 Monitoring Discovery job status 130 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 145.
    In the ContentPane, you can examine the log by clicking the magnifying glass next to the job status (Figure 6-27). While the job is running, you can check its status by selecting Administrative Services → Discovery → Out of Band Fabric. Select the job run entry and right-click Out of Band Fabric. From the menu, you can choose Refresh Job List to refresh the status of the Discovery job, or Update Job Status to check and see if the job has finished. Figure 6-27 Discovery job log Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 131
  • 146.
    4. To checkdiscovered out of band agents, select Administrative Services → Data Sources and click Out of Band Fabric. The Content Pane shows all discovered out of band agents (see Figure 6-28). Figure 6-28 Discovered out of band agents 5. By clicking the magnifying glass to the left of the listing, you see general information for the selected switch (Figure 6-29 on page 133). 132 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 147.
    Figure 6-29 Generalswitch information Note: If you have a Brocade Fabric, make sure you have enabled Advanced Brocade Discovery in the Out of Band Fabric agents definition and provide the user name and password, so that TPC can discover zoning information from the fabric. Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 133
  • 148.
    Adding an OutOf Band Fabric agent manually As an alternative to an automatic Discovery job, you can manually add an Out Of Band Fabric agent to TPC BE. To add an Out Of Band Fabric agent, follow these steps: 1. Expand Administrative Services → Data Sources and click Out of Band Fabric agents. This brings up a context menu in the Content pane where you select Add (Figure 6-30). Figure 6-30 Adding out of band Fabric agent 2. Clicking the Add button opens a dialog box (Figure 6-31 on page 135) where you enter the host name or IP address of the switch to add. If you are adding a Brocade switch, you can enable the Advanced Brocade Discovery and enter the user name and password for the switch so that TPC can discover zoning information from the fabric. 134 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 149.
    Figure 6-31 Addingout of band Fabric agent 3. Click OK and you see the Out Of Band Fabric agents (Figure 6-32). Figure 6-32 Out of band Fabric agents 4. You can check the Out Of Band Fabric agent details by clicking the magnifying glass to the left of the listing. Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 135
  • 150.
    6.3.8 Probe Probe jobs collect detailed information about the managed infrastructure in your environment, such as storage subsystems, tape libraries, and fabrics. Probe jobs can be directed against any of these components: Storage subsystem probes collect detailed information about the configuration of storage subsystems. It collects the data about storage pools, storage volumes, FC ports, disks, and host to volume assignments. A probe job needs to be run before volumes can be created on a storage subsystem. Library probes collect detailed information about the configuration of the tape library. They collect the data about the tape library drives, changers, cartridges slots, and I/O ports. A probe job need to be run before a tape library can be monitored. Fabric probe jobs collect fabric topology and zoning information and basic identification information about the device attached to the fabric. Creating probes You can create any number of probes to gather information about different storage resources at different times. To create a probe, expand IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → Monitoring, right-click Probes, and click Create Probe (Figure 6-33). Figure 6-33 Creating probe job 136 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 151.
    In the rightContent pane, select the What to PROBE tab (Figure 6-34). Figure 6-34 Select elements to probe Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 137
  • 152.
    In this tab,select an available infrastructure element against which the probe job will run and click the >> button to add it to your selection. We define a Probe job for each of the elements (fabric, tape libraries, and storage) in the infrastructure. It is also possible to define one Probe job for all of the elements in your infrastructure. First, we define a Probe for Storage Subsystems. Expand Storage Subsystems and select All Storage Subsystems, because we want to include all Storage Subsystems in our Probe job. This also includes all Storage Subsystems added in the future (Figure 6-35). Figure 6-35 Adding elements to probe In the When to Run and Alert tabs, we set the schedule and alert options (Figure 6-36 on page 139). 138 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 153.
    Figure 6-36 Settingprobe schedule In the upper right corner of the Content pane, select Enabled. Select File → Save and in Save as window, specify a name for the Probe job (Figure 6-37). Figure 6-37 Specifying probe name We named our probe job “Storage Subsystems”. Click OK and the Probe job is submitted (Figure 6-38). Figure 6-38 Submitting probe job Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 139
  • 154.
    We repeat thesteps for other infrastructure elements (fabrics and tape libraries). You can see all the created Probe jobs under the IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → Monitoring → Probes (Figure 6-39). Figure 6-39 Created probe jobs Their names are built from the user ID that we used to log in to TotalStorage Productivity Center and the name we specified when saving the job definition. By expanding the name of the probe job, you see its status (Figure 6-40). Figure 6-40 Probe jobs status The blue circles next to the entries for the job runs indicate that the jobs are still running. The red circles indicates that the job run has completed with errors and if there is a yellow triangle, it indicates that a job run has completed with warnings. We can examine the logs in the Content Pane to find the reasons for the errors or warnings. 140 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 155.
    6.4 Topology Viewer The Topology Viewer is designed to provide an extended graphical topology view, that is, a graphical representation of the physical and logical resources (for example, computers, fabrics, and storage subsystems) that have been discovered in your storage environment. In addition, the Topology Viewer depicts the relationships among resources (for example, the disks comprising a particular storage subsystem). Detailed, tabular information (for example, attributes of a disk) is also provided. With all the information that Topology Viewer provides, you can easily and more quickly monitor and troubleshoot your storage environment. The overall goal of the Topology Viewer is to provide a central location to view a storage environment, quickly monitor and troubleshoot problems, and gain access to additional tasks and functions within the TPC GUI without users losing their orientation to the environment. This kind of flexibility through the Topology Viewer user interface displays better cognitive mapping between the entities within the environment, and provides data about entities and access to additional tasks and functionality associated with the current environmental view and the user's role. The Topology Viewer uses the TPC database as the central repository for all data it displays. It actually reads the data in user-defined intervals from the database and updates, if necessary, the displayed information automatically. The Topology Viewer is an easy-to-use and powerful tool within TPC. It will make a storage manager’s life easier. But as is true for every tool, you first have to understand the basics, the concept, and also the do’s and don’ts, to get the most out of it. Note: Detailed information about Topology viewer are described in IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center User’s Guide Version 3 Release 3, GC32-1775. 6.4.1 Topology Viewer overview The information displayed by the Topology Viewer is collected by discovery, probing, performance data collection (TPC SE only), and alerting. The Topology Viewer consists of two views, a graphical view and a table view, organized vertically with the graphical view on top of the table view. The table view shows the same information as the graphical view, but in a tabular format. The Topology Viewer supports four levels of detail, from a high-level overview of the entire storage environment to detailed information about individual entities. This allows you to view as much or as little detail as you need. Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 141
  • 156.
    To start TopologyViewer, expand, in the Navigation Tree, IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center and click Topology. It opens Overview level, which is the default view (Figure 6-41). Overview level shows a global, highly aggregated view of the entire storage environment. Figure 6-41 Topology Viewer overview level Groups level L0 focuses on groups of a particular type. You can select each group by expanding IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → Topology. The default groups are: Computers: All discovered computer groups in your storage environment. Fabrics: All fabric groups in your storage environment. A fabric is a network of entities that are attached through one or more switches. The Topology Viewer also displays Virtual SANs (VSANs) and Logical SANs (LSANs). Switches: All switches in your environment. Storage: All storage subsystems and tape libraries in your environment. Other: All entities that are discovered in your environment but that do not fit in either the computer, fabric, or storage classes. 142 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 157.
    The groups levelis the default level upon launching the Topology Viewer by clicking either Computers, Fabrics, Switches, Storage, or Other under the Topology node. The groups level shows one or more groups of entities that correspond to the topology class that you selected. Figure 6-42 shows the Storage group level. Figure 6-42 Storage group level L0 Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 143
  • 158.
    Group level L1focuses on one selected group and its related entities (for example, a group of storage). To open group level L1, select the group of entities that you want to open and double click it. It opens group level L1 (Figure 6-43). Figure 6-43 Group level L1 144 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 159.
    Individual entities canbe shown by expanding the group box (Figure 6-44). It also displays lines representing connections between entities or between entities and groups. Figure 6-44 Group level L1 - individual entities Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 145
  • 160.
    Detail level L2level focuses on individual entities (for example, a single computer, switch, subsystem, or tape library) and the paths to the associated logical and physical entities. This level shows details all the way to the port level (Figure 6-45). Figure 6-45 Detail level L2 The Topology Viewer depicts the relationships among resources (for example, the disks comprising a particular storage subsystem). Detailed, tabular information (for example, attributes of a disk) is also provided (Figure 6-46 on page 147). With all the information that the Topology Viewer provides, you can more quickly and easily monitor and troubleshoot your storage environment and perform critical storage-management tasks. 146 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 161.
    Figure 6-46 Topologyviewer - tabular view As more of your resources are discovered and displayed in the Topology Viewer, it is not possible to see all the discovered resources in a single topology window. To make it easier for you to find the resources you want to view, TPC provides a tool called the minimap. The minimap allows you to shift the focus of the Topology Viewer to different areas within a particular view. The minimap is a small window that is initially located in the upper-right corner of any topology view (Figure 6-47). Figure 6-47 Minimap The minimap provides a miniature representation of the current topology view. Clicking the minimap displays a multidirectional cursor that allows you to move the focus of the current topology view in any direction. As you drag the cursor around the minimap, the topology view will move accordingly. This makes navigating around complex topologies much easier. The minimap uses the following colors to indicate the aggregated health status of groups: Green (normal): All entities in the group are operating normally. Yellow (warning): At least one entity is operating normally, and one or more entities have a health status of warning, critical, unknown, or missing. Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 147
  • 162.
    Red (critical): Thestatus of all entities is either critical or warning. Gray (unknown): None of the entities in the group has a known health status. Black (missing): All of the entities of the group are missing. 6.4.2 Data Path Explorer Included at the bottom of the minimap are shortcuts that you can click to launch the Data Path Explorer or to view or change the topology settings: To launch the Data Path Explorer, select one or more hosts, subsystems, disks, volumes, or Mdisks and click the Data Path Explorer shortcut. To view or change the topology settings, click the Topology Settings shortcut. The Settings window displays, where you can specify the type of overlays to display, the type of filtering to perform, whether connections between topology objects should display, and whether the Zone tab should display in the table view (Figure 6-48). Note: In order to view the Data Path Explorer for a host, you must either have an inband Fabric agent installed or both a Data Agent and an Out of Band Fabric agent on the SAN on which the host is connected. Figure 6-48 Topology settings 6.4.3 Managing storage subsystems The Topology Viewer provides a clear view of your environment where you can start to perform storage subsystem management tasks. With TPC BE you can: Create volumes on your storage subsystems and Virtual Disks on your SAN Volume Controllers and assign them to host ports. Add Managed Disk Candidates to Managed Disk Groups on your SAN Volume Controller. Delete Volumes and Virtual Disks. 148 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 163.
    To start withvolume/virtual disk creation, expand IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → Topology and select Storage. It opens storage groups in the Topology Viewer pane in the right. Expand the subsystems group with the storage subsystem that you want to manage (Figure 6-49). Figure 6-49 Storage subsystems group Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 149
  • 164.
    Right-clicking the selectedstorage subsystem opens a pop-up menu, as shown in Figure 6-50. Figure 6-50 Manage storage subsystems - pop-up menu 150 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 165.
    Select Manage StorageSubsystems, which opens the Storage Subsystems pane (Figure 6-51). Figure 6-51 Storage subsystems window Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 151
  • 166.
    You can alsoopen the pane by selecting the storage subsystem in the Topology Viewer table and, from the drop-down menu, select Manage Storage Subsystems (Figure 6-52). Figure 6-52 Manage storage subsystems - drop-down menu From the Storage Subsystems pane, you can create volumes or virtual volumes for the selected storage subsystem. We show you how to create a DS8000 volume. To create the volume, select a DS8000 storage subsystem in the table and click the Create Volume button. It opens the create volume wizard (Figure 6-53 on page 153), where you define the volume characteristics, such as RAID level, volume size, and volume name. 152 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 167.
    Figure 6-53 Createvolume wizard Click Next to continue. The next window, shown in Figure 6-54, shows a list with all the available ports that TPC has located. The information about the ports come from various sources (from the switches and from the host definitions in the subsystems) and they are not ordered by fabrics or any other criteria. Select the ports you want to assign the volumes to and then click Next to continue. Figure 6-54 Available host ports Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 153
  • 168.
    Figure 6-55 showsthe available DS8000 ports to assign to host ports. Select the ports you want to assign and click Next. Figure 6-55 Available DS8000 ports If there is no zoning or no active zone set for the selected ports, TPC will recognize that fact (Figure 6-56). You can perform the zoning function later. Figure 6-56 Zoning information 154 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 169.
    The next windowis a summary of the information you have entered (Figure 6-57). Click Finish. Figure 6-57 Summary TPC now creates the volume creation job, as shown in Figure 6-58. Figure 6-58 Volume creation job is finished Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 155
  • 170.
    You can monitorthe job and examine the logs by clicking the entries and drilling into the job logs (see Figure 6-59 and Figure 6-60). To view the job, select Disk Manager → Monitoring → Jobs in the Navigation Tree pane. Figure 6-59 Volume creation job Figure 6-60 Volume creation job log 156 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 171.
    The green squaresand the entries in the job logs indicate that the job has completed successfully (Figure 6-61). Figure 6-61 Volume creation job successfully completed Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 157
  • 172.
    6.4.4 Managing fabrics From the Topology Viewer, you can perform zone control management tasks. Expand IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → Topology and select Fabrics. This task opens the fabric groups in the Topology Viewer pane to the right (Figure 6-62). Figure 6-62 Fabric groups in Topology Viewer 158 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 173.
    Right-click the selectedfabric and, in the pop-up menu, select Manage Zone Control (Figure 6-63). Figure 6-63 Manage Zone Control in pop-up menu Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 159
  • 174.
    The Fabrics paneopens, where you manage your zone configuration (Figure 6-64). Figure 6-64 Fabrics window 160 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 175.
    You can alsoopen the pane by selecting the fabric in the Topology Viewer table and, from the drop-down menu, select Manage Zone Control (Figure 6-65). Figure 6-65 Manage Zone Control in drop-down menu Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 161
  • 176.
    In the Fabricspane, pressing the Zone configuration button opens the zoning page where you can change the active zone configuration or inactive zone definitions (Figure 6-66). Figure 6-66 Zoning page Click the Change button to open the zone definition page (Figure 6-67 on page 163). 162 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 177.
    Figure 6-67 Zonedefinition page The zone definition page lists the zones and zone sets for the fabric in the tables and provides management tasks such as add, remove, edit zones, and zone set. Make the changes and activate the zone set by clicking the Update and Activate button. Clicking the Update only button commits the changes to the zoning configuration definition and updates the database. 6.5 Element Managers With TPC BE, you can launch Element Managers, which are provided with storage devices. Element Managers are programs that help you to maintain and configure your storage devices. This topic describes different ways to launch the Element Managers to access management tools. Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 163
  • 178.
    6.5.1 Storage subsystem By expanding Disk Manager → Storage Subsystems, all managed and discovered storage subsystems and SVCs are listed in the Content pane to the right. If Element Managers have been defined for the storage subsystems and SVCs, you can launch the associated Element Manager by selecting the Storage Subsystem from the list and clicking the Launch Element Manager button (Figure 6-68). Figure 6-68 Launch Element Manager button If the Element Managers have not been defined, the Launch Element Manager button is inactive in the menu (see Figure 6-69) and you have to provide the Element Manager information. Figure 6-69 Inactive Launch Element Manager button Define Element Managers To define an Element Manager, in the Navigation Tree, expand Disk Manager and click Storage Subsystems. In the right Content pane, select the subsystem that you want to add the associated Element Manager to and double click it. You can also select the Storage Subsystem and click the magnifying glass icon to the left of the subsystem. It opens the Storage Subsystems details page. Click the Set button and in the Edit Element Manager window enter the URL of the Element Manager or the fully qualified name of the executable file (Figure 6-70 on page 165). 164 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 179.
    Figure 6-70 Editelement manager window Define DS8000 Element Manager To be able to use DS8000 Storage manager for configuring and administering DS8000 storage subsystems, you must add the DS8000 Element Manager to TPC BE. We add the DS8000 Element Manager from the Element Management perspective. To open the Element Management perspective, expand Element Manager and click IBM DS8000 (Figure 6-71). In the right pane, click the Element Management button to switch to the Element Management perspective. You can also switch to it by clicking the Element Management button that appears in the TPC BE toolbar. Figure 6-71 Element Management buttons Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 165
  • 180.
    This opens theElement Management perspective (see Figure 6-72). Figure 6-72 Element Management perspective To add the DS8000 Element Manager, click Select action and, in the drop-down menu, select Add Element Manager (Figure 6-73). Figure 6-73 Adding Element Manager This will bring up a window where you enter the user name and password for the DS8000 Element Manager that you want to manage, the IP address of the DS8000, port used for communication and the protocol. You also enter the name you want to associated with the DS8000 in the main DS8000 Element Manager window in the Display Name field (see Figure 6-74 on page 167). Click OK to continue. 166 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 181.
    Figure 6-74 ConfigureDS8000 Element Manager The next window contains a message that the Element Manager has been successfully added (see Figure 6-75). Figure 6-75 Successfully added DS8000 Element Manager Click OK to see the DS8000 Element Manager you just defined in the table (Figure 6-76). Figure 6-76 Defined DS8000 Element Manager Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 167
  • 182.
    From the Selectaction drop-down menu, you can add another DS8000 Element Manager and modify, remove, or test existing ones (see Figure 6-77). Figure 6-77 Select action drop-down menu Selecting the Modify Element Manager option opens the Configure Element Manager window (Figure 6-74 on page 167), where you can change the user name, password, or IP address of the DS8000 Element Manager. The Add CIMOM Connection option allows you to manually associate a CIMOM with an Element Manager. The CIMOM that you associate with an Element Manager manages the same storage subsystem as that Element Manager. Use the Add CIMOM Connection window to define information about the CIMOM (Figure 6-78). Note: The DS8000 CIMOM can be also added manually or by a Discovery job within TPC when the CIMOM is in the same subnet as the TPC server. Figure 6-78 Adding DS8000 CIMOM using the Configure Agent window 168 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 183.
    Launch Element Managers Thereare different ways of launching storage subsystems Element Managers in TPC BE. In this section, we show you how to launch it from Disk Manager, the Element Manager options in the Navigation Tree, or through the Topology Viewer. Disk Manager option To launch Element Managers from the Disk Manager option, expand Disk Manager in the Navigation Tree and click Storage Subsystems. In the right pane, select the subsystem that you want to launch Element Manager and click the Launch Element Manager button (Figure 6-79). Figure 6-79 Launch Element Manager The ESS and SVC storage subsystems Element Managers open in a Web browser (Figure 6-80 and Figure 6-81 on page 170). Figure 6-80 ESS Element Manager Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 169
  • 184.
    Figure 6-81 SVCElement Manager The DS8000 storage subsystems Element Manager open in the Element Management perspective (Figure 6-82). Figure 6-82 DS8000 Element Manager Navigation Tree option The DS8000 Element Manager can also be launched from the Navigation Tree. Expand Element Manager in the Navigation Tree, click IBM DS8000, and in the right pane, click the Element Management button. You can also click the Element Management button in the TPC toolbar (see Figure 6-83 on page 171). 170 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 185.
    Figure 6-83 LaunchElement Management The Element Management perspective is opened (see Figure 6-84). You can start the DS8000 Element Manager by clicking the link in the Name column, or selecting the name of the DS8000 Element Manager from the Select a view drop-down menu. Figure 6-84 Launch DS8000 Element Manager Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 171
  • 186.
    Topology Viewer option To launch Element Managers from the Topology Viewer, expand IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → Topology → Storage (Figure 6-85). Figure 6-85 Topology Viewer - Storage 172 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 187.
    In the TopologyViewer pane, expand the Subsystems group and select the storage subsystem whose Element Manager you want to launch. Right-click it to open a pop-up menu and select Launch Element Manager (Figure 6-86). Figure 6-86 Launch Element Manager from Topology Viewer Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 173
  • 188.
    Another way oflaunching Element Managers from the Topology Viewer is from the Subsystem table. Expand IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → Topology → Storage and select the storage subsystem in the table whose Element Manager you want to launch, and from the Action drop-down menu, select Launch Element Manager (Figure 6-87). Figure 6-87 Launch Element Manager from Topology Viewer 174 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 189.
    6.5.2 Switch ElementManager In this section, we describe how to define and launch the Switch Element Manager. Define element managers After expanding IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → Topology → Switches, the Topology Viewer in the right pane shows groups of discovered switches (Figure 6-88). Figure 6-88 Topology viewer - Switches Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 175
  • 190.
    Expand the Switchesgroup in the Topology Viewer and select the switch (Figure 6-89). Figure 6-89 Expanded switch group To set the Element Manager for the switch, right-click the switch in the Topology Viewer and click Launch Detail Panel (Figure 6-90 on page 177). 176 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 191.
    Figure 6-90 LaunchDetail window in a pop-up menu In the panel, click the Set button, and in the Edit Element Manager window, enter the URL of the Element Manager or the fully qualified name of the executable file (see Figure 6-91). Figure 6-91 Switch Element Manager information Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 177
  • 192.
    Launch element managers To launch Switch Element Managers from the Topology viewer, expand IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → Topology → Switches (Figure 6-88 on page 175). In the Topology Viewer pane, expand the Switches group, select the switch whose element manager you want to launch, right-click it, and select Launch Element Manager (Figure 6-92). Figure 6-92 Launch Element Manager pop-up menu Another way of launching Element Managers from the Topology Viewer is from the Subsystem table. Select the switch in the table that you want to launch the Element Manager from and, from the Action drop-down menu, select Launch Element Manager (Figure 6-93 on page 179). 178 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 193.
    Figure 6-93 LaunchElement manager drop-down menu 6.5.3 Tape Library Here we discuss using Element Mangers in tape libraries. Define Element Managers The CIMOM Discovery job discovers and identifies tape libraries in the managed environment and collects tape library information. Element Manager information is also discovered through the Discovery job. Launch Element Managers To launch the Tape Library Element Managers, expand Tape Manager in the Navigation Tree and click Tape Libraries. In the right pane, select the tape library that you want to launch the Element Manager for and click the Launch Element Manager button (Figure 6-94). Figure 6-94 Launch Element Manager button Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 179
  • 194.
    The Tape LibraryElement Manager opens in a Web browser (Figure 6-95). Figure 6-95 Tape Library Element Manager 180 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 195.
    To launch ElementManagers from the Topology Viewer, expand IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → Topology → Storage (Figure 6-96). Figure 6-96 Topology Viewer - Tape Libraries Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 181
  • 196.
    In the TopologyViewer pane, expand the Tape Libraries group and select the tape library whose Element Manager you want to launch. Right-click it to open the pop-up menu and select Launch Element Manager (Figure 6-97). Figure 6-97 Launch Element Manager pop-up menu 6.5.4 External tools The external tools in the TPC BE Navigation Tree provide a simple way to configure and launch different Web GUIs or local executables and TPC for Replication GUI from within TPC BE. TPC for Replication GUI is auto-configured during Data server startup if the TPC for Replication is running on the SSPC with TPC SE. It can also be configured manually. Other external tools, like URLs or scripts, must be added manually. With external tools you can do the following, depending on your TPC authorization: Add TPC for Replication GUI manually. Add external tools manually. Launch external tools. View external tools. Edit external tools. Remove external tools. All external tools have the URL/Command, Label, and Description attributes. You can change the attributes by expanding Administrative Services → Configuration, right-clicking Manage Element Manager, and selecting Configure (Figure 6-98 on page 183), which opens the Configure Element Launcher window (Figure 6-99 on page 183). 182 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 197.
    Figure 6-98 ConfigureElement Managers Figure 6-99 Element Manager configuration window As the external tools make use of the Element Manager code to launch external tools, and as they use the same configuration facility used for Element Managers, you can also add different Element Managers to the external tools, such as storage subsystems, tape library, or switches. Adding external tools External tools must be added manually to TPC BE manually, except for a TPC for Replication GUI if it is running on the SSPC server. Possibilities for external tools include the following: External programs URLs (for example, search engines and Web encyclopedias) Shell scripts or batch files (These scripts must exist on the system where the TPC GUI is being run.) Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 183
  • 198.
    To add anexternal tool manually, go to the TPC Navigation Tree and expand IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center. Right-click External Tools and select Add Tool (Figure 6-100). Figure 6-100 Add External Tools The Add External Tool window opens. Enter the external tool definitions (Figure 6-101). Figure 6-101 Add External Tool window You can add different Element Managers (Figure 6-102 on page 185) and start it by expanding IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → External Tools. 184 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 199.
    Figure 6-102 ExternalTools Right click the tool you want to launch and click Launch Tool to open the tool in Web browser (Figure 6-103). Figure 6-103 Launch External Tools Chapter 6. TPC Basic Edition functions 185
  • 200.
    186 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 201.
    7 Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions In this chapter, we detail the additional features and functions when your TPC BE is upgraded to a TPC SE, the Agent Manager is installed, and agents are deployed. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved. 187
  • 202.
    7.1 Upgrading SSPC Upgrading SSPC and using the additional functions requires that you upgrade your TPC BE (pre-installed on the SSPC) to TPC SE, install Agent Manager, and deploy agents. Upgrading SSPC gives you additional storage reporting and performance management functions. The additional functions that you get after upgrading TPC BE to TPC SE on your SSPC are: Capacity Analysis / Predictive Growth Customized and detailed capacity reporting, including chargeback and database reporting Performance reporting (IBM and SMI-S storage arrays) Threshold reporting (IBM and SMI-S storage arrays) Fabric performance reporting and monitoring SAN Volume Controller performance management Full Provisioning (including Fabric zoning and Disk LUN assignment) Note: Upgrading SSPC includes the TPC BE upgrade to TPC SE. Additionally, it can include the SVC GUI and CIMOM upgrade if necessary. 7.1.1 TPC BE upgrade If you want to upgrade TPC BE with new components, all you have to do is purchase the additional licenses, and then activate the license files on your system. The additional components in TPC SE are pre-installed and require a license key to be activated. This topic provides information about how to upgrade TPC BE with the components and activate the license files. You can easily upgrade TPC BE with the following components: IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Data IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Disk IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Fabric IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Standard Edition (includes Disk, Data, and Fabric) Note: IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication is not preloaded on SSPC. TPC for Replication is an optional application that you can install on the SSPC server. To check the type of license you already have, look for the .sys files in the installation directory: TPCBE0303.SYS2 indicates you have a TPC BE license. BTSSE03_03.SYS indicates you have a TPC SE license. When upgrading TPC BE with TPC for Disk, TPC for Fabric, TPC for Data, TPC SE or installing TPC for Replication on SSPC server, it is recommended to add the SSPC Performance Upgrade Kit. This kit provides a second processor and an additional 4 GB of RAM. We show you how to upgrade TPC BE to TPC SE, which includes TPC for Disk, TPC for Data, and TPC for Fabric components. The procedure is the same if you plan to upgrade TPC BE with other components. 188 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 203.
    To upgrade theTPC BE, start the installation program from the CD/DVD that has the licence you want to upgrade to. After accepting the license agreement, you are asked to select the installation, as shown in Figure 7-1. Select Installation licenses and click Next to continue. Figure 7-1 Installing licenses Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions 189
  • 204.
    The licenses aresuccessfully installed when the window shown in Figure 7-2 appears. Click Next and exit the installer. Figure 7-2 Successfully installed licenses To activate the licenses, you must stop the TPC GUI (exit the TPC GUI application) and stop the TPC services. Stop Device server and then Data server (refer to Figure 7-3 and Figure 7-4 on page 191). Figure 7-3 Stopping Device server 190 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 205.
    Figure 7-4 StoppingData server Start the services in reverse order, that is, first Data server and then Device server (refer to Figure 7-5 and Figure 7-6 on page 192). Figure 7-5 Starting Data server Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions 191
  • 206.
    Figure 7-6 StartingDevice server Start the TPC GUI and TPC BE is successfully upgraded with the new components. 7.1.2 SVC GUI and CIMOM upgrade Updating the SVC GUI and CIMOM will require a code download to the SSPC and local install of the updated software. Upgrading the SVC software is described in detail in IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller Software Installation and Configuration Guide for Version 4.2.1, SC23-6628. 7.2 Installing Agent Manager and deploying agents Agent Manager is an optional component in TPC V3.3.1 and is not a prerequisite for the TPC code install. Agent Manager is not installed on SSPC; only TPC BE V3.3.1 is. If you decide to upgrade your TPC BE to TPC SE, Agent Manager may be necessary. After you install the Agent Manager, you must register the Device server and Data server before installing the Data agents and Fabric agents. These are the steps involved when installing and activating the Agent Manager and agents: 1. Agent Manager installation 2. Device server and Data server registration with the Agent Manager 3. Deploying Data agents and Fabric agents In this section, we show you how to install Agent Manager and deploy agents. 7.2.1 Agent Manager installation To install the Agent Manager, you must be logged on the SSPC server with administrative authority. Start the installation wizard from the Agent Manager CD or directory where the Agent Manager code is downloaded. The installer program is placed in the source installation directory called EmbeddedInstaller. 192 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 207.
    The Agent Managerinstaller expects to use the default JVM and SSPC does not have one. The JVM needs to be invoked from a command-line prompt and pointed to the TPC JVM. The command is: setupwin32 -is:javahome “cProgramFilesIBMTPCjre” The Agent Manager installer opens the window where you choose the run time container for Agent Manager (Figure 7-7). Select the embedded version of the IBM WebSphere Application Server delivered with the Agent Manager. Click Next to continue. Note: TPC only supports an Agent Manager configured to run with the embedded version of the IBM WebSphere Application Server. Figure 7-7 Runtime container for the Agent Manager Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions 193
  • 208.
    In the nextwindow, specify the directory where Agent Manager will be installed (Figure 7-8). We accepted the default. Click Next to continue. Figure 7-8 Agent Manager installation directory In the next window, specify the Agent Manager Registry database. Select the first option to use DB2 on the SSPC server (Figure 7-9 on page 195). Click Next to continue. Note: To ensure ease of installation, maintenance, and support, TPC only supports an Agent Manager configured to run a local DB2 database server. 194 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 209.
    Figure 7-9 AgentManager database In the next window, select a database software directory and database name for the Agent Manager database (Figure 7-10). Accept the defaults and click Next to continue. Figure 7-10 Agent Manager database installation information Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions 195
  • 210.
    The Database UserInformation window opens (Figure 7-11). Specify the DB2 administrator’s user name and password. The DB2 on the SSPC is installed using the defaults of db2admin and passw0rd. Click Next to continue. Figure 7-11 Agent Manager database user information Figure 7-12 on page 197 shows the window where you specify the WebSphere Application Server connection information. Enter the information and click Next to continue. If you specify a host name, use the fully qualified host name. This value is used for the URLs for all Agent Manager services. We recommend that you use the fully qualified host name rather than an IP address. If you do not use the fully qualified host name, you will likely have problems with the agents connecting to the Agent Manager. 196 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 211.
    Figure 7-12 WebSphereApplication Server connection information If you do not specify a fully qualified host name for the Agent Manager host, you will be presented a window similar to Figure 7-13. If you have specified an IP address or a short host name, the window contains the reasons why the fully qualified host name is preferred. Click Next to accept the specified value or click Back to change it. Figure 7-13 WebSphere Application Server connection information summary Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions 197
  • 212.
    The next window(Figure 7-14) shows you the WebSphere Application Server connection information. Accept the defaults and click Next. Figure 7-14 WebSphere Application Server information The Security Certificates window (Figure 7-15) appears. You should choose to generate unique certificates for a secure environment. Click Next to continue. Figure 7-15 Agent Manager security certificates The next window (Figure 7-16 on page 199) is the Define the Certificate Authority window. You should specify a password for the Security Certificates and record it. Click Next to continue. 198 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 213.
    Figure 7-16 Certificateauthority details The Set Passwords window gives you the option to specify the Agent Manager password and Agent Registration password (Figure 7-17 on page 200). Make sure you record these passwords. After entering the passwords, click Next to continue. Important: Agent Manager password is the resource manager registration password. This password is used to register the Data server or Device server with the Agent Manager. The default user name/password is manager/password, which cannot be changed here. Agent Registration password is the password used to register the common agents (Fabric agent and Data agent). You must supply this password when you install the agents. Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions 199
  • 214.
    Figure 7-17 Settingthe passwords The summary window is displayed (Figure 7-18). Review the information. If you want to change any settings, click Back and return to the window where you set the value. When you are satisfied with the changes, click Next to continue. Figure 7-18 Agent Manager installation summary An installation progress window (Figure 7-19 on page 201) displays the installation progress for IBM WebSphere Application Server. Wait for the installation to complete and click Next. 200 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 215.
    Figure 7-19 IBMWebSphere Application server installation After IBM WebSphere Application Server has been installed and configured, you will see the summary information window for Agent Manager. This window indicates where Agent Manager will be installed and the size of the program. Review the information and click Next (Figure 7-20). Figure 7-20 Agent Manager installation summary Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions 201
  • 216.
    Several installation progresswindows are displayed for the Agent Manager (Figure 7-21). Figure 7-21 Agent Manager installation After the installation is complete, the Start the AgentManager Application Server window is displayed (Figure 7-22). Figure 7-22 Starting Agent Manager Select Yes, start AgentManager now and click Next to continue. The next window indicates that the WebSphere Application Server is starting the Agent Manager (Figure 7-23 on page 203). 202 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 217.
    Figure 7-23 StartingAgent Manager When the Agent Manager is started, the Summary of Installation and Configuration Results window is displayed (Figure 7-24). This window indicates that the Agent Manager is successfully installed with all of its components. Figure 7-24 Installation summary Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions 203
  • 218.
    Review the windowand click Next. It opens the last installation panel with the Summary Information (Figure 7-25), which shows that the installation is complete and the Agent Manager application server has been started. Click Finish to exit the installation. Figure 7-25 Finish the installation Verify install After the installation wizard completes, we run the healthcheck.bat command to verify that the Agent Manager is running. This command is located in c:/Program Files/IBM/AgentManager/toolkit/bin. You must specify the Agent Registration password that you specified in Figure 7-17 on page 200. Example 7-1 shows the output of the command. Note the Health Check passed information at the bottom of the output. For more information about the healthcheck command, see the README file also located in the toolkit directory. Example 7-1 HealthCheck command output C:Program FilesIBMAgentManagertoolkitbin>healthcheck -registrationPw passw0rd 1 file(s) copied. Tool Launcher is trying to instantiate Command line tool com.tivoli.cas.manager.tools.HealthCheck ... Command Line Tool com.tivoli.cas.manager.tools.HealthCheck succesfully instantiatied. Nov 16, 2007 5:15:06 PM EST Arguments passed to Command Line Tool: -HOST localhost -registrationPw passw0rd Nov 16, 2007 5:15:07 PM EST Initializing configuration with file:C:Program FilesIBMAgentManagertoolkitbinconfigendpoint.properties Nov 16, 2007 5:15:07 PM com.tivoli.agentmgr.credentialmgr.ARSPKIClient getProxyConfiguration SEVERE: CTGEM0016E The ARS.port.public parameter cannot be NULL. Nov 16, 2007 5:15:07 PM com.tivoli.agentmgr.util.security.CRLTrustManager getCRL SEVERE: BTC1048E Nov 16, 2007 5:15:07 PM com.tivoli.agentmgr.client.proxy.WSDLClient$AddressCacheItem tryConnect INFO: NOTE ==>Connected to host=localhost on port=9511 Nov 16, 2007 5:15:07 PM com.tivoli.agentmgr.client.proxy.WSDLClient$AddressCacheItem directConnect INFO: Directly connected Nov 16, 2007 5:15:07 PM com.tivoli.agentmgr.credentialmgr.ARSPKIClient getProxyConfiguration SEVERE: CTGEM0016E The ARS.port.public parameter cannot be NULL. Nov 16, 2007 5:15:07 PM com.tivoli.agentmgr.util.security.CRLTrustManager getCRL SEVERE: BTC1048E Agent Manager Name: ibm-cdm:///CDM-ManagementSoftwareSystem/TivoliGUID=B05F0EE180E811DC8004001641EDB5FA,InstallPath=file%3A%2F%2F%2FC%3A% 2FProgram%20F iles%2FIBM%2FAgentManager,Feature=CTGEM Registration.domain = DomainName CA.keyRing.name = certs/CARootKeyRing.jks CA.Certificate.Root.Alias = rootcert 204 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 219.
    CA.Key.Root.Alias = rootkey CA.CRL.TimeToLive = 24 CA.CRL.filename = certs/CertificateRevocationList Registration.Agent.Reregistration.Policy = Any Registration.Agent.Certificate.Duration = 365 Registration.Manager.Certificate.Duration = 3600 CA.Certificate.graceTime = 1380 Config.Server.Host = SSPCPOK Config.Server.Port = 9512 Config.URI = /AgentMgr/ConfigurationUpdate CertManagement.Host = SSPCPOK CertManagement.Renewal.Port = 9512 CertManagement.Renewal.URI = /AgentMgr/CertificateRenewal CertManagement.CRL.Port = 9513 CertManagement.CRL.URI = /AgentMgr/CRLRequest CertManagement.Revoke.Port = 9512 CertManagement.Revoke.URI = false AgentQuery.Host = SSPCPOK AgentQuery.Port = 9512 AgentQuery.URI = /AgentMgr/AgentQuery CommonAgentQuery.URI = /AgentMgr/CommonAgentQuery AgentConfiguration.Host = SSPCPOK AgentConfiguration.Port = 9512 AgentConfiguration.URI = /AgentMgr/AgentConfiguration AgentManagerQuery.Host = SSPCPOK AgentManagerQuery.Port = 9511 AgentManagerQuery.URI = /AgentMgr/AgentManagerQuery Registration.Host = SSPCPOK Registration.Port = 9511 Registration.URI = /AgentMgr/Registration Status.timeToLive = 0 ARS.directory = C:/Program Files/IBM/AgentManager ARS.port.base = 9511 ARS.port.secure = 9512 ARS.port.public = 9513 ARS.URI.root = /AgentMgr ARS.security.enabled = true Status.Authorization.Required = true Access.restriction.revocation = true Access.restriction.Configuration = true Query.Agent.Max.Return = -1 Query.Database.Type = db2 ARS.version = 1.3.2.21 Key.Algorithm.Name = RSA Config.Listener.Manager = com.tivoli.agentmgr.spi.providers.makeAgentRegistryUpdate, com.tivoli.agentmgr.cert.AgentStatusChangeLis tener Config.Listener.Agent = com.tivoli.agentmgr.spi.providers.makeAgentRegistryUpdate Registration.Listeners.Manager.Request = com.tivoli.agentmgr.registration.AuthorizationValidator, com.tivoli.agentmgr.registration.AuthorizationT estOnly, com.tivoli.agentmgr.registration.AgentReregistrationTest Registration.Listeners.Manager.Issue = com.tivoli.agentmgr.registration.StoreCertificateListener Registration.Listeners.Agent.Request = com.tivoli.agentmgr.registration.SimplePWRequestValidator, com.tivoli.agentmgr.registration.Authorizatio nTestOnly, com.tivoli.agentmgr.registration.AgentReregistrationTest Registration.Listeners.Agent.Issue = com.tivoli.agentmgr.registration.StoreCertificateListener Nov 16, 2007 5:15:07 PM EST Health Check passed. Nov 16, 2007 5:15:07 PM EST Command Line Tool execution successful. 7.2.2 Device server and Data server registration with the Agent Manager The Agent Manager is the central network element that, together with the distributed Agents, builds an infrastructure that is used by other applications to deploy and manage an agent environment. Each application uses a Resource Manager (Data server and Device server) to integrate into this environment. Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions 205
  • 220.
    Before activating AgentManager and deploying agents, Device server and Data server must register with the Agent Manager. To register the Device server and Data server with the Agent Manager, follow these steps: Important: Make sure that this is the Agent Manger that you want to register. Once you register it with the Device server and Data server, you cannot unregister it. The only way to unregister it is to uninstall TPC. 1. Expand Administrative Services → Configuration and select Agent Manager Registration in the Navigation Tree. Agent Manager Registration opens in the right pane (Figure 7-26). Figure 7-26 Agent Manager registration window 2. Click the Agent Manager Registration button. The Agent Manager Registration window opens (Figure 7-27 on page 207). 206 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 221.
    Figure 7-27 AgentManager registration information Enter the host name for the Agent Manager. If you specify a host name, use the fully qualified host name. We recommend that you use the fully qualified host name rather than an IP address. Leave the default ports. Port 9513 is the public port used for updates and port 9511 is the secured port used for registration. Enter the user ID and password used to register the Data server and Device server with the Agent Manager. Note: The default user ID used to register Data server and Device server is manager with the default password password. Enter the common agent password, which is used to register the common agents with the Agent Manager. Note: The agent registration password was specified when you installed the Agent Manager (Figure 7-17). Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions 207
  • 222.
    3. Click OKafter you enter all the information. The Agent Manager Registration window shows the registered Agent Manager and successful registration (Figure 7-28). Figure 7-28 Registered Agent Manager 7.2.3 Deploying Data and Fabric agents Deploying Data and Fabric agents gives you full SSPC functionality and a complete view of your infrastructure. As shown in Figure 7-29 on page 209, the Data agents are installed on every computer system you want TPC to manage, while Fabric agents are installed on computer systems that have fiber connectivity (through HBAs) into the SAN fabrics you want to manage.You only need one Fabric agent per SAN fabric, but two are recommended for redundancy. Data agents collect information from the server on which they are installed. Asset information, file and file system attributes, and any other information needed from the computer system is gathered. Data agents can also gather information about database managers installed on the server. You can create pings, probes, and scans to run against the servers that have Data agents installed. Fabric agents use scanners to collect information. The scanners are written in O/S native code, and communicate through the HBA to collect fabric topology information, port state information, and zoning information. They also can identify other SAN attached devices (if they are in the same zone). Using O/S system calls, they collect information about the system on which they are installed. Fabric agents are discovered during the agent install process, and do not need to be discovered separately; it is not possible to do so. 208 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 223.
    Figure 7-29 Deployingagents Agent deployment types There are two ways of deploying the Data agent and Fabric agent. You can choose between local installation and remote installation. Local installation means that you must be logged on to the computer on which you want to install the agent code. You can install the Data agent and the Fabric agent in any order and you can install them both at one time. In any case, the TPC Installer will check if there is a Tivoli Common Agent already installed. If not, TPC installs this component. You can perform the local installation process either interactively using a GUI or in unattended (silent) mode. This is useful in cases where you have to script the installation or where you do not have access to the GUI (for example, telnet access only). Local agent installation might be practical for a limited number of computers, but becomes rather elaborate and time-consuming as the number of managed computers grows. Remote installation is the process of pushing the agent code from a central computer over the network to any number of remote computers on which you would like to install the agents. The TPC Installer pushes the agent code to the target computers concurrently, so the software can be installed onto a large number of remote computers at one time. The supported operating systems for the target computers are Windows, UNIX, and LINUX. In a remote installation, the Tivoli Common Agent is only installed with the Data Agent. It has to be already present when you attempt to do a remote installation of the Fabric agent. Consequently, you always must install the Data Agent first when performing remote installations. However, you can also choose to install the Data Agent and the Fabric agent together. In this case, the TPC Installer manages the proper sequence. The remote installation of the Data Agent and the Fabric agent has to be performed from the server where the TPC Server is installed and running. A remote agent installation is always interactive. Note: Installation of Data agents and Fabric agents is described in detail in IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Installation and Configuration Guide Version 3 Release 3.1, GC32-1774. Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions 209
  • 224.
    7.3 Additional StandardEdition functions TPC BE provides value in addition to the DS8000 Storage Manager or SVC Console. However, TPC BE is not a complete Storage Management solution. Upgrading SSPC to TPC SE gives you many more features, such as greater reporting, disk performance analysis, provisioning, predictive analysis, and SAN planning. Upgrading SSPC to TPC SE gives you additional functions that come, by default, with TPC SE: Capacity Analysis / Predictive Growth Customized and detailed capacity reporting, including chargeback and database reporting Performance reporting (IBM and SMI-S storage arrays) Threshold Reporting (IBM and SMI-S storage arrays) Full Provisioning (including Fabric zoning and Disk LUN assignment) In this section, we describe some of the storage management functions that are available in TPC SE. For detailed information about these functions, refer to the IBM Redbooks publication TotalStorage Productivity Center V3.3 Update Guide, SG24-7490. 7.3.1 Collecting storage usage and trending information To collect statistics about the usage and trending of storage consumption within your environment, use a scan collection job. You can view the information collected by scans in Capacity, Usage, Usage Violations, Backup, and System reports, as well as use that information as part of quota analysis. Scans are always directed against a Data agent and deliver very detailed information about the file systems, files, and RDBMS objects (instances, databases, devices, table spaces, tables, indexes, data files, and containers) of computers. Use the statistics gathered by scans to: View information about when storage resources are created, accessed, and modified and by what group or user. Map the actual storage resource to the consumers of that resource. Generate a historical view of storage consumption to help determine usage trends over time. You can define any number of scans to gather information about different storage resources at different times. 7.3.2 Determining the availability of storage resources To collect information about the availability of the storage resources in your environment, use a ping job. You can view the information collected by pings in Availability and System reports. Pings enable you to monitor and report on the availability of your storage from a network point of view or from a computer uptime perspective. You can see the percentage of off-network time due to network problems or system downtime. Define any number of pings that each check the availability of a unique storage resource. Pings are available with TPC BE. 210 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 225.
    7.3.3 Storage provisioningusing SAN Planner The SAN Planner allows the user to perform end-to-end planning involving fabrics, hosts, storage controllers, storage pools, volumes, paths, ports, zones, and zone sets. Once a plan has been generated, the user can select to have the plan implemented by TPC. This function was introduced in TPC V3.3. In this section, we provide an overview of the SAN Planner. For detailed information, refer to the IBM Redbooks publication TotalStorage Productivity Center V3.3 Update Guide, SG24-7490. Volume Planner The Volume Planner was formerly known as the Volume Performance Advisor (VPA) in previous versions of TPC. It plans and selects appropriate storage controllers, storage pools, and storage volumes (when using unassigned volumes) that satisfy the user’s inputs. It allows you to select controller type preferences, whether storage requests can be satisfied by multiple controller types, and RAID levels. The Volume Planner uses the current performance utilization of storage resources to determine whether a new volume should be allocated on a particular pool in a particular storage controller, so it is important to have a representative collection of performance data in your TPC DB2 repository. If multiple storage pools from different controllers can potentially satisfy your provisioning request, then the Volume Planner will use the rated utilization of the pools (the sum of the previous provisioning performance requirements, which might be greater than the current utilization) to break the ties and select a candidate storage pool. Note: Before using the Volume Planner to allocate storage based on performance characteristics, a Performance Monitor job must be run on the target subsystem. The more performance data in your TPC database, the better the recommendation by the Volume Planner. Figure 7-30 Volume Planner Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions 211
  • 226.
    Path Planner The Path Planner allows the setup of multipath options. The Path Planner enables system administrators and SAN administrators to plan and implement storage provisioning for hosts and storage subsystems with multipath support in fabrics managed by TPC. Planning the paths between the host(s) and storage controller requires designing paths between hosts and storage subsystems that will be implemented through zones in the fabric. Note: IBM Subsystem Device Driver (SDD) must be installed on a host in order to invoke the Path Planner. The Path Planner is used for specifying multiple paths options between selected hosts and storage subsystems. Path Planner assists the administrator in the multipath tuning process through the selection of these policies: The Multipath Option specifies how the driver uses the paths between the host and the storage subsystem. The options are: – Load Balancing sends Input/Output on all paths. – Round Robin sends Input/Output on one path until a time interval expires (set in an SDD setting at the host) or stops to use another path. – Fail-Over sends Input/Output on one path until a failure occurs and fails over (switches) to another path. The Specify number of paths option specifies the number of paths between each host and the storage subsystem. Use fully redundant paths. The Path Planner will check for redundant fabrics between each host and storage subsystem and create paths in each fabric. This requires at least two fabrics. Workload profiles provide the Path Planner with estimates of the required I/O traffic. These estimates are used to determine the number of paths required from each host to the storage subsystem and select the multipath driver path utilization. The number of paths and the driver multipath mode can be adjusted by the performance requirements specified through the selection of a workload profile. The Path Planner does not directly interact with the Zone Planner. It provides the path information that the Zone Planner uses. Each path is represented by a host port WWPN, target port WWPN, and a Volume ID for the volume on the target that is mapped to the host port. These paths are created when the Zone Planner is implemented. 212 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 227.
    Figure 7-31 PathPlanner Zone Planner The Zone Planner allows the user to implement automatic zoning between ports on the selected hosts and subsystems in a fabric. All zoning is based on WWPNs. The Zone Planner will plan zoning configuration for new storage that is provisioned for use by a host. For example, it can be used when a new storage volume is created and assigned to a host. It can also be used with a volume that has already been created and is assigned to a host needing more storage. In these cases, the Path Planner and Volume Planner determine which host and storage need to be zoned together, providing the Zone Planner the exact set of ports which need to be zoned together. The Zone Planner then uses the zoning inputs for the planning. If the Volume and Path Planners are not used, the user may select the host and storage ports and then invoke the Zone Planner. The Zone Planner expects a list of host port and storage port pairs as input. If the Path Planner has been invoked prior to the Zone Planner, its output is used as input to the Zone Planner. If the subsystem/host are within the same fabric and Zone Planner is not checked, then existing zones or zone sets are used. If Zone Planner is checked, this creates a new zone or zone set. Note: For the Zone Planner to create zones, the host and subsystem must be within the same fabric. Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions 213
  • 228.
    For the casewhere the host and subsystem reside in more than one of the same fabrics, you are given two options. The first option is to create identical zones in all of the fabrics. The second option is to select specific fabrics to create identical zones in. The guidance policies used for zone planning are as follows: One zone per host bus adapter (HBA) One zone per host One zone per host port Auto zone: Largest zone that satisfies the validation policies The validation policies used for zone planning are as follows: No two controllers of different types should be in the same zone. Maximum number of zone members in a zone = N. Maximum number of zones in a fabric = N, where N is specified by the user. Figure 7-32 gives an overview of the Zone Planner. Figure 7-32 Zone Planner Data Path Explorer The Data Path Explorer view in the Topology Viewer allows you to view the paths between servers and storage subsystems or between storage subsystems (for example, SVC to back-end storage or server to storage subsystem). Performance and health overlays on this view will provide a mechanism to assess the impact of performance or device state in the paths on the connectivity between the systems. The view will consist of three panes (host information, fabric information, and subsystem information) that show the path through a fabric or set of fabrics for the endpoint devices (host to subsystem or subsystem to subsystem). Figure 7-33 on page 215 shows the Data Path Explorer in the Topology Viewer. 214 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 229.
    Figure 7-33 DataPath explorer A possible scenario utilizing this feature is an application on a host that is running slow. The system administrator wants to discover what the health of the associated I/O path for that application is. The questions that he might have are: Are all components along that path healthy? Are there any component level performance problems that might be causing the slow application response? The system administrator may also want to discover whether the I/O paths for two applications (on separate host LUNs) are in conflict with each other. They could be sharing a common component (like switch). After viewing the I/O paths for these two applications, he makes the required zoning or connectivity change to alleviate the problem. 7.3.4 Enterprise rollup reporting TotalStorage Productivity Center V3.3 introduced the ability to consolidate asset and health information collected from multiple TPC instances, providing the ability of scalable enterprise wide management of the storage environments. TPC V3.3, illustrated in Figure 7-34 on page 216, provides an enterprise rollup of reporting across multiple TPC servers in an environment. A recommended configuration is to have at most one TPC server act as a “master” or “enterprise” server that gathers enterprise-wide data for reports, and all other servers act as “subordinate” servers and provide data about entities they manage. Note that “master” and “subordinate” denominations can change over time. A master TPC server can also manage entities just like any ordinary TPC server and report on these entities. TPC subordinate servers should have no more than 1200 unique data sources. This number includes Data agents, Fabric agents (inband and out of band), CIM agents, and VM agents (VMWare). Once this threshold has been met, a new TPC subordinate server should be deployed and all new agents should be pointed to it. If the same storage entity is managed by multiple subordinate servers, rollup reports reflect the storage information from the subordinate server that most recently probed that entity. Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions 215
  • 230.
    Figure 7-34 TotalStorageProductivity Center rollup overview For the TPC Server rollup feature, all servers must be at TPC V3.3. TPC versions prior to V3.3 (for example, TPC V2.3 or TPC V3.1) will not support the TPC Server rollup function. Integrating SSPC To integrate your SSPC into your existing TPC environment, an existing TPC server functions as a Master TPC server. The Master TPC server collects data from subordinate TPC servers and you can create rollup reports from the Master Server. Your SSPC server should function as a subordinate TPC server, providing data to the Master TPC server. Note: The ability to act as a Master Server and generate rollup reports is a function of TPC Standard Edition. The Master TPC server is required to use TPC Standard Edition. Rollup reports are generated through the TPC Navigation Tree. You can generate four categories of rollup reports: Asset: To view detailed statistics about agents, computers, storage subsystems, disk and volume groups, disks, file systems, logical volumes, LUNs, and fabrics that are monitored by subordinate servers. Database Asset: To view detailed statistics that have been collected by subordinate servers about the RDBMSs in your environment, including Oracle, SQL Server, Sybase, and UDB/DB2. Capacity: To view storage metrics related to the disk capacity, file system capacity, file system used space, and file system free space gathered by the subordinate servers in your environment. 216 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 231.
    Database Capacity: Toview storage capacity, used space, and free space at the computer, computer group, database, instance, and TPC server level for RDBMSs that are monitored by subordinate servers. Note: To generate a full report of your environment, you need to deploy a Data agent and a Fabric agent on each server (that is fibre attached) that you want to manage. If a server does not have agents installed, the information for that server will be omitted from the rollup report you generate. Asset reports In the Asset category, the following reports can be generated: Agents: To view information about Data agents and Device agents that are associated with subordinate servers in your environment. Computers: To view information about the hosts and computers that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Storage Subsystems: To view information about the storage subsystems that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Disk/Volume Groups: To view information about the disk and volume groups that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Disks: To view information about the disks that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. File Systems or Logical Volumes: To view information about the file systems or logical volumes that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. LUNs: To view information about the LUNs that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Fabrics: To view information about the fabrics that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Database Asset reports In the Database Asset category, the following reports can be generated: All DBMSs: To view information about the RDBMSs that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Oracle: To view information about Oracle instances that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Sybase: To view information about Sybase instances that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. SQL Server: To view information about SQL Server instances that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. UDB: To view information about UDB/DB2 instances that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Capacity reports In the Capacity category, the following reports can be generated: Disk Capacity: To view disk capacity information about the computers and storage subsystems that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Filesystem Capacity: To view file system capacity information about the file systems that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions 217
  • 232.
    Filesystem Free Space:To view information about the available storage space on file systems that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Filesystem Used Space: To view information about the used storage space on file systems that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Database Capacity reports In the Database Capacity category, the following reports can be generated: All DBMSs: To view storage capacity information for the DBMSs that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Oracle: To view storage capacity information for the Oracle databases that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Sybase: To view storage capacity information for the Sybase databases that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. SQL Server: To view storage capacity information for the SQL Server databases that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. UDB: To view storage capacity information for the UDB/DB2 databases that are monitored by subordinate servers in your environment. Creating a rollup report To create a rollup report, you need to associate a subordinate TPC server with a Master TPC server. To do this, you need to follow the following procedure: 1. In the Master TPC server, select IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → Administrative Services → Data Sources → TPC Servers and click Add TPC Server (Figure 7-35). Figure 7-35 TPC Servers window 218 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 233.
    2. In theAdd TPC Server window shown in Figure 7-36, type the required information for the subordinate TPC server. If you have installed the TPC V3.3.1 code, the Host Device server Port is the device server port you created in Figure 4-22 on page 60. The Host Authentication Password is the password you created in Figure 4-22 on page 60. Click Save after you type in the required information. If you selected the typical installation when you installed your TPC server software package, you were only asked for the user name and password once. This password will be both the DB2 administrator password and Host authentication password. You will use the same password when you log in to TPC as well when you are asked for the Host Authentication Password. Figure 7-36 Add TPC Server window 3. Click the Save button, and the Master TPC server tests the connection with the subordinate TPC server. If the testing is successful, the Master TPC server adds the subordinate TPC server to its TPC server list (Figure 7-37). Figure 7-37 Subordinate TPC server is added to the TPC server list Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions 219
  • 234.
    4. Before generatinga rollup report, you need to run discoveries, probes, and scans from the subordinate servers to gather information about their locally-monitored storage entities. Also, you need to run probes from the master server to gather information about its locally-monitored storage entities. Then you need to run TPC Server probes from the master server against the subordinate servers to collect their storage information for the rollup reports. To run TPC Server probes, select, in the Navigation Tree, IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → Monitoring → TPC Server Probes and select Create TPC Server Probes (Figure 7-38). Figure 7-38 TPC Server Probes 220 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 235.
    5. In theCreate TPC Server Probes window, select All TPC Servers and click >> (Figure 7-39). Figure 7-39 Create TPC Server Probes Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions 221
  • 236.
    6. After youclick >>, All TPC Servers appears in the Current Selections pane. Click the When to Run tab (Figure 7-40). Figure 7-40 TPC Servers selection 7. To create a rollup report on a regular basis, you can schedule periodic probes in the When to Run window. In this example, we select Run Now to show the concept of a rollup report. After you select Run Now, click the disk icon on the menu bar to save the task (Figure 7-41 on page 223). 222 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 237.
    Figure 7-41 Whento Run window 8. After you click the disk icon, a small window pops up asking for the name of the probe. Type the name of your choice and click OK (Figure 7-42). Figure 7-42 Name of probe 9. The TPC Server Probe will be submitted. Click OK in the Notice window (Figure 7-43). Figure 7-43 Notice window Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions 223
  • 238.
    10.Go back toTPC Navigation Tree, where you can see a probe is running. Wait until the probe is finished, then you can generate a rollup report (Figure 7-44). Figure 7-44 Probe TPC Servers 11.Figure 7-45 on page 225 shows the TPC Navigation Tree where selecting IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → Rollup Reports takes you to the different rollup reports you can generate. 224 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 239.
    Figure 7-45 RollupReport in TPC Navigation Tree Chapter 7. Upgrading SSPC and using additional functions 225
  • 240.
    226 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 241.
    8 Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager The DS8000 GUI is now moved to the Element Manager function of SSPC. You can toggle between the Enterprise Management, Element Management, and each DS8000 within the Element Management. You also can launch the SVC Master Console. This chapter describes what is new about Element Manager in the DS8000 GUI. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved. 227
  • 242.
    8.1 Launch DS8000GUI from SSPC You can start the SSPC by selecting Start → Programs → IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center → Productivity Center. Figure 8-1 is the main login window. Enter the TPC user ID and password and click OK. Figure 8-1 SSPC login Figure 8-2 is the main TPC BE window. You can launch Element Manager by pressing the Element Management button or by expanding Element Manager. Figure 8-2 Launch Element Manager from TPC main window Figure 8-3 on page 229 shows the Element Manager window where you select the DS8000 for which you want to launch the GUI. Click the DS8000 that you want to configure. 228 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 243.
    Figure 8-3 DS8000selection page Figure 8-4 shows the DS8000 GUI Real-time manager window. Figure 8-4 DS8000 GUI Real-time manager Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 229
  • 244.
    Expand the arrowto the left of the Real-Time Manager. All the tasks are listed in Figure 8-5. Figure 8-5 DS8000 GUI task list 8.2 What is new in the new DS8000 GUI There are new improvements to the GUI in R3. Figure 8-6 on page 231 and Figure 8-7 on page 231 show the new interface of the DS8000 on the Extent Pool. Figure 8-6 on page 231 shows the Capacity Summary of Extent Pool for Open Systems and System z™. It also displays the unassigned capacity. 230 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 245.
    Figure 8-6 ExtentPool top of window Figure 8-7 shows the bottom of the Extent Pool window. Clicking Select action selects the Create New Extent Pools... menu item. Figure 8-7 Extent Pool bottom of window Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 231
  • 246.
    8.2.1 Creating ExtentPools using the Automatic function Figure 8-8 through Figure 8-21 on page 244 show the steps required to create Extent Pools using the Automatic function in the GUI. Using the Automatic function, DS8000 will pick the ranks for the Extent Pool. In Figure 8-8, under the Storage Type drop-down menu, choose the Fix Block (FB) for an Open Systems server or Count Key Data (CKD) for a System z server. Figure 8-8 Fix Block or Count Key Data selection 232 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 247.
    In Figure 8-9,choose, in the RAID Type drop-down menu, either a RAID 5 or RAID 10 configuration for the Extent Pool. Figure 8-9 RAID 5 or RAID 10 selection Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 233
  • 248.
    In Figure 8-10,select Select action → Create New Extent Pools. Figure 8-10 Create New Extent Pools 234 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 249.
    From the Typeof Configuration drop-down menu, select Automatic, which lets the system provision ranks for the Extent Pool (see Figure 8-11). Figure 8-11 Select Automatic Creation of Extent Pools Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 235
  • 250.
    In the DAPair Usage drop-down menu (see Figure 8-12), select Spread among all pairs in the drop-down menu to allow the ranks to be spread among different Device Adapter (DA) pairs in the DS8000. Figure 8-12 Select Spread of storage with Device Adapter pairs in the DS8000 236 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 251.
    The Number ofextent pools drop-down menu shown in Figure 8-13 allows you select the kind of Extent Pools to create. Here we select Two extent pools (ease of management). Figure 8-13 Select the kind of Extent Pool to create Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 237
  • 252.
    The next stepis to select the ranks for these two Extent Pools. Figure 8-14 shows the available ranks. When you select the ranks, the bar graph to the right displays the available and the assigned ranks. Figure 8-14 Select the available ranks to configure 238 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 253.
    The Pool nameprefix field shown in Figure 8-15 allows you to specify the name of the Extent Pool. The system automatically appends a number sequence to the name of the Extent Pool name starting with zero. Figure 8-15 Fill in the prefix name of the Extent Pool Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 239
  • 254.
    Figure 8-16 showsa final preview of the new Extent Pool to be created using the information provided in Figure 8-7 on page 231 through Figure 8-15 on page 239. By clicking Create All, the system will create the Extent Pools. Figure 8-16 Preview of the new Extent Pools 240 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 255.
    Figure 8-17 showsthe progress and the result of Extent Pool creation. Figure 8-17 Successful creation of the Extent Pools Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 241
  • 256.
    Figure 8-18 shows,in the Extent pools window, the newly created Extent Pools named POOL_0 and POOL_1. Figure 8-18 The new pools 242 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 257.
    We can displaythe ranks to see what Extent Pool the ranks belong to, as shown in Figure 8-19. Figure 8-19 Ranks display Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 243
  • 258.
    You can downloadthe rank information by clicking the Download spreadsheet button, as shown in Figure 8-20. Figure 8-20 Ranks display and Download spreadsheet Figure 8-21 shows the Extent Pool and Rank relation. You will notice that by choosing Automatic, the system chooses the rank numbers sequentially. In this example, the first Extent Pool has ranks R9 to R12, and the second Extent Pool has ranks R13 to R16. R9 to R12 are (6+P+S) ranks, while R13 to R16 are (7+P) ranks, which have more capacity per rank. The two Extent Pools created have different capacities. In Figure 8-18 on page 242, you can see that Extent Pool POOL_0 has 3492 GB and Extent Pool POOL_1 has 4072 GB. If we want to have the same capacity in each Extent Pool, create one Extent Pool at a time and choose a balance of (6+P+S) and (7+P) ranks. Section 8.2.3, “Make Extent Pools: manual action” on page 250 describes the manual action that creates the Extent Pools. Figure 8-21 Downloaded rank information 244 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 259.
    8.2.2 Delete ExtentPool Figure 8-22 through Figure 8-26 on page 249 shows the steps to delete the Extent Pools using the GUI. Figure 8-22 displays the Extent Pools. Check the box on the left side of these Extent Pools to delete them. Figure 8-22 Check the Extent Pool to delete Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 245
  • 260.
    From the SelectAction drop-down menu, select Delete Pools, as shown in Figure 8-23. Figure 8-23 Select Action: Delete Pools 246 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 261.
    Figure 8-24 showsthe Delete Extent Pools window. The Volume IDs field shows NONE, as there are no volumes in the Extent Pools selected. Attention: Clicking Continue will commit the delete action, as shown in Figure 8-24. Figure 8-24 Attention: Click Continue will commit the delete action Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 247
  • 262.
    Figure 8-25 showsthe progress of the delete action. Figure 8-25 Delete Progress information Figure 8-26 on page 249 shows the completion message. 248 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 263.
    Figure 8-26 Completionmessage Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 249
  • 264.
    What if youtry to delete an Extent Pool with volumes in it? Figure 8-27 is an example of deleting such a pool. Carefully read the warning message. If you click Continue, the Extent Pool and the volumes will be deleted, and the data in the volumes will be deleted. Figure 8-27 Warning message: Delete Extent Pool with volumes in it 8.2.3 Make Extent Pools: manual action Figure 8-28 on page 251 through Figure 8-36 on page 258 shows the steps to create Extent Pools manually. You will create one Extent Pool at a time while picking the ranks that you want to be included. The first step, shown in Figure 8-28 on page 251, is to select FB or CKD as the Storage Type. We selected CKD. 250 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 265.
    Figure 8-28 FixBlock (FB) or Count Key Data (CKD) In Figure 8-29, choose either RAID 10 or RAID 5. Figure 8-29 RAID 5 or RAID 10 Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 251
  • 266.
    In the Typeof Configuration drop-down menu, select Manual, as shown in Figure 8-30. Figure 8-30 Automatic or Manual method to create Extent Pools 252 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 267.
    In the Numberof extent pools drop-down menu, select Single extent pool, as shown in Figure 8-31. Figure 8-31 The type of Extent Pools to create Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 253
  • 268.
    In the CreateNew Extent Pools window shown in Figure 8-32, select the ranks for this single Extent Pool and fill in the name of the Extent Pool prefix. Figure 8-32 Single Pool creation 254 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 269.
    In the Serverassignment drop-down menu, use the default server affinity, as shown in Figure 8-33. After all the information is entered, click OK to continue. Figure 8-33 Affinity to server 0 or 1 Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 255
  • 270.
    After verifying therequired information, click Create All, as shown in Figure 8-34. Figure 8-34 Verification and creation of the Extent Pool 256 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 271.
    Figure 8-35 showsthe progress and then the successful completion message. Figure 8-35 Success in creating Extent Pool Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 257
  • 272.
    Figure 8-36 showsthe list of Extent Pools. Check the new Extent Pools just created. Figure 8-36 The Extent Pools with the same capacity 8.2.4 Add capacity to an Extent Pool You can increase the capacity of an Extent Pool by adding one or more ranks to an Extent Pool. 258 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 273.
    Figure 8-37 showsthe window where you select the Extent Pool to increase its capacity. Check the Extent Pool and then, under the Select Action drop-down menu, select Add Capacity to Pool. Figure 8-37 Add Capacity to an Extent Pool Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 259
  • 274.
    Figure 8-38 showsthe Type of Configuration menu, where you choose Automatic or Manual. Automatic will choose the next available rank and then add it to the pool. Manual will let you pick the rank. Here we chose Manual. Figure 8-38 Select Automatic or Manual 260 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 275.
    Choosing Manual willlist the available ranks, as shown in Figure 8-39. Select the rank to be added to the Extent Pool. Figure 8-39 Select Manual and the list of ranks available Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 261
  • 276.
    Select the rankto be added to the Extent Pool, as shown in Figure 8-40. Click OK to continue. Figure 8-40 Check the rank to be added to the Extent Pool Figure 8-41 on page 263 shows the validation window. Click Create All to perform the action. 262 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 277.
    Figure 8-41 Validateand Create All Figure 8-42 through Figure 8-44 on page 264 show the progress and completion information. Figure 8-42 Progress information Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 263
  • 278.
    Figure 8-43 Progressinformation Figure 8-44 Completion message 264 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 279.
    Figure 8-45 displaysthe new Extent Pool capacity. Figure 8-45 Check the capacity of the new Extent Pool 8.2.5 Remove capacity from Extent Pool Figure 8-46 on page 266 through Figure 8-51 on page 270 show the steps to remove capacity from an Extent Pool. You have to check Figure 8-49 on page 269 carefully before you proceed. You have to make sure that there are no volumes or LUNs on the rank before you proceed. If you used Rotate Extents to create volumes or LUNs in this pool, you cannot remove capacity from this Extent Pool. Please proceed with caution. Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 265
  • 280.
    Select the ExtentPool and, from the Select Action drop-down menu, select Remove Capacity from Pool, as shown in Figure 8-46. Figure 8-46 Select Action and Remove Capacity from Pool 266 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 281.
    Figure 8-47 showsthe list of ranks in the Extent Pool. Figure 8-47 List of ranks in the Extent Pool Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 267
  • 282.
    Next, check oneor more ranks to be removed, as shown in Figure 8-48. When you have checked the appropriate ranks, click Remove to continue. Figure 8-48 Check the rank(s) to remove Figure 8-49 on page 269 shows the validation window. Proceed with caution and validate that there are no volumes in the ranks. Click Continue to commit the delete action. 268 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 283.
    Figure 8-49 Validatethere are no volumes in the ranks Figure 8-50 shows the progress information. Figure 8-50 Progress message Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 269
  • 284.
    Once the capacityis removed, you will see the completion message, as shown in Figure 8-51. Figure 8-51 Completion message: capacity successfully removed 8.2.6 Make volumes Figure 8-52 on page 271 through Figure 8-57 on page 275 show the steps to create CKD volumes for a IBM System z server. We will create some mod 9s and create PAVs. We will also create volumes using Storage Pool Striping. Storage Pool Striping (rotate extents) stripes new volumes across all ranks of an extent pool, which improves performance and reduces the administration required to balance system loads. The maximum volume size is limited to the currently supported maximum size for DS8000: Open Systems (Fixed Block) volumes: 2 TB System z (CKD) volumes: 65,520 cylinders 270 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 285.
    In Figure 8-52,select the storage Image and the LCU. Under the Select Action drop-down menu, select Create. Figure 8-52 Select the Storage Image and LCU Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 271
  • 286.
    Select the ExtentPool, as shown in Figure 8-53, and click Next to continue. Figure 8-53 Select the Storage Extent Pool In the next window, define the base volume characteristics (see Figure 8-54 on page 273), select the volume type of mod 9, and the extent allocation method (whether you want rank striping or rotate extents). Here are the differences between the Rotate Volumes and Rotate Extents options: Rotate Logical Volumes: Each successive logical volume created is allocated on the next available rank in the extent pool. Extents allocated for a given logical volume are located on the selected rank. If the selected rank is full, or fills before the volume is fully provisioned, extent allocation proceeds to the next available rank until the volume is fully provisioned. Rotate Extents: Extents allocated to a logical volume are successively rotated through the ranks within an extent pool. Ranks that are full are skipped. Rotate Logical Volumes Algorithm (earlier versions): The volume is created before the current algorithms are implemented. These algorithms are variants of the Rotate Logical Volumes algorithm in that they attempt to localize the extents of a logical volume on a single rank. Logical volumes with this extent allocation method are treated as though they were created with the rotate logical volumes algorithm with respect to any operations that cause the allocation additional extents. This value is changed to the 1 if the volume is relocated such that its extents are reallocated. 272 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 287.
    Figure 8-54 SelectRotate Volumes or Rotate Extents Next, select the LCU, as shown in Figure 8-55, and click Next to continue. Figure 8-55 Select the LCU Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 273
  • 288.
    Next, enter thenumber of volumes, starting addresses, and ascending or descending order. Click Next after entering the information to continue (see Figure 8-56). Figure 8-56 Number of volumes to create, starting address, and Ascending or Descending order Next, create the nicknames for the new volumes by specifying a prefix and suffix (see Figure 8-57 on page 275). The nickname is a description within the DS8000. It is not the VOLSER. The suffix number will be automatically incriminated. Click Next to continue. 274 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 289.
    Figure 8-57 Nicknameof the volume 8.2.7 Assign Parallel Access Volumes (PAV) (alias volumes) The IBM Parallel Access Volumes (PAV) feature of IBM DASD subsystems enable a single System z server and applicable storage controllers to simultaneously process multiple I/O operations to the same logical volume, which can help significantly improve I/O response times by reducing device queuing delays. After creating the volume nicknames, the next step is to define alias assignments. Figure 8-58 on page 276 through Figure 8-63 on page 280 show the steps to add an alias (PAV) to the base volumes. Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 275
  • 290.
    Check the basevolumes that need an alias, as shown in Figure 8-58. Figure 8-58 Select the base volumes 276 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 291.
    Next, enter thestarting address of the PAV, as shown in Figure 8-59. PAV usually starts from the 255 address of an LCU in descending order. Figure 8-59 Starting address of PAV in descending order Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 277
  • 292.
    Next, enter thenumber of PAVs for a base volume, as shown in Figure 8-60. Here we enter three aliases for each base volume checked. The Add aliases button is in blue. You have to click it to add the aliases. It will then change to black. Click Next to continue. Figure 8-60 Add the number of alias per base volume checked 278 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 293.
    Figure 8-61 showsthe verification for creating the CKD volumes. Click Finish to create the base and alias volumes. Figure 8-61 Click Finish to create the base and alias volumes Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 279
  • 294.
    Figure 8-62 givesthe status of the Create action. Figure 8-62 Create action status Figure 8-63 shows a list of base and alias volumes created. GB( Base VOL Base/ Volume Typ GB(2 10^ Cylinde Extent Volume Nickname SER ID Alias Type e ^30) 9) rs Pool Number CKD_0000 0800 Base 3390 StaZ 7.9 8.5 10,017 Pool_0_0 800 CKD_0001 0801 Base 3390 StaZ 7.9 8.5 10,017 Pool_0_0 801 CKD_0002 0802 Base 3390 StaZ 7.9 8.5 10,017 Pool_0_0 802 CKD_0003 0803 Base 3390 StaZ 7.9 8.5 10,017 Pool_0_0 803 08F4 Alias 0 0 0 803 08F5 Alias 0 0 0 803 08F6 Alias 0 0 0 803 08F7 Alias 0 0 0 802 08F8 Alias 0 0 0 802 08F9 Alias 0 0 0 802 08FA Alias 0 0 0 801 08FB Alias 0 0 0 801 08FC Alias 0 0 0 801 08FD Alias 0 0 0 800 08FE Alias 0 0 0 800 08FF Alias 0 0 0 800 Figure 8-63 Base and aliases created 280 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 295.
    8.2.8 Dynamic VolumeExpansion on System z Dynamic Volume Expansion provides the ability to increase the size of a logical volume while it is online in a host system. This option is available for Open System and IBM System z hosts. The following scenario shows expanding a CKD volume. From the Select Action drop-down menu, select Increase capacity. Figure 8-64 Select the volumes to expand the capacity Both a 3390-3 and 3390-9 can be expanded. If a 3390-3 is expanded past 3339 cylinders, the device type will be changed to a 3390-9. A 3390-9 can be expanded up to 65,520 cylinders. A SCSI LUN can be expanded up to the current supported size of 2,147,483,640 blocks. Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 281
  • 296.
    The next stepis to specify the new capacity, as shown in Figure 8-65. Click OK to continue. Figure 8-65 Fill in the new capacity You will see a window with considerations for volume expansion, as shown in Figure 8-66 on page 283. Click OK to continue. 282 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 297.
    Figure 8-66 Validationto change volume size After clicking OK, you will see the progress and completion message, as shown in Figure 8-67. Figure 8-67 Progress and completion message Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 283
  • 298.
    Figure 8-68 showsthe GUI display of the new capacity. Figure 8-68 Volumes with the new capacity 8.2.9 Dynamic Volume Expansion on Open Systems Figure 8-69 on page 285 through Figure 8-74 on page 288 are the steps to expand the capacity of an open system LUN. Figure 8-69 on page 285 shows a list of LUNs. We circled a LUN that we want to dynamically expand the volume size of while it is still online with the operating system. 284 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 299.
    Figure 8-69 Volumelist of open system LUNs Check the volume that you want to expand, as shown in Figure 8-70. In the Select Action drop-down menu, select Increase capacity. Figure 8-70 LUN Increase capacity Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 285
  • 300.
    In Figure 8-71,you enter the new capacity of the LUN. In Open System, the largest capacity is 2 TB. You also have to make sure there is enough spare capacity in the Extent Pool for this expansion. The GUI lists the maximum size available in the pool. Figure 8-71 Enter the new capacity of the LUN You will see a window with considerations for volume expansion, as shown in Figure 8-72 on page 287. Click OK to continue. 286 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 301.
    Figure 8-72 Checkto OK the capacity increase After clicking OK, you will see the progress and completion message, as shown in Figure 8-73. Figure 8-73 Action Task Status display Chapter 8. DS8000 GUI under Element Manager 287
  • 302.
    Figure 8-74 showsthe new capacity. Figure 8-74 New capacity for Open System LUNs 288 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 303.
    Related publications The publications listed in this section are considered particularly suitable for a more detailed discussion of the topics covered in this book. IBM Redbooks For information about ordering these publications, see “How to get Redbooks” on page 289. Note that some of the documents referenced here may be available in softcopy only. TotalStorage Productivity Center V3.3 Update Guide, SG24-7490 Other publications These publications are also relevant as further information sources: DS Open Application Programming Interface Reference, GC35-0516 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Introduction and Planning Guide, SC23-8824 IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller Software Installation and Configuration Guide for Version 4.2.1, SC23-6628 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center User’s Guide Version 3 Release 3, GC32-1775 Online resources These Web sites are also relevant as further information sources: IBM glossary http://www.ibm.com/ibm/terminology SSPC software updates http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/supportresources?brandind=50 00033&familyind=5356448&taskind=1 TPC server sizing Web site http://www-304.ibm.com/jct01004c/systems/support/storage/software/tpc/ How to get Redbooks You can search for, view, or download Redbooks, Redpapers, Technotes, draft publications and Additional materials, as well as order hardcopy Redbooks, at this Web site: ibm.com/redbooks © Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved. 289
  • 304.
    Help from IBM IBM Support and downloads ibm.com/support IBM Global Services ibm.com/services 290 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 305.
    Index install 47 A DB2 Host name change 40 Administrator password 32 DB2 install 47 Agent Manager 7–8, 58, 107, 128 DB2 user ID 196 Agent registration password 199 db2admin user ID 47 Data agents 208 DB2ADMNS group 47, 53 Data server registration 206 db2extsec command 41 deploying agents 208 db2start command 41 Fabric agents 208 DB2USERS group 47, 53 HealthChack.bat 204 Device server 8 install 192 discovery function 10 local agent installation 209 Discovery jobs 116 remote agent installation 209 Disk Administrator role 88, 90 WebSphere Application Server connection informa- Disk Administrators group 89 tion 198 DNS server addresses 34 Agent Manager install 192 DNS suffixes 34 Agent Manager password 199 DS8000 CIMOM Agent Manager services 196 DSCIMCLI utility 121 Agent Registration password 199 enabling 121 AIX server 21 mkuser command 121 antivirus 15 DS8000 Element Manager 165 antivirus software 97 modify 96 assign PAV alias 275 DS8000 Element Manager access 91 DS8000 GUI 2, 21, 227 B Automatic function 232 Basic Edition create Extent Pools 240 install 55 create volume nicknames 274 Brocade Fabric 133 Delete Pools 246 build your own SSPC 19 Download spreadsheet 244 Extent Pool and Rank relation 244 Extent Pool capacity 230, 244 C Extent Pool delete 250 CIM Interop Schema 121 Extent Pool manual create 250 CIMOM 108 increase Extent Pool capacity 258 CIMOM administrative actions 119 rank selection 238 CIMOM agents 8, 116 Real-time manager 230 CIMOM connection status 119 remove Extent Pool capacity 265 CIMOM manual add 120 Rotate Extents 265 Common Information Model 9 Type of configuration menu 260 Computer name field 39 DS8000 GUI access options 6 computer name MANNODE 32 DS8000 GUI Dynamic Volume Expansion 281 create CKD volumes DS8000 management 5 DS8000 GUI DS8000 maximum volume size 270 create CKD volumes 270 DS8000 password considerations 92 create Windows user 87 DS8000 Storage Manager 115, 165 DS8000 volume creation 152 assign ports 153 D zone configuration 162 Data agents 208 zone definition page 163 data collection 116 zoning 154 Data Path Explorer 148, 214 DSCIMCLI utility 121–122 Data server 7 DVE database instance 108 open system LUN 284 DB2 Dynamic Volume Expansion 281 administrator user ID 51 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2008. All rights reserved. 291
  • 306.
    E L Element Management,TPC BE GUI Library probes 136 Element Management 115 license Element Manager 163 TPC capacity 18 associate CIMOM 168 license considerations 16 DS8000 launch 228 license files 188 launching 21 license upgrade 99 Navigation Tree 170 Linux server 21 Element Manager for DS8000 8 Element Managers launching 169 M SVC and ESS 169 machine type 2805 2 Enterprise Management 114 MANNODE host name 32 expired DS8000 password 91 messages Extent Pool HWNEM0104E 92 Pool name 239 minimap 147 server affinity 255 mkdev command 122 External Tools 182 mkuser command 121 F N Fabric agents 11, 128, 208 NAS device information 11 in-band 108 Navigation Tree Fabric agents, SSPC expand nodes 115 Fabric agents 8 Topology Viewer 173 fabric management 158 network security 98 Fabric probe jobs 136 Novell NDS tree information 11 firewall considerations 98 fully qualified host name 196 O Out of Band Fabric agents 9, 131, 134 G generate PuTTY keys 68 P Path Planner H SDD 212 HealthCheck.bat 204 PAV 270, 275 heartbeat 22 performance upgrade kit 17 Host Authentication Password 219 ping job 210 Host Device server Port 219 planning for SSPC 13 host name change 37 plink.exe program 82 probe 220 probe creation 136 I probe job status 140 IBM Passport Advantage 19 Probe jobs 116, 136 IBM V1.4.2 JRE 20, 112 PuTTY 44, 62 initial setup 26 PuTTY installation 63 install DB2 47 PuTTY key generation program 68 IP address, SSPC setup PuTTY private key 68 IP address 34 PuTTY Windows command path 82 J R Java Web based GUI 46 Redbooks Web site 289 Java Web Start 111 Contact us xi JVM error 20, 112 redundant SSPC 22 remote agent installation 209 Remove Element Manager option 94 K role-based authorization 84 key concepts 8 rollup report probe 220 rollup reporting 60, 215 292 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 307.
    rollup reports Licensing Modes 31 TPC SE product license key information 30 rollup reports 102, 216 Regional Options tab 28 types 102, 216 TCP/IP settings 34 Rotate Extents 265, 272 stop TPC services 41 Rotate Logical Volumes 272 Storage Pool Striping 270 Rotate Logical Volumes Algorithm 272 storage subsystem Element Managers 164 storage subsystem probes 136 Subsystem Device Driver 212 S superuser role 85 SAN Planner 211 supported platforms 19 Volume Planner 211 SVC scan collection job 210 postinstall.txt document 72 server sizing 19 SVC clusters 44 Service Focal Point dialog 121 connect to Master console 44, 73 Service Location Protocol 10 SVC Console SLP SA 10 installation 66 SLP UA 10 IP address 44 SMI-S 9, 106 SVC Console customization 62 Software Maintenance 18 SVC Console URL 73 solution assurance review 19 SVC port number 69 SQL1012C error message 40 SVC upgrade 192 SQL1042C error message 37 switch data 132 SSH keys 44 Switch Element Manager 175 SSPC architecture 6 backup and recovery 104 T build your own 45 Tape Library building your own SSPC 19 CIMOM 123 configuration information 14 enable SMI-S Agent 126 console and keyboard 17 SNMP traps 128 deployment 4 Tape Manager 179 DS8000 management 5 Topology Viewer 141 dual configuration 22 create volumes 152 heartbeat 22 Detail level L2 146 host name change 37 DS8000 volume creation 152 initial setup 26 fabric management 158 integrate existing environment 102 Group level L1 144 overview 2 Groups level L0 142 performance upgrade kit 17 Manage Storage Subsystems 151 planning 13 tabular information 146 pre-installed software 3 zone configuration 162 redundant 22 TPC security considerations 84 Agent Manager 57 software options 18 Asset reports 102 SVC master console 20 Capacity reports 103 TPC Basic Edition code 16 custom installation 57 upgrading 188 Data server account password 60 upgrading to SE 98 Database Asset reports 103 Windows 2003 Enterprise Edition 19 default server port 60 SSPC hardware 4 Device server port 60 SSPC host name 32 Host authentication password 60 SSPC Performance Upgrade Kit 188 password for install 57 SSPC redundancy 22 typical installation 56 SSPC server TPC Basic Edition 3, 16–17 software 6 Agent Manager 7 SSPC server name 30 components 7 SSPC setup Fabric agents 8 licensed by capacity 6 keyboard languages 29 ordering 19 host name in DB2 40 upgrade 3 Index 293
  • 308.
    upgrade options 3 TPCBE architecture 106 CIMOM agents 116 data collection 116 Data server 107 Data Sources 107 DB2 user ID and password 196 Device server 107 External Tools 182 GUI 113 Java Web Start 111 overview 106 upgrading 188 upgrading to SE 188 TPC BE GUI Content Pane 114 DS8000 Element Storage Manager 115 Enterprise Management 114 Java Web Start 111 Navigation Tree 114 starting 110 TPC command-line interface 109 TPC database 7 TPC GUI 7, 46, 109 TPC license existing TPC license 19 TPC Limited Edition 4 TPC superuser 60 TPC superuser ID role 88 TSRMsrv1 user account 60 U upgrade options 98 V Volume Planner 211 W WBEM initiative 9 WebSphere user ID 57 WebSphere Application Server connection 196 Windows Server 2003 Product Key 31 workgroup 35 Z zone configuration 162 zone definition page 163 Zone Planner 213 294 IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 309.
    IBM System StorageProductivity Center Deployment Guide IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide (0.5” spine) 0.475”<->0.873” 250 <-> 459 pages IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 310.
    IBM System StorageProductivity Center Deployment Guide IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide
  • 312.
    Back cover ® IBM System Storage Productivity Center Deployment Guide ® Understand the IBM System Storage Productivity Center (SSPC) is the next step in the IBM storage strategy. This solution comprises hardware and software, INTERNATIONAL function and features combining device configuration capabilities for the IBM System TECHNICAL of IBM SSPC Storage DS8000 and IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller (SVC) SUPPORT in an easy-to-use hardware console. SSPC extends the manageability ORGANIZATION Consolidate of these devices with the introduction and integration of IBM management of IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Basic Edition V3.3.1. Consolidating subsystems several hardware and software components on a single tested system helps support consistent interoperability. Integrate SSPC in an This IBM Redbooks publication will provide an overview of IBM System BUILDING TECHNICAL existing TPC Storage Productivity Center (SSPC). It contains the information required INFORMATION BASED ON to set up your SSPC server by taking you through the initial PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE environment customization of the server and then defining and launching Element Managers through IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center (TPC) Basic IBM Redbooks are developed Edition. Details on using the functions of TPC BE are provided as well by the IBM International as upgrading your SSPC server (and TPC BE) to a fully functional TPC Technical Support Organization. Experts from Standard Edition. Managing IBM TotalStorage DS8000 using TPC IBM, Customers and Partners V3.3.1 is also covered in this book. from around the world create timely technical information based on realistic scenarios. Specific recommendations are provided to help you implement IT solutions more effectively in your environment. For more information: ibm.com/redbooks SG24-7560-00 ISBN 0738431176